WO2004078116A2 - P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof - Google Patents

P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2004078116A2
WO2004078116A2 PCT/US2004/005693 US2004005693W WO2004078116A2 WO 2004078116 A2 WO2004078116 A2 WO 2004078116A2 US 2004005693 W US2004005693 W US 2004005693W WO 2004078116 A2 WO2004078116 A2 WO 2004078116A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
substituted
cycloalkyl
heterocycloalkyl
alkyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2004/005693
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2004078116A9 (en
WO2004078116A3 (en
Inventor
Mark Munson
David A. Mareska
Youngboo Kim
Robert Groneberg
James Rizzi
Martha Rodriguez
Ganghyeok Kim
Guy Vigers
Chang Rao
Devan Balachari
Darren Harvey
Original Assignee
Array Biopharma, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US10/378,164 external-priority patent/US7135575B2/en
Priority to NZ542616A priority Critical patent/NZ542616A/en
Priority to CA2517517A priority patent/CA2517517C/en
Priority to JP2006508838A priority patent/JP4617299B2/en
Priority to MXPA05009459A priority patent/MXPA05009459A/en
Priority to SI200430987T priority patent/SI1606283T1/en
Priority to BRPI0407993A priority patent/BRPI0407993B8/en
Priority to EP04714621A priority patent/EP1606283B1/en
Priority to KR1020097003110A priority patent/KR101236608B1/en
Priority to BRPI0419305A priority patent/BRPI0419305B8/en
Priority to DE602004016970T priority patent/DE602004016970D1/en
Priority to AU2004218463A priority patent/AU2004218463B2/en
Application filed by Array Biopharma, Inc. filed Critical Array Biopharma, Inc.
Priority to DK04714621T priority patent/DK1606283T3/en
Publication of WO2004078116A2 publication Critical patent/WO2004078116A2/en
Publication of WO2004078116A3 publication Critical patent/WO2004078116A3/en
Priority to IL170527A priority patent/IL170527A/en
Priority to EGNA2005000507 priority patent/EG27049A/en
Priority to KR1020057016417A priority patent/KR101099281B1/en
Priority to IS8037A priority patent/IS2675B/en
Priority to NO20054453A priority patent/NO328913B1/en
Priority to HK06107025A priority patent/HK1084673A1/en
Publication of WO2004078116A9 publication Critical patent/WO2004078116A9/en
Priority to NO20085373A priority patent/NO20085373L/en
Priority to IL196847A priority patent/IL196847A0/en
Priority to IL215917A priority patent/IL215917A0/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D231/56—Benzopyrazoles; Hydrogenated benzopyrazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings

Definitions

  • This invention relates to novel inhibitors of p38 MAP kinase and related kinases, pharmaceutical compositions containing the inhibitors, and methods for preparing these inhibitors. They are useful for the treatment of inflammation, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, Crohn's disease, inflammatory bowel disease, cancer, autoimmune diseases, and for the treatment of other cytokine-mediated diseases.
  • cytokines include tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF- ⁇ ), interleukin 1 beta (IL-1 ⁇ ), interleukin 8 (IL-8) and interleukin 6 (IL-6).
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor necrosis factor alpha
  • IL-1 ⁇ interleukin 1 beta
  • IL-8 interleukin 8
  • IL-6 interleukin 6
  • RA Rheumatoid Arthritis
  • etanercept soluble TNF- ⁇ receptor
  • IL-1 receptor antagonist anakinra
  • P38 (also CSBP or RK) is a serine/threonine mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK) that has been shown to regulate pro-inflammatory cytokines.
  • MAPK mitogen-activated protein kinase
  • p38 MAPK was the molecular target of a series of pyridinylimidazole compounds that inhibited the production of TNF from LPS-challenged human monocytes, Lee, J., et al., Nature, 372: 739-746. This was a key discovery and has led to the development of a number of selective inhibitors of p38 MAPK and the ..elucidation of its role in cytokine signaling. ⁇ -
  • PBMCs Peripheral blood monocytes
  • LPS lipopolysaccharide
  • Inhibitors of p38 are active in a variety of widely recognized disease models and show positive effects in a number of standard animal models of inflammation including rat collagen-induced arthritis, Jackson, J.R., et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 284: 687-692 (1998); rat adjuvant-induced arthritis, Badger, A. M., et al., Arthritis Rheum., 43: 175-.183 (2000); Badger, A. M., et al., J. Pharmacol: Exp. Ther., 279: 1453-1461 (1996); and carrageenan- induced paw edema in the mouse, Nishikori, T., et al., Eur. J.
  • This invention provides compounds, methods to produce these compounds, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them that inhibit p38 alpha and the associated p38 mediated events such as the inhibition of cytokine production.
  • Such compounds generally referred to as 2-aza-[4.3.0] bicyclic heteroaromatic rings, have utility as therapeutic agents for diseases that can be treated by the inhibition of the p38 signaling pathway.
  • the invention relates to p38 inhibitors of the general Formula I: ⁇ . , .
  • W is C, N, S, or O, provided that W is N, S, or O when Y is C, and W is C or N when Y is N;
  • U is CH or N
  • V is C-E or N;
  • R 1 is H, PO 3 H 2 , SO 3 H 2 , alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Z n -Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
  • Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted;
  • R 7 is H or substituted or unsubstituted methyl;
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl
  • Ar 1 wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Zn- heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
  • R 2 and R 3 are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a thio protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Z n -heterocycloalkyl, or Zn- Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Z n - heterocycloalkyl, or Z n -Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted, or R 2 together with R 3 and N forms a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle having 1 or more heteroatoms, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or
  • B is H, NH 2 , or substituted or unsubstituted methyl;
  • R 4 is a substituted or unsubstituted natural or unnatural amino acid, a protected natural or unnatural amino acid, NH(CHR 6 )(CH 2 )mOR 5 where m is an integer from 1 to 4, or NR 2 R 3 ;
  • R 5 is H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a thio protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Z n -heterocycloalkyl, or Z n -Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Z n -he
  • the invention is also directed to pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, pharmaceutically active metabolites, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compound of Formula I. Methods of making the compounds of Formula I are also described. In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula II:
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula III:
  • this invention relates ' to compounds of the general Formula IV:
  • R 8 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula V:
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula VI:
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula VII:
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula VIII: 04
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula IX:
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula X:
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XI: 04/078116
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XII:
  • this invention relates to ether compounds of the general Formula XIV: 04/078116
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XV:
  • R 12 and R 13 are independently alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl ,or heteroaryl, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl ,or heteroaryl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XVI:
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XVII:
  • Y is CR 1 , O, S, or NR 2 ;
  • W is CR 3 , N, NR 4 , S, or O, provided that W is NR 4 , S, or O when Y is CR 1 and W is CR 3 or N when ⁇ is NR 2 ;
  • R 3 is H, NH 2 , F, Cl, methyl or substituted methyl;
  • R 4 is H, or methyl or substituted methyl
  • Ar 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, each- of which may be substituted or unsubstituted;
  • R a and R b are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur. protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z n -heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Z n -Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Z n -heterocycloalkyl, and Zn- Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted, or R
  • Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted; n is O or l;
  • U is CR c or N;
  • V is CR C or N
  • R c is H, F, Cl, methyl or substituted methyl;
  • R 5 is H, methyl, or substituted methyl
  • R d is H, PO 3 H 2 , SO 3 H 2 , alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Z n -Ar 1 , said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Z n -Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
  • G, H, J, and T independently are N or CR 2 , provided that when any of said G, H, J, and T are N the total number of G, H, J, or T that is N does not exceed 2;
  • R z is H, F, Cl, Br, CF 3 , OR 6 , SR 6 , lower alkyl (C C 4 ), CN, or NR 6 R 7 ;
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently H, CF 3 , lower alkyl (C 1 -C 4 ) or lower heteroalkyl (C C 4 );
  • Q is -NR 8 CONH-, -NHCO-, -NR 8 SO 2 NH- , -NHSO 2 -, -CONR 11 - ;
  • R 8 is H or lower (C C 4 ) alkyl
  • R 11 is H or lower (C 1 -C4) alkyl
  • R x is -(CR 9 R 10 ) m - , -O(CR 9 R 0 ) m - , NH(CR 9 R 10 ) m - , or -S(CR 9 R 10 ) m - provided that Q is -CONR 11 - when R x is -O(CR 9 R 1 V. -NH(CR 9 R 10 ) m -. or ' -
  • R 9 and R 10 are independently H, or lower alkyl, or R 9 and R 10 together with the atoms to which they are both attached form a cycloalkyl ring which may be saturated or partially unsaturated; m is 1-3;
  • R y is H, PO3H, an amine protecting group, an oxygen protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z n -heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar 2 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Zn-Ar 2 and Zn- heterocycloalkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted;
  • Ar 2 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted, wherein said substitution can be 1-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, CF 3 , CN, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, " heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, -OR 12 , -SR 12 , -SO 2 R 12 , -SO 2 NR 13 R 12 , NR 13 SO 2 R 12 , Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z n -heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, orZ n -Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy
  • R 12 and R 13 are independently H, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, 5 heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, Z n -cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z n -heterocycloalkyl • wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Z n -Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, 10 Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Z n -Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted; wherein when Ar 2 is substituted with -SO 2 NR 13 R 12 , R 12 and R 13 can form a cycloalkyl ring
  • heterocycloalkyl and Z n -Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted
  • R y in combination with R 11 is additionally cycloalkyl ring or heterocycloalkyl ring that may be substituted or unsubstituted with groups selected from alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -
  • cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn- heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z n -Ar 1 , -COR 14 , or -SO 2 R 14 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Z n -heterocycloalkyl, Z n -Ar 1 , -COR 14 , and -SO 2 R 14 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Z n -heterocycloal
  • R 14 is alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, 04/078116
  • heteroalkynyl Z n -cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z n -heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Z n -Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- ' cycloalkyl, Z n -heterocycloalkyl, and Z n -Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the present invention provides compounds that inhibit the production of cytokines such as TNF- ⁇ , IL-1 , IL-6 and IL-8 comprising compounds of Formulas l-XVII.
  • cytokines such as TNF- ⁇ , IL-1 , IL-6 and IL-8 comprising compounds of Formulas l-XVII.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating diseases or medical conditions mediated by cytokines which comprises administering to a warm-blooded animal an effective amount of a compound of Formula l-XVII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable prodrug thereof.
  • the present invention provides a method of inhibiting the production of cytokines such as TNF- ⁇ , IL-1, IL-6 and IL-8 which comprises administering to a warm-blooded animal an effective amount of a compound of Formula l-XVII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable prodrug thereof.
  • the present invention provides a method of providing a p38 kinase inhibitory effect comprising administering to a warm-blooded animal an effective amount of a compound of Formula l-XVII, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable prodrug thereof.
  • the present invention provides treating or. preventing ' a p38-mediated condition, comprising administering an amount of a compound effective to treat or prevent said p38-mediated condition or a pharmaceutical composition comprising said compound, to a human or animal in need thereof, wherein said compound is a compound of Formula l-XVII, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable prodrug thereof.
  • the p38-mediated condition that can be treated according to the methods of this invention includes inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, destructive 04/078116
  • bone disorder proliferative disorder, infectious disease, viral disease, or neurodegenerative disease
  • the compounds of this invention are also useful in methods for preventing cell death and hyperplasia and therefore may be used to treat or prevent reperfusion/ischemia in stroke, heart attacks, and organ hypoxia.
  • the compounds of this invention are also useful in methods for preventing thrombin-induced platelet aggregation.
  • inventive compounds may be used advantageously in combination with other known therapeutic agents.
  • the invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective amount of an agent selected from compounds of Formulas l-XVII or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, pharmaceutically active metabolite, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Figure 1 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 7a;
  • Figure 2 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 14a
  • Figure 3 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 15a
  • Figure 4 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 16a; 2004/078116
  • Figure 5 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of .compound 17a
  • Figure 6 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 18a
  • Figure 7 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis f compounds having the generic structure 7b
  • Figure 8 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8b
  • Figures 9A-9B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 10c
  • Figure 10 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of e compound 14c
  • Figure 11 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 17c
  • Figure 12 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic 18c
  • Figure 13 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26c
  • Figures 14A-14B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 34c
  • Figure.15 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 38c-1
  • Figure 16 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 39c
  • Figure 17 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 40c
  • Figure 18 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 4d
  • Figure 19 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 5d
  • Figure 20 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8d
  • Figure 21 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 10d-1 ;
  • Figure 22 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 11d-1 ;
  • Figure 23 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 13d
  • Figures 24A-24B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8e-1
  • Figure 25 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 9e
  • Figure 26 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 10e-1 ;
  • Figure 27 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having 2004/078116
  • Figure 28 shows an alternate reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 7f;
  • Figure 29 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of an intermediate carboxamide acid used in the synthesis of compound 7f-5 and 7f-6;
  • Figures 30A-30C show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 1g;
  • Figure 31 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 4f
  • Figure 32 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 5f;
  • Figure 33 shows an alternate reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 5f;
  • Figure 34 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 2h
  • Figure 35 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 1j
  • Figure 36 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 1k
  • Figure 37 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having ' the generic structure 1m
  • Figure 38 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 6n
  • Figure 39 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 13p
  • Figure 40 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 16p
  • Figures 41 A-B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 9q-1 and 9q-2;
  • Figure 42 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 6r-2; 04/078116
  • Figures 43A-B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8s-2
  • Figure 44 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 7t-2
  • Figure 45 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26t
  • Figure 46 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 28t
  • Figure 47 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 32t
  • Figure 48 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 4u
  • Figure 49 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 7v and 8v.
  • Figure 50 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 10v.
  • Figure 51 shows a reaction sheme for the synthesis of compound 17d.
  • Figure 52 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 20d.
  • Figure 53 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26d.
  • Figure 54 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 47d.
  • inventive compounds of the Formulas l-XVII are useful for inhibiting p38 alpha and associated p38 mediated events such as cytokine
  • U is CH or N
  • V is C-E or N;
  • R 1 is H, PO3H2, SO3H2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Z n -heterocycloalkyl, orZ n -Ar ⁇ wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n - cycloalkyl, Z n -heterocyc!oalkyl, or Z n -Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
  • Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene " each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted;
  • R 7 is H or substituted or unsubstituted methyl;
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl;
  • R 2 and R 3 are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a thio protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n cycloalkyl, Z n -heterocycloalkyl, or Zn- Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Zn- heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted, or R 2 together with R 3 and N forms a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle having 1 or more heteroatoms, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or unsubstitute
  • B is H, NH 2 , or substituted or unsubstituted methyl;
  • R 4 is a substituted or unsubstituted natural or unnatural amino acid, a protected natural or unnatural amino acid, NH(CHR 6 ) (CH 2 ) m OR 5 where m is an integer from 1 to 4-, or NR 2 R 3 ;
  • R 5 is H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a thio protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Z n -heterocycloalkyl, or Z n -Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Z n
  • alkyl refers to a saturated linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to twelve carbon atoms, wherein the alkyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described below.
  • alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, 04/078116
  • Alkylene means a linear or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of one to twelve carbon atoms, e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, 2-methylpropylene, pentylene, and -the like.
  • alkenyl refers to linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms, containing at least one double bond, e.g., ethenyl, propenyl, and the like, wherein the alkenyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein, and includes radicals having "cis” and “trans” orientations, or alternatively, "E” and "Z” orientations.
  • alkenylene refers to a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbons containing at least one double bond, wherein the alkenylene radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, ethenylene, propenylene, and the like.
  • alkynyl refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms containing at. least one triple bond. Examples include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, and the like, wherein the alkynyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein.
  • alkynylene to a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbons containing at least one triple bond, wherein the alkynylene radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein.
  • cycloalkyl refers to saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon radical having from three to twelve carbon atoms, wherein the 004/078116
  • cycloalkyl may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein.
  • the term "cycloalkyl” further includes bicyclic and tricyclic cycloalkyl structures, wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic structures may include a saturated or partially unsaturated cycloalkyl fused to a saturated or partially unsaturated cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring or an aryl or heteroaryl ring.
  • Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like.
  • heteroalkyl refers to saturated linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to twelve carbon atoms, wherein at least one of the carbon atoms is replaced with a heteroatom selected from N, O, or S, and wherein the radical may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical (i.e., the heteroatom may appear in the middle or at the end of the radical).
  • the heteroalkyl radical may be optionally substituted independently • with one or more substituents described herein.
  • heteroalkyl encompasses alkoxy and heteroalkoxy radicals.
  • heterocycloalkyl refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic radical of 3 to 8 ring atoms in which at least one ring atom is a heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, the remaining ring atoms being C where one or more ring atoms may be optionally substituted ' independently with one or more substituent described below and wherein the heterocycloalkyl ring can be saturated or partially unsaturated.
  • the radical may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical.
  • Heterocycloalkyl also includes radicals where heterocycle radicals are fused with aromatic or heteroaromatic rings.
  • heterocycloalkyl rings include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidine; piperidine, piperazine, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholine, thiomorpholine, homopiperazine, phthalimide, and derivatives thereof.
  • heteroalkenyl refers to linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms, containing at least one double bond, e.g., ethenyl, propenyl, and the like, wherein at least one of the carbon atoms is replaced with a heteroatom selected from N, O, or S, and wherein the radical may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical (i.e., the 004/078116
  • heteroatom may appear in the middle or at the end of the radical).
  • the heteroalkenyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein, and includes radicals having "cis” and “trans” orientations, or alternatively, "E” and “Z” orientations.
  • the term “heteroalkynyl” refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms containing at least one triple bond.
  • Examples include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, and the like, wherein at least one of the carbon atoms is replaced with a heteroatom selected from N, O, or S, and wherein the radical may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical (i.e., the heteroatom may appear in the middle or at the end of the radical).
  • the heteroalkynyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein.
  • the heteroallyl may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. • ' '" '"" '
  • Aryl means a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon monocyclic radical of 6 to 10 ring atoms or a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon, optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. More specifically the term aryl includes, but is not limited to, phenyl, 1 -naphthyl, 2- naphthyl, and derivatives thereof.
  • Heteroaryl means a monovalent monocyclic aromatic radical of 5 to 10 ring atoms or a polycyclic aromatic radical, containing one. or more ring. . heteroatoms selected from N, O, or S, the remaining ring atoms being C.
  • the aromatic radical is optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, furyl, 04/078116
  • thienyl pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, thiophen-2-yl, quinolyl, benzopyranyl, thiazolyl, and derivatives thereof.
  • halo represents fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.
  • Amino protecting groups refers to those organic groups intended to protect nitrogen atoms against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures and include, but are not limited to, benzyl, benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), trifluoroacetyl, and the like.
  • Alcohol protecting groups refers to those organic groups intended to protect alcohol groups or substituents against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures and include, but are not limited to,
  • Sulfur protecting groups refers to those organic groups intended to protect sulfur groups or substituents against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures and include, but are not limited to, benzyl, (trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEM), tert-butyl, , trityl and the like.
  • Acid protecting groups refers to those organic groups intended to protect acid groups or substituents against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures and include, but are not limited to, benzyl, (trimethylsilyl)- ethoxymethyl (SEM), methylethyl and tert-butyl esters, and the like.
  • the various moieties or functional groups of the compounds of Formulas l-XVII may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
  • Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene,- alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted; n is zero or 1 , R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, afkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, or Zn- heterocycloalkyl, and
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n - cycloalkyl, Z n -heterocycloalkyl, Ar, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 may be further substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the compounds of this invention may possess one or more asymmetric centers; such compounds can therefore be produced as individual (R)- or (S)- stereoisomers or as mixtures thereof.
  • the description or naming of a particular compound in the specification and claims is intended to include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or otherwise, thereof.
  • this invention also includes racemates and resolved enantiomers, and diastereome'rs compounds of the Formulas l-XVII.
  • the methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well known in the art (see discussion in Chapter 4 of "Advanced Organic Chemistry", 4th edition J. March, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1992).
  • the invention also includes solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, pharmaceutically active metabolites, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds.
  • solvate refers to an aggregate of a molecule with one or more solvent molecules.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug” is a compound that may be converted under physiological conditions or by solvolysis to the specified compound or to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such compound.
  • a “pharmaceutically active metabolite” is a pharmacologically active product produced through metabolism in the body of a specified compound or salt thereof. Metabolites of a compound may be identified using routine techniques known in the art and their activities determined using tests such as those described herein.
  • Prodrugs and active metabolites of a compound may be identified using routine techniques known in the art.
  • Various forms of prodrugs are known in the art.
  • prodrug derivatives see, for example ⁇ a) Design of Prodrugs, edited by H. Bundgaard, (Elsevier, 1985) and Methods in Enzymology t Vol. 42, p. 309-396, edited by K. Widder, et al. (Academic Press, 1985); b) A textbook of Drug Design and Development, edited by Krogsgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Chapter 5 "Design and Application of Prodrugs", by H. Bundgaard p. 113-191 (1991); c) H.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” is a salt that retains the biological effectiveness of the free acids and bases of the specified compound and that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable.
  • a compound of the invention may possess a sufficiently acidic, a sufficiently basic, or both functional groups, and accordingly react with any of a number of inorganic or organic bases, and inorganic and organic acids, to form a pharmaceutically acceptable sale.
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those salts prepared by reaction of the compounds of the present invention with a mineral or organic acid or an inorganic base, such salts including sulfates, pyrosulfates, bisulfates, sulfites, bisulfites, phosphates, monohydrogenphosphates, dihydrogenphos- phates, metaphosphates, pyrophosphates, chlorides, bromides, iodides, acetates, propionates, decanoates, cap.rylates, acrylates, formates, iso-butyrates, caproates, heptanoates, propiolates, oxalates, malonates, succinates, suberates, sebacates, fumarates, maleates, butyn-1 ,4-dioates, hexyne-1,6- dioates, benzoates, chlorobenzoates, methylbenzoates, dinitro-menzoates, hydroxybenzoates, meth
  • the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt may . be prepared by any suitable method available in the art, for example, treatment of the free base with an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like, or with an organic acid, such as acetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid, a pyranosidyl acid, such as glucuronic acid or galacturonic acid, an alphahydroxy acid, such as citric acid or tartaric acid, an amino acid, such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid, an aromatic acid, such as benzoic acid or cinnamic acid, a sulfonic acid, such as p-toluenesulfonic acid or ethanesulfonic acid, or the like.
  • an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric
  • the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be prepared by any suitable method, for example, treatment of the free acid with an inorganic or organic base, such as an amine (primary, secondary or tertiary), an alkali metal hydroxide or alkaline earth metal hydroxide, or the like.
  • suitable salts include, but are not limited to, organic salts derived from amino acids, such as glycine and arginine, ammonia, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, and cyclic amines, such as piperidine, morpholine and piperazine, and inorganic salts derived from sodium, calcium, potassium, magnesium, manganese, iron, copper, zinc, aluminum and lithium.
  • inventive compounds may be prepared using the reaction routes and synthesis schemes as described below, employing the techniques available in the art using starting materials that are readily available.
  • this invention further includes compounds of the general Formula II:
  • Figures 1 -6 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula II.
  • pyrazole compounds of Formula II are prepared as follows. 2-Chloro-4-methyl-5- nitropyridine is treated with an aryl or heteroaryl phenol or thiophenol and a base such as NaH in a suitable anhydrous solvent. After an appropriate period of time, the reaction mixture is partitioned between an organic solvent and water, and the 2-O-aryl or S-aryl substituted-4-methyl-5-nitro pyridine intermediate compound is isolated from the organic layer. The NO 2 substituent is then reduced, for example, by treating with iron powder in acetic acid heating for a period of time, followed by treatment with a suitable base such as NaOH.
  • a suitable base such as NaOH.
  • the resulting aniline intermediate is isolated by. extraction of the reaction mixture with an organic solvent.
  • the intermediate aniline compound is then combined with ammonium tetrafluoroborate, followed by the addition of a base such as KOAc and a phase transfer catalyst (e.g., 18- , crown-6) to form the bicyclic pyrazole compound of Formula II, where A is hydrogen.
  • the pyrazole compound is reacted with a suitable base and a compound of the formula RX, where X is halogen and R is alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, afkynyl, allyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, benzyl, or CH 2 -heteroaryl as defined above.
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula III:
  • Figures 7-8 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula III.
  • compounds of Formula III are prepared as follows. An aryl thiphenol or aryl phenol is added to a strong base in an anhydrous solvent, and then reacted with 5-chloro-3- methyl-2-nitropyridine to provide a 6-S-aryl- or 6-O-aryl-substituted 2-methyl-3- nitropyridine intermediate compound.
  • the NO 2 substituent is reduced, for example, by treating with iron powder in acetic acid heating for a period of time, followed by treatment with a suitable base such as NaOH.
  • the resulting aniline intermediate is isolated by extraction of the reaction mixture with an organic solvent.
  • the intermediate aniline compound is then treated with ammonium tetrafluoroborate followed by the addition of a base such as KOAc and a phase transfer catalyst (e.g., 18-crown-6) to form the bicyclic azaindazole compound of Formula III, where A is hydrogen.
  • a base such as KOAc and a phase transfer catalyst (e.g., 18-crown-6) to form the bicyclic azaindazole compound of Formula III, where A is hydrogen.
  • the azaindazole compound is reacted with a suitable base and a compound of the formula RX, where X is halogen and R is alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, benzyl, or CH 2 -heteroaryl as defined above.
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula IV:
  • Figures 9-13 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula IV.
  • compounds of Formula IV are. prepared as follows. 6-Nitroindole is treated with a base and iodine, and the resulting 3 iodo-6-nitroindole is treated with a base and an amine protecting group agent such as trimethylsilylethoxymethyl chloride (SEM-CI). Treatment of the protected 6-nitroindole compound with trans-2- phenylvinylboronic acid and a suitable catalyst such as Pd(PPh 3 )4 provides a 1-N-phenylvinyl-6-nitroindole intermediate compound.
  • SEM-CI trimethylsilylethoxymethyl chloride
  • Formula IV are prepared as follows. Treatment of 2-fluoro-4- hydroxyacetophenone with a suitable phenol protecting group reagent, followed by the addition of hydrazine with heating to induce cyclization provides an indazole compound.
  • the indazole compound is 1 -N-protected with a suitable amine protecting group reagent. Removal of the phenol protecting group and treatment with an aryl boronic acid, followed by removal of the amine protecting group affords an 6-OAr-substituted compound of Formula IV.
  • 6-SAr-substituted compounds of Formula IV are prepared as follows. 4-Fluorothiophenol is treated with a strong base such as potassium tert-butoxide, and to the resulting phenoxide is added 2,4-difluoropropiophenone. Addition of hydrazine to the resulting intermediate followed by heating to induce cyclization provides a 6-SAr- substituted compound Of Formula IV.
  • 5-OAr- and 5-SAr-substit ⁇ ted compounds of Formula IV are prepared as follows. Esterification of 5-fluoro-2- nitrobenzoic acid, followed by treatment of the resulting ester with a mixture of either ArOH or ArSH and a strong base provides 5-XAr-substituted 2- nitrobenzoic acid methyl ester, where X is O or S. Saponification of this ester, followed by the addition of ammonium hydroxide provides the 2-nitro- benzamide intermediate. The 2-nitrobenzamide is converted to the 2-nitro- benzonitrile intermediate by treatment with oxalyl chloride. Reduction of the nitro ' substituent, followed by the addition of sodium nitrite provides a 3-amino- 5-XAr-substituted indazole compound of Formula IV, where X is O or S.
  • 6-OAr-substituted compounds of Formula IV are prepared as follows. 2-Fluoro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile is combined with an aryl boronic acid, copper acetate and a base to provide the 2-fluoro-4-aryloxybenzonitrile intermediate. A stirred solution of this derivative with hydrazine is refluxed to provide a 3-amino-6-aryloxy-indazole compound. This compound can be used as the starting material for the synthesis of 3- amideindazole derivatives using standard amide synthesis chemistry known to those skilled in the art.
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula V:
  • Figures 24-26 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula V.
  • compounds of Formula V are prepared as follows. 4-Fluoro-2-hydroxybenzoic acid is esterified and the 2-hydroxy group is protected with a suitable alcohol protecting group. Substitution of the fluoro group with an O-Ar or S-Ar group is effected by treatment with a base and ArOH or ArSH, where Ar is aryl or heteroaryl as defined above. Removal of the alcohol protecting group and saponification of the ester, followed by treatment with carbonyldiimidazole to effect cyclization affords a 6-OAr- or 6-SAr-3-hydroxybenzisoxazole compound.
  • the 3-hydroxybenzisoxazole compound is converted to the 3- chlorobenzisoxazole derivative by treatment with POCI3 and a base.
  • the product can then be used to prepare 3-O-Ar- or 3-NH-Ar-substituted benzisoxazole compounds of this invention.
  • a 6-substituted-3- chlorobenzisoxazole compound can be added to a mixture of ArOH and a strong base (e.g., NaH) to provide a 6-substituted-3-O-Ar-benzisoxazole • derivative.
  • a 6-substituted-3- • chlorobenzisoxazole compound can be added to a mixture of ArNH 2 and a strong base to provide a 6-substituted-3-NHAr-benzisoxazole derivative.
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formulas VI and VII:
  • Figures 14-15 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula VI
  • Figures 18, 19 and 23 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula VII.
  • compounds of Formulas VI and VII are prepared as follows.
  • 5-lodo-1 H-indazole is prepared by treating 5-amino-1 H-indazole with a solution of NaNO 2 in water, followed by addition of KI.
  • the product can be further utilized in various synthetic processes to provide the indazole compounds of this invention.
  • the 1- amino group of 5-iodo-1 H-indazole is protected with a suitable amine protecting group, and the protected 5-iodoindazole is treated with a base, copper powder, and an aryl phenol or aryl thiophenol to provide an 5-O-aryl substituted indazole (Formula VI) or 5-S-aryl substituted indazole (Formula VII). Removal of the amine protecting group provides a compound of this invention having the Formula VI or VII.
  • the 5-iodo-1 H-indazole is treated with a base and RX or Ar 1 CH 2 X, where R is an alkyl or allyl and Ar1 is an aryl or heteroaryl group as defined above, and X is a halogen or other suitable leaving group.
  • the 1-N-substituted 5-iodoindazole is then treated with a base, copper powder, and an aryl thiophenol or aryl phenol to provide a 5-O- aryl substituted indazole (Formula VI) or 5-S-aryl 1-N-substituted indazole (Formula VII) compound of this invention.
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula VIII:
  • Figure 22 shows an example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula VIII.
  • compounds of Formula VIII are prepared by oxidizing a compound of Formula VII with an oxidizing agent that will oxidize the aryl sulfide to the corresponding aryl sulfinyl derivative
  • th is invention relates tq compounds of the general Formula IX:
  • Figure 21 shows an example of the synthesis of a specific compound " having the general Formula IX.
  • compounds of Formula IX are prepared by oxidizing a compound of Formula VII with an oxidizing agent that will oxidize the aryl sulfide to the corresponding aryL sulfonyl derivative
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula X:
  • FIG. 31 shows an example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula X.
  • compounds of Formula X are prepared as follows. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline is added to a mixture of ammonium tetrafluoroborate and acetic acid. After a period of time, sodium nitrite is added to the mixture, followed by the addition of a base such as potassium acetate and a phase-transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6 to provide 5-bromoindazole.
  • the bromoindazole is treated with RBr in the presence of a base to provide a 1-N-substituted 5-bromoindazole derivative, ' where R is "A" as defined above for Formula X as defined above with the exception of hydrogen.
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XI:
  • FIG. 32 shows and example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula XI.
  • compounds of Formula XI are prepared as follows. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline is added to a mixture of ammonium tetrafluoroborate and acetic acid. After a period of time, sodium nitrite is added to the mixture, followed by the addition of a base such as potassium acetate and a phase-transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6 to provide 5-bromoindazole.
  • the bromoindazole is treated with RBr in the presence of a base to provide a 1-N-substituted 5-bromoindazole intermediate, where R is "A" as defined above for Formula XI as defined above with the exception of hydrogen.
  • a strong base such as butyl lithium
  • Ar1 is as defined above
  • An alternative method of synthesizing compound of Formula XI is shown in Figure 33.
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XII:
  • Figure 27 shows and example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula XII.
  • compounds of Formula XII are prepared as follows. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline is added to a mixture of ammonium tetrafluoroborate and acetic acid. After a period of time, sodium nitrite is added to the mixture, followed by the addition of a base such as potassium acetate and a phase-transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6 to provide 5-bromoindazole.
  • the bromoindazole is treated with RBr in the presence of a base to provide a 1-N-substituted 5-bromoindazole derivative, where R is alkyl, allyl, ArCH2 or heteroaryl-CH 2 as defined above.
  • Treatment of the 1 - ⁇ substituted derivative with ArlCHO in the presence of a strong base such as butyl lithium, where Ar1 is as defined above, followed by treatment with a suitable oxidizing agent to provide the 1-N-substituted 5- C OR derivative.
  • An alternative method for synthesizing compounds of Formula XII is shown in Figure 28.
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XIII:
  • Figure 34 shows an example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula XIII.
  • compounds of Formula XIII are prepared as follows. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline is added to a mixture of ammonium tetrafluoroborate and acetic acid. After a period of time, sodium nitrite is added to the mixture, followed by the addition of a base such as potassium acetate and a phase-transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6 to provide 5-bromoindazole. The bromoindazole is treated with RBr in the presence of a base to provide a 1-N-substituted 5- bromoindazole intermediate, where R is "A" as defined above for Formula XIII as defined above with the exception of hydrogen.
  • this invention rejates to compounds of the general Formula XIV:
  • Figures 30A-30C show an example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula XIV.
  • compounds of Formula XIV are prepared as follows. 1-Fluoro-3-methyl-
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XV:
  • R 12 and R 13 are independently alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl ,or heteroaryl, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl ,or heteroaryl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Figure 34 shows an example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula XV.
  • compounds of Formula XV are prepared as follows.
  • a 5-OAr-6-CO 2 Me indazole derivative is prepared as described above with respect to the synthesis of Formula XIV, and then treated with RBr in the presence of base to provide the 1-N substituted derivative.
  • Hydrolysis of the ester group followed treatment with carbonyldiimidazole and an amino acid provides the 6-substituted indazole derivative having Formula XV.
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XVI:
  • compounds of Formula XVI are prepared as follows.
  • a 5-OAr-6-CO 2 Me indazole derivative is prepared as described above with respect to the synthesis of Formula XIV, and then reduced, for example, by treating with BH 3 in THF. Purification provides a compound of Formula XVI.
  • this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XVII:
  • Y is CR 1 , O, S, or NR 2 ;
  • W is CR 3 , N
  • CR 1 and W is CR 3 or N when Y is NR 2 ;
  • R 3 is H, NH2, F, Cl, methyl or substituted methyl
  • R 4 is H, or methyl or substituted methyl
  • heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Z n -Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, and Zn- Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;.
  • Ar 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted;
  • R a and R b are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z n -heterocycloalkyi wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Z n -Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycioalkyl, Z n -heterocycloalkyl, and Z n - Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted
  • U is CR C or N
  • V is CR C or N
  • R c is H, F, Cl, methyl or substituted methyl
  • R 5 is H, methyl, or substituted methyl
  • R d is H, P0 3 H 2 , SO 3 H 2 , alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z n -heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Z n -Ar 1 , said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Z n -heterocycloalkyl and Z n -Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
  • G, H, J, and T independently are N or CR Z , provided that when any of said G, H, J, and T are N the total number of G, H, J, or T that is N does not exceed 2;
  • R z is H, F, Cl, Br, CF 3 , OR 6 , SR 6 , lower alkyl (C C 4 ), CN, or NR 6 R 7 ;
  • R 6 and R r are independently H, CF 3 , lower alkyl (C 1 -C 4 ) or lower heteroalkyl (C C 4 );
  • Q is -NR 8 CONH-, -NHCO- , -NR 8 SO 2 NH- , -NHSO 2 -, -CONR 11 - ;
  • R 8 is H or lower (C 1 -C4) alkyl
  • R 11 is H or lower (C C 4 ) alkyl
  • R x is -(CR 9 R 1 V , -O(CR 9 R 10 ) m - , NH(CR 9 R 10 ) m - , or -S(CR 9 R 10 ) m - provided that Q is -CONR 11 - when R x is -O(CR 9 R 10 ) m -. -NH(CR 9 R 10 ) m -, or -
  • R a and R are independently H, or lower alkyl, or R 9 and R 10 together with the atoms to which they are both attached form a cycloalkyl ring which may be saturated or partially unsaturated; m is 1-3;
  • R y is H, PO 3 H, an amine protecting group, an oxygen protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z n -heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar 2 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Zn-Ar 2 and Z n - heterocycloalkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted;
  • Ar 2 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted, wherein said substitution can be 1-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, CF 3 , CN, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, -OR 12 , -SR 12 , -SO 2 R 12 , -SO 2 NR 13 R 12 , NR 13 S ⁇ 2 R 12 , Z n -cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z n -heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, orZ n -Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroal
  • R 12 and R 13 are independently H, alkyl, ally), alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, Z n -cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z n -heterocycloalkyl wherein said.
  • heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Z n -Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Z n -Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted; wherein when Ar 2 is substituted with -SO 2 NR 13 R 12 , R 12 and R 13 can form a cycloalkyl ring or heterocycloalkyl ring that may be substituted or unsubstituted wherein said substitution can be substituents selected from alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl wherein said
  • R y in combination with R 11 is additionally cycloalkyl ring or heterocycloalkyl ring that may be substituted or unsubstituted with groups selected from alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n - cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn- heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z n -Ar ⁇ -COR 14 , or -SO 2 R 14 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z n -cycloalkyl, Z n -heterocycloalkyl, Z n
  • R 14 is alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, Z 0 -cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z n -heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, orZ n -Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, .
  • heteroalkyl heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Z n -heterocycloalkyl, and Z n -Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Figures 38-50 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula XVII.
  • Therapeutically effective amounts of the compounds of the invention may be used to treat diseases mediated by modulation or regulation of protein kinases.
  • An "effective amou.nt” is intended to mean that amount of compound that, when administered to a mammal in need of suoh treatment, is sufficient to effect treatment for a disease mediated by the activity of one or more protein kinases, such _as that p38 alpha and the associated p38 mediated events such as cytokine production.
  • a.therapeut ⁇ cally effective amount of a compound selected from Formulas l-XVII or a salt, active metabolite or prodrug thereof is a quantity sufficient to modulate, regulate, or inhibit the activity of one or more protein kinases such that a disease condition which is mediated by that activity, is reduced or alleviated.
  • the amount of a given agent that will correspond to suc an amount will vary depending upon factors such as the particular compound, disease condition and its severity, the identity (e:g., weight) of the mammal in need of treatment, but can nevertheless be routinely determined by one skilled in the art.
  • Treating is intended to mean at least the mitigation of a disease condition in a mammal, such as a human, that is affected, at least in part, by the activity of one or more protein kinases, such as p38, and includes, but is not limited to, preventing the disease condition from occurring in a mammal, particularly when the mammal is found to be predisposed to having the disease condition but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; modulating and/or inhibiting the disease condition; and/or alleviating the disease condition.
  • a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a compound of the Formula l-XVII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable prodrug thereof, as defined hereinbefore in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
  • compositions of the invention may be in a form suitable for oral use (for example as tablets, lozenges, hard or soft capsules, aqueous or oily suspensions, emulsions, dispersible powders or granules, syrups or elixirs), for topical use (for example as creams, ointments, gels, or aqueous or oily r ⁇ solutions or suspensions), for administration by inhalation (for example as a finely divided powder or a liquid aerosol), for administration by insufflation (for example as a finely divided powder) or for parenteral administration (for example as a sterile aqueous or oily solution for intravenous, subcutaneous, or intramuscular dosing or as a suppository for rectal dosing).
  • compositions intended for oral use may contain, for example, one or more coloring, sweetening, flavoring and/or preservative agents.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients for a tablet formulation include, for example, inert diluents such as lactose, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate or calcium carbonate, granulating and disintegrating agents such as corn starch or algenic acid; binding agents such as starch; lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc; preservative agents such as ethyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, and anti- oxidants, such as ascorbic acid. Tablet formulations may be uncoated or coated either to modify their disintegration and the subsequent absorption of the active ingredient within the gastrointestinal tract, or to improve their stability and/or appearance, in either case, using conventional coating agents and procedures well known in the art.
  • inert diluents such as lactose, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate or calcium carbonate
  • granulating and disintegrating agents such as corn starch or algenic acid
  • binding agents such as starch
  • Compositions for oral use may be in the form of hard gelatin capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
  • an inert solid diluent for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin
  • water or an oil such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
  • Aqueous suspensions generally contain the active ingredient in finely powdered form together with one or more suspending agents, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth .
  • suspending agents such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth .
  • dispersing or wetting agents such as lecithin or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids (for example polyoxethylene stearate), or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
  • dispersing or wetting agents such as lecithin or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids (for example polyoxethylene stearate), or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxy
  • the aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives (such as ethyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, anti-oxidants (such • as ascorbic acid), coloring agents, flavoring agents, and/or sweetening agents (such as sucrose, saccharine or aspartame).
  • preservatives such as ethyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, anti-oxidants (such • as ascorbic acid), coloring agents, flavoring agents, and/or sweetening agents (such as sucrose, saccharine or aspartame).
  • Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil (such as arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil) or in a mineral oil (such as liquid paraffin).
  • the oily suspensions may also contain a thickening agent such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol.
  • Sweetening agents such as those set out above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation.
  • These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
  • Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water generally contain the active ingredient together with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients such as sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions.
  • the oily .phase may be a vegetable oil, such as olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, such as for example liquid paraffin or a mixture of any of these.
  • Suitable emulsifying agents may be, for example, naturally-occurring gums such as gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally-occurring phosphatides such as soya bean, lecithin, an esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides (for example sorbitan monooleate) and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
  • the ⁇ emulsions may also contain sweetening, flavoring and preservative agents. .
  • Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents such as glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, aspartame or sucrose, and may also contajn a demulcent, preservative, flavoring and/or coloring agent.
  • sweetening agents such as glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, aspartame or sucrose
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may also be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oily suspension, which may be formulated according to known procedures using one or more of the appropriate dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents, which have been mentioned above.
  • a sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example a solution in 1 ,3-butanediol.
  • Suppository formulations may be prepared by mixing the active ingredient with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • Suitable excipients include, for example, cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
  • Topical formulations such as creams, ointments, gels and aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions, may generally be obtained by formulating an active ingredient with a conventional, topically acceptable, vehicle or diluent using conventional procedures well known in the art.
  • Compositions for administration by insufflation may be in the form of a finely divided powder containing particles of average diameter of, for example, 30 ⁇ w or much less, the powder itself comprising either active ingredient alone or diluted with one or more physiologically acceptable carriers such as lactose.
  • the powder for insufflation is then conveniently retained in a capsule containing, for example, 1 to 50 mg of active ingredient for use with a turbo- inhaler device, such as is used for insufflation of the known agent sodium cromoglycate.
  • compositions for administration by inhalation may be in the form of a ' conventional pressurized aerosol arranged to dispense the active ingredient either as an aerosol containing finely divided solid or liquid droplets.
  • aerosol propellants such as volatile fiuorinated hydrocarbons or hydrocarbons may be used and the aerosol device is conveniently arranged to dispense a metered quantity of active ingredient.
  • a formulation intended for oral administration to humans will may contain, for example, from 0.5 mg to 2 g of active agent compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of excipients which may vary from about 5 to about 98 percent by weight of the total composition.
  • Dosage unit forms will generally contain about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient.
  • the size of the dose for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes of a compound of Formula l-XVII will naturally vary according to the nature and severity of the conditions, the age and sex of the animal or patient and the route of administration, according to well known principles of medicine.
  • the compounds of- this invention or pharmaceutical salts or prodrugs thereof may be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions for administration to animals or humans to treat or prevent a p38-mediated condition.
  • p38-mediated condition means any disease or other deleterious condition in which p38 is known , to play a role. This includes conditions which are known to be caused by IL-1 , TNF, IL-6 or IL-8 overproduction. Such conditions include, without limitation, inflammatory diseases, autoimmune diseases, destructive bone ' disorders, proliferative disorders, infectious diseases, viral disease, and ' neurodegenerative diseases
  • Inflammatory diseases which may be treated or prevented include, but are not limited to, acute pancreatitis, chronic pancreatitis, asthma, allergies, • and adult respiratory distress syndrome.
  • Autoimmune diseases which may be treated or prevented include, but are not limited to, glomeralonephritis, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, chronic thyroiditis, Graves' disease, autoimmune gastritis, insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (Type I), autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune neutropenia, thrombocytopenia, atopic dermatitis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis, multiple sclerosjs, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, psoriasis, or graft vs. host disease.
  • glomeralonephritis rheumatoid arthritis
  • systemic lupus erythematosus systemic lupus erythematosus
  • scleroderma chronic thyroiditis
  • Graves' disease autoimmune gastritis
  • Destructive bone disorders which may be treated or prevented include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis and multiple myeloma-related bone disorder.
  • Proliferative diseases which may be treated or prevented include, but are not limited to, acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, metastatic melanoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, and multiple myeloma.
  • Infectious diseases which may be treated or prevented include, but are not limited to, sepsis, septic shock, and Shigellosis.
  • Viral diseases which may be treated or prevented include, but are not • limited to, acute hepatitis, infection (including hepatitis A; hepatitis B and hepatitis C), HIV infection and CMV retinitis.
  • Degenerative conditions or diseases which may be treated or prevented by the compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, cerebral ischemia and other neurodegenerative diseases.
  • p38-mediated conditions also include ischemia/reperfusion in stroke, heart attacks, myocardial ischemia, organ iypoxia, vascular hyperplasia, cardiac hypertrophy and Aliombin-induced platelet aggregation.
  • the p38 inhibitors of this invention are also capable of inhibiting the expression of inducible pro-inflammatory proteins such as prostaglandin endoperoxide synthase-2 (PGHS-2), also referred to as cycloox ' ygenase ⁇ (COX-2). Therefore, other "p38-mediated conditions" are edema, analgesia, fever and pain, such as neuromuscular pain, headache, cancer pain, dental pain and arthritis pain.
  • PGHS-2 prostaglandin endoperoxide synthase-2
  • COX-2 cycloox ' ygenase ⁇
  • an IL-1 -mediated disease or condition includes rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, stroke, endotoxemia and/or toxic shock syndrome, inflammatory reaction induced by endotoxin, inflammatory bowel disease, tuberculosis, atherosclerosis, muscel degeneration, cachexia, psoriatic arthritis, Reiter's syndrome, gout, traumatic arthritis, rubella arthritis, acute synovitis, diabetes, pancreatic ⁇ -cell disease and Alzheimer's disease.
  • cytokine e.g., IL-1, TNF, IL-6, IL-8
  • an IL-1 -mediated disease or condition includes rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, stroke, endotoxemia and/or toxic shock syndrome, inflammatory reaction induced by endotoxin, inflammatory bowel disease, tuberculosis, atherosclerosis, muscel degeneration, cachexia, psoriatic arthritis, Reiter's syndrome, gout, traumatic
  • a TNF-mediated disease or condition includes rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis, gouty arthritis and other arthritic conditions, sepsis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, adult respiratory distress syndrome, cerebral malaria, chronic pulmonary inflammatory disease, silicosis, pulmonary sarcoisosis, bone resorption diseases, reperfusion injury, graft vs. host reaction, allograft rejections, fever and myalgias due to infection, cachexia secondary to infection, AIDS, ARC or malignancy, keloid formation, scar tissue formation, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis or pyresis.
  • TNF-mediated diseases also include viral infections, such as HIV, CMV, influenza and herpes; and veterinary viral infections, , such as lentivirus infections, including, but not limited to equine infectious anaemia virus, caprine arthritis virus, visna virus or maedi virus; or retrovirus infections, including feline immunodeficiency virus, bovine immunodeficiency virus, or canine immunodeficiency virus.
  • viral infections such as HIV, CMV, influenza and herpes
  • veterinary viral infections such as lentivirus infections, including, but not limited to equine infectious anaemia virus, caprine arthritis virus, visna virus or maedi virus; or retrovirus infections, including feline immunodeficiency virus, bovine immunodeficiency virus, or canine immunodeficiency virus.
  • IL-8 mediated disease or condition includes diseases characterized by massive neutrophil infiltration, such as psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease, asthma, cardiac and renal reperfusion injury, adult respiratory distress syndrome.-thrombosis and glomerulonephritis.
  • the compounds of this infection may be used topically to treat or prevent conditions caused or exacerbated by IL-1 or TNF.
  • Such conditions include inflamed joints, eczema, psoriasis, inflammatory skin conditions such as sunburn, inflammatory eye conditions such as conjunctivitis, pyresis, pain and other conditions associated with inflammation.
  • the compounds of this invention may be used in combination with other drugs and therapies used in the treatment of disease states which would benefit from the inhibition of cytokines, in particular IL-1 , TNF, IL-6 or IL-8.
  • the compounds of Formula 1-XVH are of value in the treatment of certain ' inflammatory and non-inflammatory diseases which are currently treated with a cyclooxygenase-inhibitory non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) such as indomethacin ketorolac, acetylsalicylic acid, ibuprofen, sulindac, tolmetin and piroxicam.
  • NSAID cyclooxygenase-inhibitory non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • Co-administration of a compound of the Formula I- XVII with a NSAID can result in a reduction of the quantity of the latter agent needed to produce a therapeutic effect, and thus the likelihood of adverse • side-effects from the NSAID such as gastrointestinal effects are reduced.
  • a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of Formula I-XVH, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable ester thereof, in conjunction or.admixture with a cyclooxygenase inhibitory non-steroidal anti- inflammatory agent, and a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier.
  • the compounds of Formula l-XVH may also be used in the treatment of conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis in combination with antiarthritic agents such as gold, methotrexate, steroids and penicillinamine, and in conditions such as osteoarthritis in combination with steroids.
  • antiarthritic agents such as gold, methotrexate, steroids and penicillinamine
  • osteoarthritis in combination with steroids.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also be administered in degradative diseases, for example osteoarthritis, with chondroprotective, anti- degradative and/or reparative agents such as Diacerhein, hyaluronic acid formulations such as Hyalan, Rumalon, Arteparon and glucosamine salts such as Antril.
  • the compounds of Formula l-XVH may also be used in the treatment of asthma in combination with antiasthmatic agents such as bronchodilators and leukotriene antagonists.
  • the compounds of Formula l-XVH are primarily of value as therapeutic agents for use in warm-blooded animals (including man), they are also useful whenever it is required to inhibit the effects of cytokines. Thus, they are useful as pharmacological standards for use in the development of new biological tests and in the search for new pharmacological agents.
  • the activity of the compounds of this invention may be assayed for p38 inhibition in vitro, in vivo, or in a cell line.
  • ' vitro assays include assays that determine inhibition of either the kinase activity or ATPase activity of activated
  • Cell culture assays of the inhibitory effect of the compounds of this invention may be used to determine the amounts of TNF- ⁇ ,.
  • U_-1 , IL-6 or IL-8 produced in whole blood or cell fractions thereof in cells treated with inhibitor as compared to cells treated with negative controls.
  • Level of these cytokines 15 may be determined through the use of commercially available ELISAs or as described in the Biological Examples section below.
  • P38 activity was assayed at room temperature in a 100 ⁇ l reaction containing 5 nM activated p38 ⁇ enzyme and 1 uM ATF-2 (Activating Transcription Factor 2 fusion protein) as the substrate in 25mM HEPES (pH 7.4), 100//M Vanadate, 1 mM DTT, 10 mM MgCI 2 and 10 ⁇ M [q- 33 PJ-ATP
  • reaction 25 (-0.1 /Ci P 33 /reaction).
  • the reaction was terminated after 30-40 minutes by ' adding 25% TCA, let stand for 5 minutes and then transferred directly to a GF-B membrane filter plate.
  • the filter was washed twice for 30 seconds with 0.5% phosphoric acid using a Tomtec Mach III Automated Harvestor. After washing, the vacuum was continued for 30 seconds to dry the filter.
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • PBMCs were isolated from human blood as follows. Whole blood samples were collected from human volunteers into VacutainerTM CPT from Becton Dickinson. Tubes were mixed and centrifuged at room temperature (18 - 25° C) in a horizontal rotor for a minimum of 15 minutes at 1500 -1800 RCF (relative centrifugal force).
  • the buffy coat layers were pooled into a single tube and washed twice with phosphate buffered saline ("PBS").
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • the cell pellet was resuspended in MEM, 2% heat inactivated fetal bovine serum ("FBS"), 20 mM HEPES, 2mM L-glutamine, and 1% penicillin/streptomycin.
  • Total cell number " was determined using a hemocytometer and the cell suspension was adjusted to 2 X 106 cells/mL.
  • 0.1 mL of cell suspension was added to each well of a 96-well cell culture plate. 30 ⁇ of a compound test solution was added, and the cells were incubated in a 37°C/5% CO2 incubator for 1 hour. 20 ⁇ l.
  • LPS E.. Coli K-235 lipopolysaccharide
  • the cells were centrifuged for 15 minutes at 1100 RCF, Approximately 0.12 mL of the supernatant was-transferred into a clean 96 well polypropylene plate.. The samples were either assayed immediately or were stored at -80 6 C until ready for assay.
  • TNF- ⁇ levels were determined in each sample using a human TNF- ⁇ ELISA assay such as that described below. TNF- ⁇ levels were determined using the following assay.
  • TNF-alpha antibody coated plates were prepared by adding 150 ⁇ L of 2 //g/mL anti-TNF- ⁇ purified mouse monoclonal IgG in Carbonate-Bicarbonate buffer (BupHTM Carbonate-Bicarbonate Buffer Pack) to wells of a 96-well Immulon 4 plate (Immulon 4 ELISA Flat Bottom Plate; Dynex, catalog number 011-010-3855) and incubated overnight at 2 - 8 °C. Coating solution was removed and 200 ⁇ L of "blocking buffer" (20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 2% BSA) was added and plates were stored 2 - 8 °C until ready to use.
  • blocking buffer (20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 2% BSA
  • a ten-point recombinant human TNF- ⁇ standard curve was prepared by a 1 :2 serial dilution in "sample diluent" (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 2 M MgCI 2 , 1 % BSA) with a top concentration of 6000 pg/mL.
  • Blocking solution was removed from TNF- ⁇ ELISA plates by washing five times with 300 ⁇ L of "wash buffer” (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM MgCI 2 , 0.02% Tween-20). 50 ⁇ L of "sample diluent" was added to all wells, and then either 50 ⁇ L of a TNF- ⁇ standard curve solution or test compound supernatant was added to all wells. The plate was incubated at room temperature for OR ⁇ hour with shaking (300 rpm). The plate was washed wash five times with 300 ⁇ L "wash buffer”.
  • wash buffer 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM MgCI 2 , 0.02% Tween-20.
  • the plate was washed wash five times with 300 ⁇ L wash buffer per well. 200 ⁇ L of 1 mg/mL pNPP (p-nitrophenyl phosphate) in diethanolamine buffer with 0-.5 mM MgCI 2 was added per well, and the plate was incubated for 30 to 45 minutes at room temperature with shaking (300 rpm). Reaction progress was monitored by determining optical density: when the top standard reached an OD between 2.0 and 3.0, 50 ⁇ L of 2N NaOH was added per well. The optical density of each well was determined within 30 minutes, using a microtiter plate reader set to 405 nm. The data was analyzed in XL fit using 4-parameter curve fitting. The following reagents were used in the above-described assays.
  • Dulbecco's Phosphate Buffered Saline without Calcium or Magnesium (Gibco Catalog No. 14190); Minimum essential medium Eagle (MEM; Gibco Catalog No. 11090); penicillin-streptomycin (Gibco Catalog No. 15140); L-glutamine, 200 mM (Gibco Catalog No. 25030); HEPES, 1M (Gibco Catalog No. 15630); fetal bovine serum ("FBS "; HyClone Catalog No. SH30070.03); lipopoly- saccharides from Escherichia coli K-235 (“LPS"; Sigma Catalog- No. L2018); anti-TNF- ⁇ , Purified Mouse Monoclonal IgG (R&D Systems Catalog No.
  • MAB210 BupHTM Carbonate-Bicarbonate Buffer Pack (Pierce Catalog No. 28382); HEPES (FW 238.3; Sigma Catalog No. H3575); NaCl (Sigma Catalog No. S7653); bovine serum albumin ("BSA”; Jackson ImmunoReseach Catalog No. 001-000-162); polyoxyethylene 20.
  • sorbitan monolaurate Sigma Catalog No..P2287
  • magnesium chloride, hexahydrate Sigma Catalog No. M2670
  • recombinant human TNF- ⁇ R&D Systems Catalog No. 210TA ⁇ 10
  • biotinylated TNF- ⁇ affinity purified goat IgG R&D Systems Catalog No.
  • Table 3 shows the results of p38 inhibition and inhibition of LPS-induced TNF- ⁇ secretion from human peripheral blood mononuclear cells ("PBMC").
  • An "active” compound is defined as a compound having an IC 50 below 500 nM.
  • TNF- ⁇ was induced in male DBA-2J mice (from Jackson Laboratories) by tail vein injection with ' 2 mg/kg lipopolysaccharide (from Sigma, St. Louis). Ninety minutes later is ⁇ flurane anaesthetized mice were bled by cardiac puncture. The blood samples were then allowed to clot-for.two hours at 4°C and centrifuged. Serum .was separated into eppendorf tubes for later TNF- ⁇ analysis. TNF- ⁇ analysis was performed using an ELISA kit (Quantikine, MN) and was performed according to the instructions that accompanied the kit.
  • Compound AR-00112190 was prepared with 10% DMSO plus 90% of 20% 2-hydroxyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin (HPCD).
  • Compound AR-00112190 is a derivative of compound 14g (see Figure 3) where A is isobutyl.
  • vehicle 10% DMSO, 90% 20% HPCD
  • concentrations required for the lower dose levels The compound went into solution with the addition of DMSO, but then came out of solution on addition of 20% HPCD. Therefore, compounds were dosed as suspensions. Seven groups of male DBA-2J mice (seven/group) were dosed orally with AR- 00112190 (10, 30 and 100 mg/kg) 30 minutes prior to LPS injection.
  • reaction flasks were typically fitted with rubber septa for the introduction of substrates and reagents via syringe. Glassware was oven dried and/or heat dried.
  • 1H-NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker instrument operating at 300 MHz or on a Varian instrument operating at 400 MHz. 1 H-NMR spectra were obtained as CDCI3 solutions (reported in ppm), using chloroform as the reference standard (7.25 ppm). Other NMR solvents were used as needed. When peak multiplicities are reported, the following abbreviations are used: s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), m (multiplet), br (broadened), dd (doublet of doublets), dt (doublet of triplets). Coupling constants, when given, are reported in Hertz (Hz).
  • FIG. 1 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 7a having the general Formula II. In this example, the synthesis of compound 7a, where R is 4-methoxybenzyl and X is sulfur, is described.
  • Step A 1.285 g of 2-chloro-4-methyl-5-nitropyridine (compound 1a) and 1.023 g of 4-fluorobenzenethiol were dissolved in 15 mL of anhydrous THF under dry nitrogen. To this solution was slowly added 207 mg of sodium hydride (95% in oil). The reaction mixture was then partitioned between EtOAc and 0.1 N aqueous NaOH (to remove any unreacted thiol) and then the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column eluting with a gradient from 1 :1 hexane/ CH 2 Cl 2 to 100% give 1.90 g of compound 2a.
  • Step B Approximately 1.90 g of compound 2a and 1.88 g of iron powder were added to 20 mL of acetic acid under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was then heated to 90°C for about 45 minutes to form intermediate product 3a. Approximately 1.90 g of the intermediate product 3a and 1.160 g of NaOH were dissolved in 20 mL of methanol under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen for about 3.5 hours, and then reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and stirred at ambient temperature for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and then partitioned between CH 2 CI 2 arid water. The CH 2 CI 2 layer was then washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 4a.
  • Step C Without further purification, 1.54 g of compound 4a and 896 mg of ammonium tetrafluoroborate were taken up in 10 mL of a 1:1 solution of acetone and water. The reaction mixture was then placed in an ice bath (0°C) to which was added 600 ⁇ L of concentrated HCl followed by 514 mg of sodium nitrite. The reaction mixture was then stirred for approximately 45 minutes after which time a precipitate of the intermediate compound 5a was formed. The precipitate was collected, air-dried, and then further dried by azeotroping from ethanol and toluene to provide approximately 800 mg of compound 5a.
  • Step D 173.3 mg of compound 6a, 195 mg of potassium carbonate, 110/ L of 4-methoxybenzyl chloride and 10.5 mg of sodium iodide were dissolved/suspended in 1 mL of anhydrous DMF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated to 85° C for approximately 1.5 hours, and then cooled to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was partitioned between CH 2 CI 2 and water, and the CH 2 CI 2 layer was washed water and brine, dried over Na 2 SO , filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give approximately 100 mg of compound 7a.
  • Figure 2 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 14a having the general Formula II.
  • Step. A In a round bottom flask, 4-fluorophenoI (compound 8a; 1.3 mL, 2.0 mmols) was diluted with 25 mL of anhydrous THF and the reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath as potassium f-butoxide (12.0 mL, 12.0 mmols) was slowly added. Next, 2-chloro-4-methyI-5-nitropyridine (compound 1 a; 2.23 g, 12.5 mmols) was added and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 .
  • Step B In a round bottom flask, compound 10a ' (2.6 g, 11 mmols) was diluted with 40 mL EtOH, and then Pd(OH) 2 (230 mg, 2 mmols) was added followed by the addition of ammonium formate (3.3 g, 53 mmols).
  • reaction mixture was heated to 80°C until the starting material 10a was gone as determined by HPLC.
  • the reaction mixture was filtered through glass paper and the filtrate was concentrated.
  • the residue was diluted with CH2CI2 and the organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO 3 and brine, dried over Na 2 S0 4 , filtered and concentrated to provide 1.92 g of compound 11a as a white solid.
  • Step C Compound 11a was converted to compound 13a according to the method described in Step G of Example 1.
  • Compound 11a and of ammonium tetrafluoroborate were taken up in a 1 :1 solution of acetone and water.
  • the reaction mixture was then placed in an ice bath (0°C) to which was added concentrated HCl followed by sodium nitrite, and a precipitate was formed. The precipitate was collected, air-dried, and then further dried by azeotroping from ethanol and toluene to provide the intermediate compound 12a.
  • Compound 12a, potassium acetate and 18-crown-6 were dissolved/suspended in chloroform under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen.
  • the reaction mixture was then partitioned between CH 2 C) 2 and water.
  • the CH 2 CI 2 layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under vacuum.
  • the resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give compound 13a.
  • Step D In a round-bottom flask, compound 13a was diluted with 4 mL of DMF, and then 22 mg of NaH was added and bubbling began. Upon settling, 0.8 mL of allyl bromide was added, and the mixture was stirred under nitrogen at room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and then concentrated. The residue was diluted With CH 2 CI 2 and the organic. layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, concentrated to a film, and dried. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column having a 12 M silica column, eluting with 4% EtOAc:CH 2 Cl2, to provide compound 14a.
  • Figure 3 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 15a having the general Formula II.
  • compound 14a prepared according to Example 2
  • Trimethylamine-N-oxide 27 mg, 0.35 mmol
  • OsO 4 11 . mg, 0.04 mmols
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was then partitioned between CH 2 CI 2 and water.
  • the organic layer was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and then concentrated to a film.
  • the film was purified on a Biotage 12 M silica column eluting with EtOAc to provide 82 mg of compound 15a.
  • Figure 4 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 16a.
  • a 0.3 M solution of NalO 4 (2 mL) was combined with 1 g of silica gel to give slurry.
  • the slurry was diluted with 3 mL of CH 2 CI 2 and 82 mg (0.3 mmols) of • compound 15a, prepared according to Example 3, was added into the slurry with 1 mL of CH 2 CI 2 , and the slurry was stirred for 2 hours. After 3 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered and the pad. was washed with CH 2 CI 2 .
  • the filtrate was concentrated to provide 35 mg of compound 16a as a brown film.
  • Figure 5 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 17a having the general Formula II.
  • compound 16a 32 mg, 0.11 mmols
  • MeOH 2 mL
  • K 2 CO 3 32 mg, 0.2 mmols
  • tosylmethylisocyanide 25 mg, 0.13 mmols
  • the reaction mixture was then concentrated and the residue was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 .
  • the CH 2 CI 2 was washed with water and 1 N HCl, separated, and concentrated.
  • the resulting residue was purified on a silica column, eluting with 80% EtOAc/CH 2 CI 2 , to provide compound 17a.
  • Figure 6 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound . 18a having the general Formula II.
  • compound 6a prepared according to Example 1
  • compound 6a prepared according to Example 1
  • the 22 mg of NaH was added and bubbling began.
  • allyl bromide 0.8 mL was added and the reaction was stirred under nitrogen at room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was quenched with water and then concentrated.
  • the residue was taken up in CH 2 CI 2 and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and brine, and then dried to an orange film.
  • the film was purified on a Biotage column having a 12M silica column and eluting with 4% EtOAc/CH 2 Cl2 to provide compound 18a.
  • Figure 7 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 7b having the general Formula III.
  • Step A In a round bottom flask, 4-fluorobenzenethiol was diluted with anhydrous THF. The reaction mixture was*cooled to 0°C with an ice bath, and then 1.0 M potassium ferf-butoxide in THF was slowly added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes, and then 5-chloro-3-methyl-2-nitropyridine (compound 1b) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes and then warmed to room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated and in the residue was diluted with CH 2 CI .
  • Step B Compound 3b was reduced with iron powder and acetic acid as described Example 1 , step B to provide compound 4b.
  • Step C Compound 4b was then treated with ammonium tetrafluoroborate followed by concentrated HCl and sodium nitrite as described in Example 1 , Step C to provide intermediate 5b. Without further purification, compound 5b was combined with potassium acetate and 18- crown-6 as described in Example 1 , step C to provide compound 6b.
  • Step D Compounds 7b-1, ' 7b-2, and 7b-3 were each prepared from compound 6b as shown in Figure 7. To prepare compound 7b-1, compound 6b was treated with NaH and allyl bromide as described in Example 6.
  • Example 8
  • Figure 8 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8b having the general Formula HI.
  • compound 7b-3 prepared according to Example 7
  • the reaction mixture was stirred until the starting material was gone as determined by TLC, and then concentrated, and the resulting residue was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 .
  • the CH 2 CI 2 was washed with 1 N NaOH and brine, dried over Na 2 SO , filtered, and concentrated.
  • the resulting residue was purified on a Biotage 12M silica column, eluting with 10% MeOH/CH 2 CI 2 /NH 4 OH, to provide compound 8b.
  • Figure 9 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 10c having the general Formula IV.
  • Step A In a round-bottom flask, 6-nitroindoIe (compound 1c; 15.5 g, 95 mmols) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (400 mL). NaOH (3.8 g, 95 mmols) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. Then, 266 mL of 2 N NaOH was added to the reaction mixture, followed by the addition of iodine crystals (two portions of 54.4 g for a total addition of 214 mmols), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with 10% citric acid and diluted with EtOAc.
  • Step B Compound 2c (5.18 g) was dissolved in 50 L of anhydrous
  • Step C Compound 3c (3.85 g), 766 g of -Vans-2-phenylvinylboronic acid, 531 mg of Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 and 14.20 mL of 2.0 M Na 2 CO 3 were dissolved/suspended in 50 L of dioxane under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight, and then cooled to ambient " temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was partitioned between CH2CI2 and water. The CH 2 CI 2 layer was dried over Na 2 SO , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to provide compound 4c.
  • Step D Compound 4c (573 mg) and 103 mg of 10% Pd/C were dissolved/suspended in 10 mL of a 3:1 solution of EtOH/THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this solution was added 500 ⁇ L of hydrazine, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was then filtered through Celite, the Celite was washed with EtOH and CH 2 CI 2 , and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was partitioned between CH 2 CI 2 and water. The CH 2 CI 2 layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na 2 SO , filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 5c.
  • Step E Compound 5c (2.51 g) was dissolved in a solution of 30 mL of acetic acid and 6 mL of water under ari atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was added 3.2 mL of concentrated HCl. The reaction was then cooled to 0°C, and 535 mg of sodium nitrite was added. The reaction mixture was then stirred for about 30 minutes after which time a 4.0 mL aqueous solution of 1.23 mg of sodium iodide and 885 mg of iodine was added to the reaction mixture. After about 4 hrs, the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 (slow addition) and then partitioned between CH 2 CI 2 and water. The CH 2 CI 2 layer was dried over Na 2 S0 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 1.90 g of compound 6c.
  • Step F Compound 6c (1.90 g) and 509 mg of trimethylamine-N-oxide dihydrate were dissolved in 30 mL of CH 2 CI 2 under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was added 51 mg of osmium tetroxide. The reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at room temperature. Sodium periodate (1.71 g) dissolved in about 3 mL of water was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1- hour. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between EtOAc and water. The EtOAc layer was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 889 mg of compound 7c.
  • Step G Compound 7c (460 mg) was added to 10 mL of anhydrous THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The mixture was cooled to -78°C and then 2.80 mL of 4-methoxy ⁇ henyI magnesium bromide in THF (0.5 M) was added. -The. reaction, mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, quenched with water and partitioned between EtOAc * and saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 . The organic layer was dried over Na 2 S0 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 320 mg of an intermediate product.
  • the intermediate product (151 mg) was dissolved in 1 mL of CH 2 CI 2 and 60 ⁇ L of triethylsilane under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was added 1 mL of trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under vacuum and the residue was partitioned between CH2CI2 and aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 . The CH 2 CI 2 layer was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 'a gradient from 10:1hexane/CH 2 CI 2 to 100% CH 2 CI 2 , to give 76.6 mg of compound 8c.
  • Step H Compound 8c (151 mg), 80 ⁇ L of 4-fluorophenylthiol, 12.0 mg of copper powder and 300 ⁇ L of 5.0 M aqueous NaOH were added to 1 mL of anhydrous DMF in a sealed tube and then heated to 90°C for 16 hours.
  • the reaction mixture was partitioned between CH CI 2 and 1.0 M aqueous NaOH.
  • the CH 2 CI layer was washed with 1.0 M aqueous NaOH, 3.0 N aqueous NH 4 OH, and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 76.6 mg of compound 9c.
  • Step I Compound 9c (76.6 mg) and 100 ⁇ L of ethyle ⁇ ediamine were dissolved in 1.6 mL of 1.0 M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in THF under an atmosphere- of dry nitrogen.” The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for about 12 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and partitioned between CH 2 Cl 2 and water. The CH 2 CI 2 layer was washed with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 , dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with a gradient from 5:1 hexane/CH 2 Cl 2 to 100% CH 2 CI 2 to give 25 mg of compound 10c.
  • Step B Compound 12c (151 mg), methanol, 100 ⁇ L of 4- fluorophenylthiol, 6.0 mg of copper powder and 250 ⁇ L of 5.0 M aqueous
  • Step C Compound 13c (67.9 mg) and 100 L of ethylenediamine • were dissolved in 1.5 mL of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in THF (1.0 M) under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture-was heated to reflux for ⁇ 20 about 12 hours, and then cooled to room temperature and partitioned between .CH2CI2 and water. The CH2CI2 layer was washed with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 , dried over Na SO , filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 18 mg of compound 14 ⁇ -
  • Figure 11 shows the reaction scheme for the preparation of compound 17c having the general Formula IV.
  • Step A Compound 12c (186 mg), prepared according to Example 10, 30 Step A, was dissolved in 5 mL of anhydrous THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this solution was added 36.8 mg of sodium hydride (60% in oil), the reaction was stirred for about 15 minutes, and then 60 ⁇ L of methyl iodide was added to the reaction mixture. After about 1 hour the reaction mixture was quenched with water and partitioned between CH 2 CI2 and aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 . The CH 2 Ci 2 layer was dried over Na2SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 100:1 CH 2 Cl2/EtOAc to give 76.1 mg of compound 15c.
  • Step B Compound 15c was reacted with 4-fluorothiphenol, copper powder, and aqueous NaOH in DMF in the same manner as in Step B of Example 10 to provide a 22% yield of compound 16c.
  • Step C Compound 16c was reacted with tetrabutylammonium fluoride and ethylenediamine in THF in the same manner as in Step C of Example 10 to give a 53% yield of compound 17c.
  • FIG. 12 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds • having the generic structure 18c having the general Formula IV.
  • the synthesis of compound 18c-2, where Ar is 4-fluorophenyl, is described.
  • Step A 2-F!uoro-4-hydroxyacetophenone (compound 19c; 1.42 g) and 1.40 g of potassium carbonate were dissolved/suspended in 30 mL of anhydrous DMF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was added 1.20 mL of benzyl bromide. After about 90 minutes the reaction mixture was heated to 65° C for about 45 minutes, and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum, and the residue was partitioned between CH 2 CI 2 and water. The CH 2 Cl 2 . layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na 2 SO , filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 20c.
  • Step B Compound 20c (1.87 g) was added, to 20 mL of ethylene. glycol under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was added 250 ⁇ L of anhydrous hydrazine. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and then heated to 160°C for about 7 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and quenched with water. The precipitated salt was collected and air-dried and then further dried by azeotropic removal of water with ethanol and toluene. The precipitated salt was diluted with anhydrous acetonitrile, and then 500 mg of dimethylaminopyridine and 311 mg of di-te/f-butyl dicarbonate (BOC anhydride) were added. After all solids were dissolved, the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum arid the resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 7.10 mg of compound 21c. Step C: Compound 21 c (710 mg), 662 mg of ammonium formate and
  • Step D Compound 22c (103 mg), 174 mg of 4-fluorophenylboronic acid, 75 mg of copper (II) acetate, and 300 ⁇ L of triethylamine were dissolved/suspended in 2 mL of anhydrous CH2CI2, and 4A molecular sieves were-added to this solution. The reaction was exposed to air for about 5 hours, and then filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column eluting- with CH 2 CI 2 to give 85 mg of compound 23c.
  • Step E Compound 23c (85 mg) was dissolved in 2 mL of a 1 :1 solution of CH2CI2/TFA under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen.
  • reaction mixture was stirred for about 30 minutes, after which time it was concentrated under vacuum.
  • the resulting residue was partitioned between CH2CI2 and aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 .
  • the CH2CI2 layer was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide 18c-2.
  • compound 22c is reacted with phenyl borate or an appropriately substituted phenyl borate as described in Step D, and then treated as described in Step E.
  • Figure 13 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26c having the general Formula IV.
  • Step A 4-Fluorothiophenol (compound 24c; 900 ⁇ L) was dissolved in 40 mL of anhydrous THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this solution was added 8.'40 mL of potassium terf-butoxide in THF (1.0 M) followed by the addition of 10 mL of anhydrous DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 0 minutes, after which time 1.43 g of 2,4-difluoropropiophenone was added and the mixture was allowed to react for about 12 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between Et 2 O and water. The Et ⁇ O layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 25c.
  • Step B Compound 25c (2.34 g) and 260 ⁇ L of anhydrous hydrazine were suspended/dissolved in ethylene glycol under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was then heated to about 70°C for about an.. hour and then heated to about 160°C for about 12 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with about 100 mL of water, and then partitioned between CH CI 2 and water. The CH 2 CI layer was washed with water and aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 , dried over Na SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 770 g of compound 26c.
  • Figure 14 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 34c having the general Formula VI.
  • Step A In a round-bottom flask, 50 mL of MeOH and 200 L of toluene were added to of 5-fluoro-2-nitrobenzoic acid (compound 27c; 10.0 g, 54.0 mmols). About 41 mL of trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2.0 M) were added slowly with stirring. After bubbling stopped, the reaction was quenched with 1 mL of acetic acid. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum to provide compound 28c.
  • Step B In a round-bottom flask, 4-fluorphenol (4.0 g, 35 mmols) was diluted with 100 mL of anhydrous THF. The reaction was cooled to 0°C with an ice bath, and then 1.0 M potassium tert-butoxide in THF (35 mL, 35 mmols) was slowly added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes, and then compound 28c (7.4 g, 37 mmols) in 50 mL of THF was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes and then warmed to room temperature and stirred for about 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and in the residue was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 .
  • the CH 2 CI 2 was washed with 1 N NaOH and brine, and dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated to an oil.
  • the oil was purified on a Biotage 40 M column eluting with 50:50 hexane/ CH 2 CI2 to provide compound 29c as an oil.
  • Step D In a round-bottom flask, compound 30c was dissolved in 40 mL of thionyl chloride and heated to 90°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and then concentrated down to a yellowish solid. The solid was dissolved in 20 mL of acetone and cooled to 0°C in an ice bath, and then 10 mL of NH 4 OH was added very slowly. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and then concentrated. The resulting residue was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 , and the CH 2 CI 2 was dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to provide compound 31c.
  • Step E In a round-bottom flask, compound 31c (3.4 g, 12.3 mmols) was dissolved in 100 mL of dichloroethane, and then oxalyl chloride (5.4 mL, 62 mmols) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 55°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the resulting oil was stirred in water (50 mL) and then cooled to about 0°C in an ice bath as NH OH was slowly added to quench excess oxalyl chloride. The reaction mixture was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 , and the organic layer was dried over a Na 2 SO , filtered, and concentrated to provide compound 32c as a dark oil.
  • Step F In ' a round-bottom flask, compound 32c (2.21 g, 8.5 mmols) was diluted with 100 mL EtOH and * then Pd(OH) 2 (300 mg) was added, followed by the addition of ammonium formate (2.7 g, 43 mmols). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 18 hours, filtered through glass paper to remove Pd, and the paper was washed with EtOH. The filtrate was concentrated, and the resulting residue was taken up in CH 2 CI 2 and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over Na 2 S0 , filtered, and concentrated to provide compound 33c as a yellow solid.
  • Step G Compound 33c (280 mg, 1.3 mmols) was placed a round- bottom flask in an ice water bath, and 5 mL of HOAc and 2.5 mL of H 2 O were added. The reaction mixture was maintained at 0°C, HCl (0.35 mL, 6 mmols) was added, and after 5 minutes NaNO 2 (93 mg, 1.3 mmols) was added. After about 1 hour, tin (II) chloride dihydrate (554 mg, 2.5 mmols) was added and the reaction was stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was then warmed to room temperature, and concentrated, and the residue was taken up in CH 2 CI 2 .
  • Figure 15 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 38c having the general Formula VI.
  • the synthesis of compound 38c-1 , where X is oxygen, is described.
  • Step A 2-Fluoro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile (compound 35c-1 ; 1.40 g), 2.86 g of 4-fluorophenylboronic acid, 1.86 g of copper (II) acetate, and 7.20 mL of trietfiylamine were dissolved/suspended in 100 mL of anhydrous CH2CI2, and 4A molecular sieves were added to this reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was exposed to air through a drying tube and stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours.
  • Step B Compound 36c-1 (208 mg) and 150 ⁇ L of anhydrous hydrazine were dissolved in 5 mL of butanol. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen for 15 hours, then cooled to ambient temperature, concentrated under vacuum and triturated with ethyl ether. The resulting pink solid, compound 37c-1 , was collected via filtration, washed with ethyl ether, and then air-dried.
  • Step C Compound 37c-1 (97 mg) and 40 ⁇ L of acetic anhydride were suspended/dissolved in dichloroethane under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated to 60°C for about 1 hour, then cooled to room temperature and stirred for 12 hours. The white precipitate, compound 38c-1 , was collected by suction filtration and then air-dried.
  • Figure 16 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 39c having the general Formula VI.
  • Step A Compound 37c-1 , prepared according to Example 15, was dissolved in 1 mL of borane in THF (1.0 M) under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The solution was heated to 60°C for about 2 hours, then cooled to room temperature and quenched by the slow addition of methanol (3 mL). The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column eluting with 3:1 CH 2 CI 2 /EtOAc to provide compound 37c-1.
  • Step B Compound 37c-1 (660 mg) and 654 mg of N- carboethoxyphthalimide were suspended/dissolved in 15 mL of dichloroethane under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen at room temperature for about 13 hours. After about 20 minutes the reaction mixture was heated to 65° C for about 5.5 hours, after which it was cooled to room temperature and filtered. The white precipitate, compound 39c, was washed with dichloroethane and then air-dried.
  • Figure 17 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 40c having the general Formula VI.
  • Compound 39c 25 mg, prepared according to Example 16, was suspended in 1 mL of anhydrous THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To -this solution was added 1.0 mL of a .0 M solution of BH 3 in THF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 1 hour, and then heated to reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and 2.0 mL of methanol was carefully added. The mixture was stirred- for about 10 minutes and then concentrated under vacuum.. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 5 mg of compound 40c.
  • FIG. 18 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 4d having the general Formula VII.
  • Step A A mixture of 6-iodo-1 H-indazple (compound 1d) in CH3CN (11 mL) was treated with triethylamine and dimethylaminopyridine. After cooling to 0°C, a solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (BOC anhydride) in CH 3 CN (10 L) was added dropwise. After stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum and the resulting residue was partitioned between H 2 0 and ether. The pH was adjusted to 2 with 1 N HCl and the organic phase was separated, dried (Na2sO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuum to provide compound 2d as an oil.
  • BOC anhydride di-tert-butyl dicarbonate
  • Step B A mixture of compound 2d in DMF (25 mL) was treated with 5N KOH, Cu powder, and ArSH.
  • ArSH was 4- fluorothiophenol.
  • the reaction mixture was heated at 110°C for 48 hours, then cooled to room temperature, concentrated in vacuum, acidified with 1N HCl, and extracted into CH 2 CI 2 .
  • the organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper, concentrated in vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 100% CH 2 CI 2 , 5% Et 2 0/CH 2 CI 2 , and then 10% Et 2 O/CH 2 Cl2 to provide compound 4d.
  • Figure 9 shows the reaction-scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 5d having the general Formula VII.
  • the synthesis of compound 5d-1 , where R is isopropyl, is described.
  • Figure 20 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 8d.
  • the synthesis of compound 8d-1 where Ar1 is 4- methoxyphenyl, is described.
  • Step A A suspension of 5-aminoindazole (compound 6d) in 6M HCl (150 mL) was cooled to 0°C and treated dropwise with a solution of NaNO 2 in water (15 mL). After stirring at 0 °C for 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was added to a cold solution of KI in water (105 mL). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring was continued at room temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was quenched with 10% Na 2 S 2 O 3 and extracted with Et 2 O. The biphasic mixture was filtered and the insoluble solids were washed with water and dried in vacuum overnight. The organic phase was separated and further washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 , water, filtered through 1 PS paper, evaporated in vacuum to a pink residue.
  • Step B A solution of compound 1d in DMF was .treated with K 2 CO 3 , followed by the addition of a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl halide at room temperature in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the benzyl halide was benzyl chloride.
  • The. mixture was heated at 100 °C for 48 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the mixture was treated with 0.2 equivalents of Nal (123 mg) and heating was continued for 18 hours.
  • the solvent was evaporated in vacuum and the residue taken up in CH 2 CI 2 and 1N HCl.
  • the . organic layer was separated, washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 , and concentrated to afford an oil.
  • the oil was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with a gradient of 3:1 hexane/Et, 2 ⁇ to 3:2 hexane/Et 2 Q, to provide compound 8d-1.
  • Step A A mixture of compound 8d, 5 N KOH, copper powder, and Ar 2 SH in a solution of water and DMF was heated at reflux for about 18 hours.
  • Ar SH was 4-fluorothiophenol.
  • the mixture was then cooled to room temperature, acidified with 1N HCl, and extracted with CH 2 CI 2 .
  • the organic layer was filtered through PS paper, concentrated in vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified on- a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with 4:1 hexane/Et 2 O to provide compound 9d.
  • Step B A solution of compound 9d in acetone (0.2 mL) containing
  • MgSO 4 was treated with a solution of NalO 4 and KMnO 4 in water (0.2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was then treated with aqueous sodium bisulfite, and extracted with CH 2 CI2. The organic layer was filtered through 1PS paper and concentrated in vacuum to provide 2.1 mg of compound 10d as a yellow oil.
  • Figure 22 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 11 d-1 having the general Formula VJII.
  • a solution of compound 9d-1 , prepared according to Example 21 , in 1 :1 water/acetonitrile was treated with Nal0 4 and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours.
  • the reaction mixture was then filtered, and the filtrate, was concentrated in vacuum.
  • the resulting residue was partitioned between water and CH 2 CI 2 .
  • the organic layer was separated, filtered through 1 PS paper, concentrated in vacuum, and purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 4:1, 2:1, and 1:1 hexane/Et 2 O to provide compound 11d-1.
  • Step A A solution of 5-iodoindazole (compound 1d) in pyridine was treated with benzenesulfonyl chloride at room temperature for 18 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was taken up in CH 2 CI and 1N HCl. The organic layer was separated, filtered through 1 PS filter paper, and concentrated in vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column eluting with 5:1 hexane Et 2 O to provide compound 12d.
  • Step B A mixture of compound 12d,.5N KOH, copper powder, and 4- fluorothiphenol in a solution of water and DMF was heated at reflux for about 18 hours. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, acidified with 1 N HCl, and extracted with CH 2 CI 2 . The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper, concentrated in vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with 4:1 hexane/Et 2 0 to provide compound 13d.
  • Example 24 A mixture of compound 12d,.5N KOH, copper powder, and 4- fluorothiphenol in a solution of water and DMF was heated at reflux for about 18 hours. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, acidified with 1 N HCl, and extracted with CH 2 CI 2 . The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper, concentrated in vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with 4:1 hexane/Et 2 0
  • Figure 24 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 8e having the general Formula V.
  • the synthesis of compound 8e-1 where Ar2 is phenyl, is described.
  • Step A A solution of 4-fluoro-2-hydroxybenzoic acid (compound 1e) in
  • MeOH was slowly treated with concentrated H 2 SO 4 and then heated at reflux for 12 days.
  • the reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuum to a yellow oil, and the oil was taken up in CH 2 CI 2 .
  • the organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 , brine, and water, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuum to provide 12.7 g of compound 2e as an amber oil.
  • Step B A solution of compound 2e, K 2 CO 3 , and benzyl chloride in DMF (200 mL) was heated at 95° C for 18 hours. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum to a yellow oil. The oil was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 7:2 hexane/EtOAc to provide 19.4 g of compound 3 ' e as a clear oil.
  • Step C A solution of compound 3e in DMSO (2 mL) was treated with K 2 CO 3 , followed by the addition of Ar 2 OH at room temperature in a nitrogen atmosphere. In this example, Ar 2 OH was phenol. The mixture was heated at 90°C for 3 days in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • Step E 3M NaOH (9 mL) was added to a solution of NH 2 OH-HCI in water (14 mL), followed by addition of a solution of compound 5e-1 in dioxane
  • Step F A solution of carbonyldiimidazole in THF was added to a refluxing solution of compound 6e-1 in THF, and refluxing was continued for 8 hours. The mixture was then concentrated in vacuum, diluted with water, acidified with 1N HCl and extracted with CH 2 CI 2 . The organic layer was filtered through 1PS paper, and evaporated in vacuum to provide compound 7e-1 as a pale yellow solid or foam.
  • Step G A suspension of compound 7e-1 in POCI 3 was treated with triethylamine at room temperature, and the mixture was heated at 110°C for 6 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into a beaker containing ice water. The product was extracted with CH2CI2, filtered through 1 PS paper and evaporated in vacuum to provide 0 mg of compound 8e-1 as an amber oil.
  • Figure 25 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 9e having the general Formula V.
  • the synthesis of compound 9e-1 where Ar 1 is phenyl and Ar 2 is phenyl, is described.
  • a solution of compound 8e-1 , prepared according to Example 24, in DMF (1 mL) was added to a mixture of NaH and phenol (1 mL) in DMF.
  • the reaction mixture was heated at 110°C for 18 hours.
  • the solvent was evaporated in vacuum and the residue was partitioned between 1 N HCl and CH2CI2.
  • the organic layer was separated and filtered through 1 PS paper.
  • Figure 26 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 10e having the general Formula V.
  • the synthesis of compound 10e-1 where Ar 1 is 4-methoxyphenyl and Ar 2 is phenyl, is described.
  • a solution of Ar 1 NH 2 in THF was cooled to -78° C and treated with n-butyl lithium under a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • Ar1NH2 was aniline.
  • a solution of compound 8e-1 was prepared according to Example 25, in THF. was added under nitrogen.
  • the mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, then quenched with aqueous saturated NH4CI extracted with CH 2 CI 2 .
  • the organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl and water, filtered through 1 PS paper, concentrated in vacuum and purified on a SepPak cartridge eluting with 4:1 hexane/ Et 2 O to provide compound 10e-1 as a yellow oil.
  • Figure 27 shows the synthetic reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 7f having the general Formula XII.
  • the synthesis of compound 7f-1 where R 1 is isobutyl, R 2 is H, and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl is described.
  • Step A Ammonium tetrafluoroborate (20.97 g, 200 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous acetic acid (500 mL AcOH/250 mL water) and cooled to 0°C. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline (compound 1f, 18.61 g, 100 mmol) and 42 mL of aqueous concentrated HCl (36% w/w, 12N, 500 mmol) were sequentially added. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at 0° C, and then NaNO 2 (7.59 g, 110 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 0° C and warmed to room temperature.
  • aqueous acetic acid 500 mL AcOH/250 mL water
  • Step B Crude compound 2f ( 00 mmol) was dissolved in 250 mL of DMF. K 2 CO3 (20.7 g, 150 mmol) and 1 -bromo-2-methylpropane (16.3 mL, 150 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to 120°C under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (200 mL) and CH 2 GI 2 (200 mL) were added to the residue and stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide about 30 g of crude.
  • Step C Compound 3f-1 (121.0 mg, 0.478 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of ether and cooled to -78° C. To the solution was added f-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.59 mL, 1.004 mmol). The reaction stirred an additional hour at - 78° C. 2,6-Difluorobenzaldehyde (58 ⁇ L, 0.526 mmol) was added at -78°C, the cold bath was removed and the reaction slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted several times with CH 2 CI 2 .
  • Step D Compound 4f-1 (316.3 mg, 1.00 mmol), t ⁇ acetoxyperiodinane (445.3 mg, 1.05 mmol), and 10 mL of CH 2 CI 2 were stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with 10 mL of saturated K 2 CO 3 solution and layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 and the combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and- concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude • was purified by chromatography with 1 :2 ether/hexanes to provide 237.6 mg of compound 5f-1 as a viscous light brown oil (75.6% yield).
  • Step E A mixture of compound 5f-1 (96.7 mg, 0.308 mmol), hydroxylamine-HCI (compound 6f-1; 213.8 mg, 3.076 mmol), and 5 mL of pyridine was stirred at room temperature for 65 hours. Excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in 20 mL of CH 2 CI 2 . A white solid precipitated, and the mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with 1 N HCl.
  • Figure 28 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of (2-aminooxy- ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester.
  • Step A A mixture of (2-bromo-ethyl)-carbamic acid -f-butyl ester (2.77 g, 12.39 mmol), N-hydroxyphthalimide (2.02 g, 12.39 mmol), TEA (5.18 mL, 37.16 mmol) and 25 mL of DMF was stirred at room temperature for 64 hours. The mixture was diluted with 100 mL of water. A white solid precipitated and was collected by filtration. The solid was dissolved in CH 2 CI 2 (50 mL) and the solution was washed with 1 N HCl (20 mL), saturated NaHCO 3 (20 mL) water (20 mL), and brine (20 mL). The solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through- Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure: to provide • 0.842 g of a white solid (22% yield).
  • Step B [2-(1 ,3-dioxo-1 ,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yloxy)-ethylj-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (0.842 g, 2.749 mmol) was dissolved in 20 ml of CH 2 Cl 2 and methylhydrazine (150 /L, 2.776 mmol) was added at room temperature. As soon as methylhydrazine was added, a white precipitate was formed. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 0.496 g of a viscous oil (102% yield). The crude material was used without further purification.
  • Example 31 [2-(1 ,3-dioxo-1 ,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yloxy)-ethylj-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Steps A and B Compound 3f was prepared as described in steps A and B of Example 27..
  • Step C Compound 3f-2 (616.3 mg, 2.436 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL of ether and cooled to -78° C. To the solution was added t- BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 2.94 mL) dropwise. After the addition of ⁇ '-BuLi, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at -78° C. 4-fluorobenzaldehyde (290 ⁇ L, 2.678 mmol) was added dropwise at -78° C. The mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature.
  • Step D Compound 4f-2 (100.6 mg, 0.337 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of CH2CI2 and "Dess Martin periodinane" (triacetoxyperiodinane; 150.2 mg, 0.354 mmol) was added to the solution. The mixture became turbid after 25 minutes at room temperature. The reaction was stirred an additional 30 minutes at room temperature and was transferred to a separatory funnel. The mixture was diluted with 30 mL of CH 2 CI 2 and washed with saturated NaHC0 3 . A yellow insoluble solid -was formed between the organic and • aqueous layers and was removed. The organic layer was dried over ' anhydrous MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :1 ether/hexanes to provide compound 5f-2 as an oil in 85.4 % yield.
  • Step E A mixture of compound 5f-2 (41.6 mg, 0.140 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (20.0 mg, 0.281 mmol) in 1mL of pyridine was stirred overnight at room temperature. After one day, an HPLC trace showed about 50% conversion. An additional 5 equivalents of NH 2 OH-HCI were added and the reaction was stirred for 72 hours. Excess pyridine was removed under - reduced pressure and the residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :2 ether/hexanes, to provide 31.4 mg of compound 7f-2 (71.8% yield) as a 1 :2 mixture of isomers. MS ESI (+) m/z 312 (M+1) detected.
  • Steps A-D Compound 5f-2 was prepared as described in steps A-D of Example 31..
  • Step E A mixture of compound 5f-2 (51.2 mg, 0.173 mmol), O-ethyl- hydroxylamine-HCI (67.4 mg, 0.691 mmol), and 2 mL of dry pyridine was stirred at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 90 hrs at room temperature. Excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure. To the residue was added 2 mL of water and 2 mL of CH2CI 2 . The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 .
  • Steps A-D Compound 5f-2 was prepared as described in steps A-D of Example 31.
  • Step E A mixture of compo ' und 5f-2, (2-aminooxyethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester prepared as described in Example 30 (120 mg, 0.675 mmol), pyridine (1.5 mL), and a drop of 6N HCI/MeOH (1:1 mixture of concentrated HCl and MeOH by volume) was stirred at room temperature for 39 hours. Excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :1 ether/hexanes to provide 65.6 mg (85.5% yield) of compound 7f-6 as pale yellow oil. 1 H-NMR showed that compound 7f-6 was a 1 :1.8 ratio of isomers.
  • Step A Compound 5f was prepared as described in Example 27.
  • Step B Compound 5f (76.9 mg, 0.244 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of pyridine and O-benzylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.195 g, 1.22 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in CH 2 CI 2 and the suspension was filtered through a plug of cotton and purified by ' chromatography with 1 :4 ether/hexanes to provide 0.069 g of compound 7f-7 as a 1 :4 mixture of E arid Z-isomers (67.2 % yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 420 (M+H) detected.
  • Example 35 Compound 5f (76.9 mg, 0.244 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of pyridine and O-benzylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.195 g, 1.22 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue
  • Step A Compound 7f-5 was prepared as described in Example 29.
  • Step B Compound 7f-5 (32.3 mg, 0.0656 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of 1 :1 mixture of CH 2 CI 2 : TFA and the mixture was stirred for 0.5 hours at room temperature. The entire mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dried under high vacuum overnight. The residue was dissolved in 5 mL of CH 2 CI 2 and washed with saturated K 2 CO 3 . The organic layer was ' dried over MgS0 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 18.6 mg of compound 7f-8 as an oil (76.1% yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 373 (M+H) detected.
  • Example 36 Compound 7f-5 (32.3 mg, 0.0656 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of 1 :1 mixture of CH 2 CI 2 : TFA and the mixture was stirred for 0.5 hours at room temperature. The entire mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dried under high vacuum overnight. The residue was dissolved in 5 mL of CH 2 CI 2 and washe
  • Step A Compound 5f-2 was prepared as described in Example 31.
  • Step B Compound 5f-2 was dissolved ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (120 mg, 0.675 mmol), pyridine (1.5 mL), and one drop in 2 mL of pyridine and MeONH 2 -HCl was added, the mixture was. stirred at room temperature for 2 days and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in CH 2 CI 2 and the suspension was filtered through a plug of cotton and purified by chromatography with 1 :4 ether/hexanes to provide 33.5 mg of fraction 1 , 1.0 mg of fraction 2, and 17.7 mg of a mixed fraction, totaling 52.2 mg of compound 7f-9 (58% yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 344 (M+H) detected; Example 37
  • Step A Compound 7f-6 was prepared as described in Example 33.
  • Step B Compound 7f-6 (50.5 mg, 0.107 mmol) was dissolved in 4 mL of CH 2 CI 2 and trifluoroacetic acid (4 L) was added to the solution. After 0.5 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dried under high vacuum overnight. The oil was dissolved in 10 mL of CH 2 CI 2 and washed with saturated K 2 CO 3 solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgS0 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 34.9 mg of compound 7f-10 as an oil comprising a 1:2 mixture of isomers (88.6% yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 355 (M+H) detected.
  • Example 38 Compound 7f-6 (50.5 mg, 0.107 mmol) was dissolved in 4 mL of CH 2 CI 2 and trifluoroacetic acid (4 L) was added to the solution. After 0.5 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dried under high vacuum overnight. The oil was dissolved in 10 m
  • Step A Compound 9f-1 was prepared as described in Example 74.
  • Step B Compound 9f-1 (622 mg, 2.409 mmol ⁇ , K 2 CO 3 (499 mg, 1.50 equivalents), and DMF (10 mL) were placed in a- Schlenk tube, lodomethane (225 ⁇ L, 1.50 equivalents) was added and the tube was sealed. The tube was heated to 100°C. After 23 hours at 100°C, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and unsealed. The mixture was transferred to round bottomed flask and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was quenched with water and CH2CI2 and layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 . The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :1 ether/hexanes to provide 176 mg of compound 5f-13 as a yellow solid (26.9% yield). MS (ES1+) m/z 273 (M+H) detected.
  • Step C Compound 5f-13 (0.040 g, 0.147 mmol) and methoxylamine HCl salt (0.123 g, 1.47 mmol) were placed in a 5 mL reaction vial and 1mL of pyridine was added. The reaction vial was sealed and heated to 50°C. After 18 hours excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and water was added to the residue. The aqueous mixture was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 . The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl and saturated NaHC0 3 , dried over MgS0 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step A Compound 5f-11 was prepared as described in Example 74.
  • Step B Compound 5f-11 , ' hydroxylamine-HCI (0.051 g 0.735 mmol), and 1 mL of pyridine was placed in a vial and the mixture was heated to 50°C. After 14.5 hours pyridine was removed underreduced pressure and the residue was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 . The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCf and saturated NaHCO 3 , dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step A Compound 5f-11 was prepared as described in Example 74.
  • Step B Compound 5f-11 (0.023 g, 0.067 mmol), hydroxylamine-HCI (0.056 g, 0.676 mmol), and 1 mL of pyridine were placed in a vial and the mixture was heated to 50°C. After 14.5 hours the pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 and water. The ' layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 . The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl and saturated NaHCO 3 , dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step A Compound 9f-1 was prepared as described in Example 13.
  • Step B Compound 9f-1 (258 mg, 1.00 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of
  • Step C Compound 5f-14 (0.060 g, 0.177 mmol), hydroxylamine-HCI (0.123 g, 1.77 mmol), and 1 mL of pyridine was place in a vial and the mixture was heated to 50°C. After 26 hours excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with CH2CI2 and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI 2 . The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl and saturated NaHC0 3 , dried over anhydrous MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. • The residue was purified by chromatography with 2:1 ether/hexanes.
  • Step A Compound 5f-14 was prepared as described in Example 41.
  • Step B Compound 5f-14 (0.060 g, 0.250 mmol), methoxylamine-HCI, (0.209 g, 2.50 mmol), and 1 mL of pyridine Were placed in a vial and the mixture was heated to 50°C. After 26.5 hours excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 . The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl and saturated NaHC0 3 , dried over anhydrous MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step A Compound 9f-1 was prepared as described in Example 13.
  • Step B Compound 9f-1 and methoxylamine HCl salt were placed in a 5 mL reaction vial and 1 mL of pyridine was added. The reaction vial was sealed and heated to 50°C. After 18 hours, excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and water (10 mL) was added to the residue. The aqueous mixture was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 . The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl (20 L) and saturated NaHCO 3 (20 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step A Compound 9f-1.was prepared as described in Example 13.
  • Step B Compound 9f-1 (0.516 g, 2.00 mmol), K 2 CO 3 (0.0415 g, 3.00 mmol), DMF (10 mL), and allyl bromide (0.363, 3.00 mmol were added to a Schlenk type tube. The tube was sealed and heated to 100°C. After 19 hours the supernatant solution was decanted and salt was washed with DMF (5 mL • .X 3). he combined supernatant solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CH 2 CI 2 and washed with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 . The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :1 ether/hexanes to provide 142.1 mg (23.8 % yield) of compound 5f-12. MS (ESI+) m/z 299 (M+H) detected.
  • Step C Compound 5f-12 (0.027 g, 0.090 mmol), hydroxylamine-HCI (0.063 g, 0.90 mmol), and pyridine (1 mL) were placed in a reaction vial and the mixture was heated to 50°C. After 2 ' 1.5 hours the reaction was transferred to a separatory funnel and water (10 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 . The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl (20 mL) and saturated NaHCO 3 , dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step A Compound 5f-12 was prepared as described in Example 44.
  • Step B Compound 5f-12 (0.027 g, 0.090 mmol), methoxylamine-HCI (0.063 g, 0.90 mmol), and pyridine (1 mL) were placed in a reaction vial and the mixture was heated to 50°C. After 21.5 hours the reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and water (10 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with CH2CI 2 . The combined extracts were washed with. 1 N HCl and saturated NaHCO 3 , dried over MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Examples 46-61 describe the synthesis of amide compound of this invention having the generic Formula XIII.
  • Figure 29 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis compounds having the generic structure 1g.
  • Step A 1-Fluoro-3-methyl-benzene (compound 1g; 18.7 g, 170 mmol) was added to a three neck 500 mL flask and cooled to -78°C. Next, solution of potassium t-butoxide (11.0 g, 170 mmol) in THF was added slowly by syringe. After 10 minutes, t-BuLi (19.0 g, 170 mmol) in pentane was added slowly by cannula under nitrogen to the reaction. After 2.5 hours of stirring, the reaction was quenched with large amount of crushed fresh dry ice, taken off the -78°C bath and manually stirred with a metal spatula to turn the dark brown material into a much lighter yellow slurry.
  • Step B Compound 2g (8.0 g, 52 mmol) was added to a 500 mL flask and cooled to salt water ice bath temp. H 2 SO 4 (150 mL) was added and the mixture sfirred. Next, a mixture of freshly prepared H 2 S0 4 (6.11 g, 62.3 mmol) and HNO3 (5.2 g, 83 mmol) was dripped into the reaction mixture over 10 minutes. After 3 hours at 0°C, the reaction was complete and was added to 1500 ml of ice/ice water and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction was filtered and rinsed several times with cold water and dried under high vacuum, yielding 8 g (80 % yield) of compound 3g. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) ⁇ 8.74 (d, 1 H), 7.20 (d, 1 H), 2.69 (s, 3H).
  • Step C Compound 3g (8 g, 40.0 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH and H 2 SO 4 (20.0 g, 201 mmol) was slowly added. The reaction was heated to 65°C for 20 hours. The reaction was concentrated, diluted with ice and water; sonicated, filtered, rinsed several times with cold water and dried on high vacuum for 2 days. The crude was material, compound 4g, was used directly in the next step.
  • 1 H NMR 400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) ⁇ 8.66 (d, 1 H), 7.01 (d, 1 H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.68 (s, 3H).
  • Step D Compound 4g (5.4 g, 41 mmol) was added to THF and cooled to 0°C. To this was added 4-fluorophenol (5.1 g, 45 mmol). Next, NaH (60% in oils) (1.8 g, 45 mmol) was added in portions. After 1. hour, the reaction warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 more hours. The reaction was concentrated and quenched with a large excess of 0.5 N Na 2 CO 3 to pH 7.0. The reaction was sonicated for 30 minutes, filtered, and rinsed with more buffer and H 2 O. The reaction was dried on high vacuum for T hour, then added to THF and MgSO 4 to dry, was filtered and evaporated to yield, approximately 8 g (75% yield) of compound 5g. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) ⁇ 8.66 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.68 (s, 3H).
  • Step E Compound 5g (10.0 g, 33.0 mmol) and zinc (11.0 g, 164 mmol) were added to methanol and stirred. Acetic acid (4.0 g, 66 mmol) was slowly added. The reaction was stirred overnight, sonicated and passed through Celite. Solution was concentrated to yield approximately 14 g of compound 6g and zinc by-products. The crude material was taken on to the next step.
  • Step F Compound 6g (9.0 g, 33.0 mmol), ammonium tetrafluoroborate (6.0 g, 65 mmol), and HCl (17,0 g, 163 mmol), were added to 200 mL of AcOH/H 2 0 (2:1 ) an sonicated. The material was scraped off the sides of round bottom and aNO 2 (2.7 g, 3 mmol) was added. The reaction was sonicated for 10 minutes turning dark brown while the appearance of a new precipitate formed (product salt). The reaction was allowed to stir for 4 hours. The reaction was concentrated on a speed vacuum at 65°C, then taken up in toluene and evaporated to dryness. The crude material, compound 7g, was taken directly on to the next step without any workup.
  • Ste G Compound 7g (11.0 g, 31 mmol), potassium acetate ( ⁇ .l' g, 53 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (0.1 equivalents) were added to chloroform and sonicated for 10 minutes. The reaction ran overnight at room temperature. A column was packed in a 1000 mL filter flask consisting of approximately 2 • inches of silica gel, 2 inches of Celite layered on top or the silica gel, a sheet of filter paper on top of the Celite, and one half inch of sand on top of the filter paper. The column was washed with CHCI 3 . The crude material was loaded onto the column directly in CHCI 3 , and the column was eluted with CHCI 3 until a large amount of yellow material came off.
  • Step H Compound 8g (0.250 g, 0.87 mmol), was added to dry DMF, and to this was added isobutyl bromide (0.15 mL, 1.2 mmol), and K2CO3 (0.5 g, 3.6 mmol). This reaction mixture was then placed in a septum covered vial and stirred at 95°C overnight. The material was purified by column chromatography with 1 :1 diethyl ether/hexanes to provide 0.1 g (33% yield) of compound 9g-1. MS (ESI+) m/z 343 (M+H) detected.
  • Step I Compound 9g-1 (0.100 g, 0.292 mmol) was placed in a 1 :1 mixture of 1 N LiOH THF and stirred at 55°C. After 4 hours, the THF was evaporated and 1 N HCl was added. The reaction mixture was sonicated and filtered to isolate around 0.075 g (78 % yield) of compound 10g as a pure material. MS (ESI+) m/z 329 (M+H) detected.
  • Step J A solution of compound 10g (20 mg, 0.061 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was treated with CDI (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with 0.5 M NH in dioxane (0.1 1 mL, 0.67 mmol). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the mixture was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with CH 2 CI 2 - 5% MeOH/CH 2 CI 2 to provide 2.2 mg of compound 1 1g-1 as an oil in 12% yield.
  • Step A Compound 8g was prepared as described in Example 46.
  • Step B Compound 8g, 2-bromo-1 ,1 ,1-trifIuoro-ethane and K 2 CO 3 and
  • Step C Compound 9g-2 (0.075 g, 0.20 mmol) was placed in a 1 :1 mixture of 1 N LiOH/THF and stirred for 18 hours at room temperature. The THF was evaporated and 1 N HCl was added to the reaction mixture, which was then sonicated and filtered to isolate approximately 0.070 g (97 % yield) of compound 10g-2 as pure material. MS (ESI+) m/z 355 (M+H) detected.
  • Step D Compound 10g-2 (0.03 g, 0.847 mmol), benzotriazole-1 ,3-diol (0.022 g, 0.25 mmol) and (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-ethylcarbodiimide (0.011 g, 0.10 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and stirred for 5 minutes. Next, ⁇ 1 - dimethyl-ethane-1 ,2-diamine (0.019 g, O.iO mmol) was added and the reaction stirred for 3 hours.
  • Step A Compound 8g was prepared as described in Example 46.
  • Step B Compound 8g, iodomethane and K2CO 3 were added to DMF and heated to about 75°C. After 48 hours the reaction was filtered to remove the K 2 C0 3 , concentrated, taken up in toluene and purified by column chromatography (eluting with 1 :1 Et 2 " O/hexane), yielding 70 mg (36.7 % yield) of compound 9g-3. MS (ESI+) m/z 301 (M+H) detected.
  • Step C Compound 9g-3 (0.075g, 0.25 mmol) was placed in a 1:1 mixture of 1 N LiOH / THF and stirred for 18 hours at room temperature. The THF was evaporated and 1 N HCl was added to the reaction mixture, which was then sonicated and filtered to provide approximately 0.060 g (84 % yield) of compoun 10g-3 as pure material. MS (ESI+) m/z 287 (M+H) detected.
  • Step D Compound 10g-3 (0.030 g, 0.105 mmol), benzotriazole-1 ,3- diol (0.028 g, 0.31 mmol) and (3-dimethylamino-propyl)-ethyl-carbodiimide (0.019 g, 0.13 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and stirred for 5 minutes. Next, /V 1 -dimethyl-ethahe-1 ,2-diamine (0.024 g, 0.13 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred for 3 hours.
  • Step A Compound 8g was prepared as described in Example 46.
  • Step B Compound 8g was stirred in THF, one volume equivalent of 1
  • Step C Compound 10g-4 (0.030 g, 0.110 mmol), benzotriazole-1 ,3- diol (0.029 g, 0.33 mmol) and (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-ethylcarbodiimide (0.020 g, 0.13 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and stirred for 5 minutes.
  • Step A Ammonium tetrafluoroborate (20.97 g, 200 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous acetic acid (500 mL AcOH/250 mL water) and cooled to 0°C. 2-Methyl-4-bromoaniline (compound 1f; 18.61 g, 100 mmol) and 42 mL of aqueous ' concentrated HCl (36% w/w, 12N, 500 mmol) were sequentially added. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at 0°C and NaNO 2 (7.59 g, 110 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 0°C and warmed to room temperature.
  • aqueous acetic acid 500 mL AcOH/250 mL water
  • Step B The crude 5-bromo-1 H-indazole (compound 2f; 100 mmol) was dissolved in 250 mL of DMF. K 2 CO 3 (20.7 g, 150 mmol) and 1-bromo-2>- methylpropane (16.3 mL, 150 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to 120°C under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (200 mL) and CH 2 CI 2 (200 mL) were added to the residue and stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI2.
  • Step C Compound 3f (121.0 mg, 0.478 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of ether and cooled to -78° C. To the solution was added f-BuLi (1.70. M in pentane, 0.59 mL, 1.004 mmol). The reaction stirred an additional hour at - 78° C. 2,6-Difluorobenzaldehyde (58 ⁇ L, 0.526 mmol) was added at -78° C, the cold bath was removed and the reaction slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 .
  • Steps A-B* 5-Bromo-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole (compound 3f) was prepared as described in Example 1 , steps A-B.
  • Step C Compound 3f (132 mg, 0.521 mmol) in 1 mL of ether was cooled to -78° C. To the solution was added f-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.64 mL, 1.10 mmol). After 1 hour at -78° C, a solution 4-chloro-2-fluorobenz- aldehyde (86.8 mg, 0.548 mmol) in 1 mL of ether was added and the mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature. The mixture was quenched with water (5 mL) and layers were separated.
  • Steps A-B 5-Bromo-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole (compound 3f) was prepared as described in Example 1 , steps A-B.
  • Step C A solution of compound 3f (116.2 mg, 0.459 mmol) in 1 mL of ether was cooled to -78° C. To the solution was added f-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.57 mL) at -78° C. After 1 hour at -78° C, a solution 2-chloro-4- fluorobenzaldehyde (76.4 mg, 0.482 mmol) in 1 mL of ether was added and the mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature. The mixture was quenched with water (5 mL) and layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 and the combined extracts were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Steps A-B 5-Bromo-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole (compound 3f) was prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-B.
  • Step C Compound 3f (1.49 g, 5.89 mmol) was dissolved in 50 mL of ether and the solution was cooled to -78° C. To the solution was added f-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 7.01 mL, 12.07 mmol) dropwise. As the f-BuLi was added, a brown solid formed and the mixture became a slurry. After the complete addition of .-BuLi, the mixture was stirred an additional 30 minutes at -78° C. 4-Fluorobenzaldehyde (700 ⁇ L, 6.475 mmol) was added dropwise at -78° C, after hich the cold bath was removed and the reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature.
  • Step C Compound 3f (106.8 mg, 0.422 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of ether. The solution was cooled, to -78° C and stirred for 15 minutes. f-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.52 mL, 0.886 mmol) was slowly added to the mixture. The mixture became a red slurry and was stirred an additional hour at -78° C. 2, 4-Dichlorobenzaldehyde (81.2 mg, 0.464 mmol) was dissolved in 1 mL of ether and the solution was transferred to the slurry by a double ended needle. • The cold bath was removed to allow the reaction warm slowly to room temperature.
  • Steps A-B; 5-Bromo-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole (compound 3f) was prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-B.
  • Step.C Compound 3f (123.3 mg, 0.487 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of ether. The solution was cooled to -78° C and stirred for 15 minutes. f-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.62 mL, 1.023 mmol) was slowly added to the mixture. The mixture became a red slurry and was stirred an additional hour at -78° C. O-Tolualdehyde (62 ⁇ L, 0.536 mmol) was added at -78° C and the cold bath was removed to allow the reaction warm slowly to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of water, the layers were separated and • the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 .
  • Examples 68-75 describe the synthesis of compound of the general Formula X.
  • Figure 31 shows a synthetic reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 5f.
  • the mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at 0°C and NaNO 2 (7.59 g, 110 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 0°C and warmed to room temperature. After 16 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped with toluene and dried under high vacuum. The solid was suspended in 500 of CHCI 3 and KOAc (12.76 g, 130 mmol) and 18-crown.-6.(7.93 g, 30 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred for 1.5 hours at room temperature.
  • Step B The crude 5-bromo-1 H-indazole (compound 2f; 100 mmol) was dissolved in 250 mL of DMF. K 2 CO 3 (20.7 g, 150 mmol) and 1-bromo-2- methylpropane (16.3 mL, 150 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to 120°C under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step C Compound 3f (121.0 mg, 0.478 mmol) was dissolved in 2 L of ether and cooled to -78° C. To the solution was added ⁇ -BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.59 mL, 1.004 mmol). The reaction stirred an additional hour at - 78°C.
  • Step D Compound 4f-1 (316.3 mg, 1.00 mmol), "Dess Martin Periodinane” (triacetoxyperiodinane; 445.3 mg, 1.05 mmol), and 10 mL of CH 2 CI 2 were stirred for 2 hours at room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was quenched with 10 mL of saturated K 2 CO 3 solution and layers were separated, The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 .
  • the combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and , concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the crude was purified by chromatography with ' 1 :2 ether/hexanes to provide 237.6 mg of compound 5f- 1 as a viscous light brown oil (75.6% yield).
  • Steps A-C (4-fluor ⁇ phe ⁇ yl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yI)-methanol
  • Step D A mixture of (4-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)- methanol (compound 4f-2; 745.9 mg, 2.50 mmol), "Dess Martin Periodinane” (triacetoxyperiodinane; 1.166 g, 2.75 mmol), and 50 mL of CH 2 CI 2 was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with 20 mL of. saturated K2CO3 solution. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI2. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step D A mixture of compound 4f-9, "Dess Martin Periodinane” (triacetoxyperiodinane; 20 mg, 0.046 mmol), and 1 mL of CH 2 CI 2 was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was loaded onto a Biotage system and eluted with 1 :2 ether/hexanes to provide 12.9 mg of compound 5f- 9 (85% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 347 and 349 (M+1),detected.
  • Step D Compound 4f-10, (21 mg, 0.070 mmol), "Dess Martin Periodinane” (triacetoxyperiodinane; 31 mg, 0.0735 mmol), and 1 mL of CH2CI2 was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was loaded onto a Biotage system and eluted with 1 :2 ether/hexanes to provide 18.7 mg of compound 5f-10 (91.4 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 293 (M+1) detected.
  • Steps A-C (2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)- methanol (compound 4f-8) was prepared as described in Example 27, steps A-C, with the exception that 2-ch!oro-4-f!uorobenzaldehyde was used in place of 2, 4-difluorobenzaldehyde.
  • Step D (2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-methanol (compound 4f-8; 16.2mg, 0.0487mmol), "Dess Martin Periodinane” (triacetoxyperiodinane; 21.7 mg, 0.0511 mmol), and 1 mL of CH2CI2 was stirred for 2 hrs at room temperature. The reaction was loaded onto a Biotage system and eluted with 1 :2 ether/hexanes to provide 13.0 mg of compound 5f- 8 as an oil (80.7 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z.
  • Steps A-C (4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl-(1-isobutyI-1 H-indazol-5-yl)- methanol (compound 4f-7) was prepared as described in Example 27, steps A-C, with the exception that 4-chloro-2-fluorophenylbenzaldehyde was used in place of 2, 4-difluorobenzaldehyde.
  • Step D (4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)- methanol (compound 4f-7; 20.4 mg, 0.0613 mmol), "Dess Martin Periodinane” (triacetoxyperiodinane; 27.3 mg, 0.0644 mmol), and 1 mL of CH 2 CI 2 was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction was loaded onto a Biotage system. The elution with 1 :2 ether/hexanes provided 12.0 mg of compound 5f-7 as a solid (59.2 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z.
  • Step A 5-bromoindazole (compound 2f; 9.852 g, 50.0 mmol) was dissolved in 150 mL of ether and the solution was cooled to -78°C.
  • f-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 88.2 mL, 150 mmol) was added slowly at -78°C.
  • the reaction was quenched with 2,4- difiuorobenzaldehyde (10.9 mL, 100.0 mmol) and slowly warmed to room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 72 hours, at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere and quenched with 100 mL of water.
  • Step C Compound 9f-1 (0.258 g, 1.0 mmol), K 2 CO 3 (0.207, 1.5 mmol), and DMF (5 mL) were placed in a small Schlenk type resealable tube. Air was evacuated from the tube and the tube was precooled in dry ice bath (no acetone). A syringe and trifluoroethyl bromide (0.244 g, 1.5 mmol) was precooled in a dry ice bath. ' The tube was opened and trifluoroethyl bromide was injected while the whole system was cold. The tube was sealed and heated to 100°C. After 18 hours excess DMF was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with water (20 mL) and CH 2 CI 2 (20 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 (4 X 10mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over
  • Step B Into a Schlenk type tube was placed compound 9f-1 (0.516 g, 1.0 mmol), K 2 CO 3 (0.415 g, 1.5 mmol), DMF (10 mL), and allyl bromide (0.363 g, 1.5 mmol). The tube was sealed and heated to 100°C. After 19 hours the supernatant solution was decanted and salt was washed with DMF (5 mL X 3). The combined supernatant solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CH 2 CI 2 (20 mL) and washed with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 (10 mL X 2).
  • Examples 76-79 describe the synthesis of aniline compounds of the general Formula XI.
  • Figure 32 shows a synthetic reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 1j.
  • Step A Ammonium tetrafluoroborate (20.97 g, 200 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous acetic acid (500 mL AcOH/250 L water) and cooled to 0°C. 2- Methyl-4-bromoaniline (18.61 g, 100 mmol) and 42 mL of aqueous concentrated HCl (36 % w/w, 12N, 500 mmol) were sequentially added. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at 0°C and NaNO 2 (7.59 g, 110 mmol) was added.
  • Step B The crude 5-bromo-1 H-indazole (compound 2f; 100 mmol) was dissolved in 250 mL of DMF. K 2 CO 3 (20.7 g, 150 mmol) and 1-bromo-2- methylpropane (16.3 mL, 150 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to 120°C under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (200 mL) and CH 2 CI 2 (200 mL) were added to the residue and stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 .
  • Step C Compound 3f (2.53 g, 10.0 mmol) was dissolved in 50 ml of ether and the solution was cooled to -78° C. 12.4 mL of f-BuLi (1.7 M, 21.0 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture stirred an additional 30 minutes at -78° C. The reaction was quenched with B(OMe) 3 (2.4 mLj 21.0 mmol), and slowly warmed to room temperature. After 15 minutes the reaction was quenched with 6N HCl (10 ml, 60 mmol). The reaction was transferred to a separatory funnel and water (100 ml) and CH 2 CI 2 (100 ml) were added.
  • Step D Compound 1h (1.09 mg, 0.50 mmol), copper (II) acetate (50.3 mg, 0.10 mmol), myristic acid (46 mg, 0.20 mmol), and 2 mL of dry toluene were placed in a flask. 2,6-Lutidine (58 ⁇ L, 0.50 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for several minutes. 2,4-Difluoroaniline (0.75 mmoJ, 76 ⁇ L) was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously under air atmosphere for 90 hours. The mixture was diluted with 10 mL of ether, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a viscous dark 5 green oil.
  • Steps A-C Compound 1h was prepared as described in Example 1, . 15 steps A-C.
  • Step D Compound 1h (109 mg, 0.50 mmol), copper (II) acetate (25.2 mg, 0.05 mmol), myristic acid (23 mg, 0.10 mmol) and 2 mL of dry toluene were placed in a flask. 2,6-Lutidine (58 ⁇ L, 0,50 mmol, 1.0 equivalents) was added to the mixture and it was stirred for several minutes. 4-Fluoroaniline (71 ⁇ L,
  • Steps A-C Compound 1h was prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-C.
  • Step D Compound 1h (109 mg, 0.50 mmol), copper (II) acetate (50.3 mg, 0.10 mmol,) myristic acid (46 mg, 0.20 mmol), and 2 mL of dry toluene were placed in a flask. 2,6-Lutidine (58 ⁇ L, 0.50 mmol, 1.0 equivalents) was added to the mixture and it was stirred a couple of minutes. 2,4- Dichloroaniline (122 mg, 0.75 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously under air (air oxidation condition for copper catalyst) for 90 hours.
  • Steps A-C Compound 1h was prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-C. " t . - » •
  • Step D Compound 1h (109 mg, 0.50 mmol), copper (II) acetate (50.3 mg, 0.10 mmol), myristic acid (46 mg, 0.20 mmol), and 2 m .
  • L of dry toluene were placed in a flask. 2,6-Lutidine (58 ⁇ L, 0.50 mmol, 1.0 equivalents) was added to the mixture and it was stirred a couple of minutes.
  • 80 ⁇ L of O-tolu-idine (0.75 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously under air (air oxidation condition for copper catalyst) for 90 hours.
  • Step A Compound 10g-1 was prepared as described in Example 46.
  • Step B A solution of compound 10g-1 (50 mg, 0.15 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was treated with CDI (1.1 equivalents) at room temperature under N2 atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, 2-amino-4-tert-butoxycarbonylaminc3 butyric acid methyl ester (36 mg, 0.165 mmol), was added, followed by the addition of N,N-diisopropylethylamine (29 mg, 0.225 mmol). After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was concentrated, the residue taken up in CH2CI2 and washed ith 1 N HCl.
  • Step C A solution of compound 1j-1 (72 mg, 0.13 mmol) in CH 2 CI 2 (0.2 mL) was treated with TFA (0.1 mL) at room temperature. After 18 hours, the solvent was concentrated and co-evaporated from ether, yielding 70 mg (98 % yield) of .compound 1j-2 as an amber oil.
  • H NMR 400 MHz, DMSO-d6) ⁇ 8.85 (br, 1H); 8.01 (s, H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.70 (br, 2H), 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.22 (d, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.85 (m, 2H).
  • Example 81 A solution of compound 1j-1 (72 mg, 0.13 mmol) in CH 2 CI 2 (0.2 mL) was treated with TFA (0.1 mL) at room temperature. After 18 hours, the solvent was concentrated and co-evaporated from ether, yielding 70 mg (98 % yield) of .compound 1j
  • Step A Compound 10g-2 was prepared as described in Example 59.
  • Step B Compound 10g-2 (0.026 g, 0.073 mmol), benzotriazole-1 ,3- diol (0.013 g, 0.088 mmol) and (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-ethylcarbodiimide (0.017 g, 0.088 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and mixed for 10 minutes. Next, a heterogeneous mixture of the HCl salt of 2-amino-4-f- butoxycarbonylamino butyric acid methyl ester (0.039 g, 0.147 mmol) and triethylamine (0.030, 0.29 mmol) in dichloroethane were added.
  • Step C Compound 1j-3 (0.0012 g, 0.024 mmol) was added to 1 :1 CH2CI2/TFA for 1.5 hours, then concentrated to provide 2.3 mg (100% yield) of compound 1j-4.
  • 1 H NMR 400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) ⁇ 9.21 (br, 1H), 8.40 (br, 1H), 8.04 (br, 1 H), 7.44 (br, 1 H), 7.18 (s, 1 H), 7.03 (m, 3H), 5.05 (m, 2H), 4.80 (br, 1 H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.36 (br, 1 H), 2.97 (br, 1 H), 2.51 (br, I H), 1.92 (br, IH).
  • Step B Compound 10g-3 (0.026 g, 0.090 mmol), benzotriazole-1 ,3-diol (0.017 g, 0.11 mmol) and (3-dimethylaminopropyl)ethylcarbodiimide (0.021 g, 0.017 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and mixed for 10 minutes. Next, a heterogeneous mixture of the HCl salt of 2-amino-4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino butyric acid methyl ester (0.05 g, 0.20 mmol) and triethylamine (0.037, 0.36 mmol) in dichloroethane were added...
  • Method A Column: YMC ODS-AQ, 250 X 20 mm i.d., s-10/20 ⁇ m, 12 nm.
  • Solvent A H 2 O with 0.1 % TFA.
  • Solvent B acetonitrile with 0.05% TFA. Collection triggered by mass spectrometer.
  • Step A Compound 1j-7 (0.07g, 0.13 mmol), prepared in a manner similar to that described for compound 1 j-3, was treated with sodium borohydride (10 equivalents, 0.049 g, 1.3 mmol) in 1:1 MeOH THF and heated to.60°C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and then ' coevaporated with MeOH to provide compound 11-1.
  • Step B Compound 11-1 was places in a 1:1 mixture of MeOH/4 M HCl in dioxane for 1.5 hours, and then the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was taken up in chloroform, washed with a 0.6 M Na 2 CO 3 solution (pH 7.0) and aqueous saturated NaCl, and dried over MgSO 4 . After filtration, the filtrate was evaporated to provide compound 1m-1 (99% pure) as the free base.
  • Examples 88-109 describe the synthesis of aniline compounds of the general Formula XVII.
  • Step A 2-(1 -Methyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-nlcotinonitrile (3n): 1- Methyl-1 H-indazol-5-ol (1 n) (synthesized as described in Example 94) (0.10 g, 0.68 mmol) and 2-chloro-nicotinonitriIe (2n) (0.11 g, 0.81 mmol) were suspended in DMSO (2 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 110 °C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted into EtOAc. The combined organics were dried, a 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product.
  • Step B C-[2-(1 -Methyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-pyr ⁇ din-3-yl]- methylamine (4n): 2-(1 -Methyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-nicotinonitrile (3n) (0.132 g, 0.528 mmol) was suspended in MeOH “ (6 mL). Pd(OH) 2 (0.060 mg, 0.427 mmol) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere followed by concentrated aqueous HCl (0.6 mL). The system was purged with H 2 gas and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 3 hours under an H 2 (g) atmosphere.
  • reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite, washed through with MeOH.
  • the organics were concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography (MeOH/Et 3 N/EtOAc) to provide the desired product (4n) (0.047 g, 35% yield).
  • Step C 1 -(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[2-(1 -methyl-1 H- indazol-5-yloxy)-pyridin-3-yImethyl]-urea
  • 6n C-[2-(1 -Methyl-1 H-indazol- 5-yloxy)-pyridin-3-yI]-methyIamine (4n) (0.017 g, 0.067 mmol) and (5-tert- butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trichloro-ethyl ester (5n) (0.035 g, 0.087 mmol) were placed in a 10 mL reactor vial and dissolved in DMF (5 mL).
  • Step A 1 -AHyloxy-4-fluorobenzene (3p): To a solution of 4- fluorophenol (1p) (30 g, 268.0 mmol) in acetone (250 mL), anhydrous K 2 CO 3 (65 g, 468.3 mmol) was added followed by 3-bromo-propene (2p) (28 mL, 321.1 mmol). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 16 hours, cooled to room temperature and then poured onto ice water (500 mL).
  • CDCI 3 7.01 - 6.92 (m, 2H), 6.89 - 6.82 (m, 2H), 6.10 - 6.82 (m, 1H), 5.44 - 5.41 (m, 1 H), 5.39 - 5.37 (m, 1 H), 4.51 - 4.448 (m, 2H).
  • Step B 2-AIIyl-4-fluorophenol (4p): Intermediate (3p) (14.7 g, 96.6 mmol) was heated to 210 °C for 7 hours, cooled to room temperature and
  • Step C Acetic acid 2-aIIyI-4-fluorophenyl ester (5p): To crude (4p), acetic anhydride (36.5 mL, 386.4 mmol) and pyridine (37.5 mL, 463.7 mmol)
  • Step D (2-Acetoxy-5-fluorophenyl)-acetic ac ⁇ d (6p-2): To a solution of (5p) (10 g, 51.5 mmol) in 100 mL of CCI 4 / acetonitrile (1:1), a solution of sodium metaperiodate (NalO 4 , 33.6 g, 154.5 mmol) in 500 mL of H 2 0 was added. After stirring for several minutes, ruthenium trichloride hydrate (0.93 g, 4.12 mmol) was added. The dark mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and DCM (600 mL) was added.
  • (5p) (10 g, 51.5 mmol) in 100 mL of CCI 4 / acetonitrile (1:1)
  • Na metaperiodate Na metaperiodate
  • ruthenium trichloride hydrate (0.93 g, 4.12 mmol
  • Step E (2-Acetoxy->5-fluoro-phenyl)-acetic ac ⁇ d.(7p): A solution of sodium chlorite (52.16 g, 576.7 mmol) and sodium dihydrogen phosphate (44.5g, 371 mmol) in 225 mL of H 2 0 was added to a solution of acid (6p-2) and aldehyde (6p-1 ) in 100 mL of /-PrOH at 0 °C. The resulting solution was stirred at 0 °C for 3 hours, diluted with ether and then the layers were separated.
  • Step F (5-Fluoro-2-hydroxyphenyl)-acetic acid (8p): Compound (7p) (3.5 g, 16.5 mmol) was dissolved in 65 mL of MeOH, and 7 mL of • ammonium hydroxide (49.5 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at ' room temperature ovemight'and then checked by TLC (DCM/MeOH/AcOH (9:1:0.15)), HPLC and MS. No starting material was observed. The material was concentrated to dryness to give the desired product (8p) which was carried onto the next step directly. MS (APCI-) m/z 168.9 (M-H), 338.7 (2M-H) was detected.
  • Step G [2-(1-Cyclobutylmethyl-1H-indazol-5-yloxy)-5- fluorophenyl]-acetic acid (10 ⁇ ): Cesium carbonate (24.2 g, 74.24 mmol) was added to a solution of (8p) (2.8 g, 16.5 mmol) in 6 mL of NMP, and the reaction mixture solidified. An additional 12 mL of NMP and cesium carbonate (6.29 g, 19.3 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was
  • Step H 2-(4- ⁇ 2-[2 «(1 -Cyclobutylmethyl-1 H-indazol-5-yIoxy)-5- fIuorophenyl]-acetyl ⁇ -piperazin-1-yl)-N-isopropylacetamlde (12p):
  • Step A 5-Bromo-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole (14p): K 2 CO 3 was added to a solution of 5-bromoindazole and in DMF. The mixture was heated to 105 °C. After disappearance of 5-bromoindazole the reaction mixture was poured onto DCM/brine. The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2x) and checked by TLC. The combined organics were washed with H 2 O (2x) and brine and dried over Na 2 SO 4 . After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified by chromatography with 9.5:0.5 hexane/EtOAc to provide desired product (14p).
  • Step B [2-(1 -Isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-phenyl]-acetic acid
  • the two layers were separated and the aqueous layer (pH ⁇ 11) was washed with ether.
  • the aqueous layer was acidified to pH 7 and extracted with ether (4x) and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO 4 .
  • the solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
  • the precipitate was formed gradually in a small volume of a mixed solvent of ether/hexane/DCM and collected through filtration to obtain the desired compound (15p) (0.93 g, 36% isolation yield).
  • Step C 2-[2-(1 -Isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-phenyl]-N-(4- morphoIin-4-yl-phenyl)-acetamide (16p): To a solution of (15p) (0.04 g, • 0.123 mmol), PyBOP (0.135 g, 0.26 mmol) and DIEA (0.02 mL, 0.12 mmol) in CHCI 3 (2ml), 4 ⁇ morpholin-4-yl-pheny)amirae (0.044 g, 0.247 mmol) were added.
  • Step A 2-Azido-5-fluorobenzonitrile (1 q): A mixture of NaN 3 (1.17 g, 1.8 mmol) and difluorobenzonitrile (0.5 g, 3.6 mmol) in DMA (60 mL) was heated at 100 °C for 30 minutes. The mixture was next diluted with water (300 mL) and ether (300 mL). The organic layer was washed three times with 004/078116
  • Step B 2-Amino-5-fluorobenzonitrile (2q): To a solution of CoBr 2 (15 mg, 0.068 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) was added 2,2'-dipyridyl (10 mg, 0.068 mmol) at room temperature followed by addition of NaBH 4 (40 mg, 1.02 mmol). The reaction mixture was cooled to -10 °C and then intermediate (2q) was added (0.22 g, 1.36 mmol) in ethanol (1 mL) dropwise over 10 minutes. The reaction mixture stirred for 15 minutes and was then quenched with acetic acid and methanol at.-10 °C.
  • Step C (2-Cyano-4-fluorophenyI)-bis(carbamic acid tert-butyl ester) (3q): To a solution of (2q) (33 mg, 0.24 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added Boc 2 0 (200 mg, 0.72 mmol) and DMAP (5.9 mg, 0.048 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture refluxed for 2.5 hours and was then cooled to room temperature and the solvent evaporated at reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography using ether: hexane (1 :3) as eluent to give the product (3q) as white crystals (0.08 g, 98% isolated yield). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) ⁇ 7.4-7.26 (m, 3H), 1.45 (s, 18H).
  • Step D (2-Amfnomethyl-4-fIuorophenyl)-bis(carbamJc acid tert- butyl ester) (4q): To a solution of (3q) (1 g, 2.97 mmol) in ethanol (30 mL) was added CoBr 2 (27 mg, 0.12 mmol), 2,2'-dipyridyl (57 mg, 0.36 mmol) at room temperature followed by addition of NaBH 4 (350 mg, 9.2 mmol). The reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and was quenched with acetic acid and methanol at 0 °C.
  • Step E 2-Aminomethyl-4-fIuorophenylamine HCl salt (5q): Crude intermediate (4q) (0.95 g, 2.8 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH/DCM (15 mL). Next, 4N HCl (10.5 mL, 42.0 mmol) in dioxane was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Solvent was removed ' under reduced pressure and the residue (5q) was carried on to next step without further purification or characterization.
  • Step F (2-Amino-5-fluorobenzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (6q): A solution of Boc anhydride (0.49 g, 2.5 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) was added dropwise to an ice bath cooled solution of (5q) (2.8 mmol, 1 eq.) in 5.7 mL of 1 M NaHCO 3 (5.63 mmol) and dioxane (11.2 mL) (1 :2). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and continued stirring at room temperature for 18 hours. The next day, the mixture was diluted with Et 2 ⁇ and washed with brine. The layers were separated.
  • Step G [5-Fluoro-2- (1-cycIobutyImethyl-1W-indazol-5-yIamino)- benzyl]-carbamic acid ferf-butyl ester (7q-2): To a flask containing boronic acid (0.175 g, 0.76 mmol), amine (6q) (0.22 g, 0.91-5 mmol), Cu(OAc) 2 (0.135 g, 0.76 mmol) and 4 A sieves (0.2 g) in DCM, Et 3 N (0.52 mL, 3.7 mmol) was slowly added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. DCM was added to the reaction mixture and filtered.
  • Step H (2-Aminomethyl-4-fIuoro-phenyl)-(1-cycIobutylmethyl-1H- indazoI-5-yI)-amine (8q-2): Intermediate (7q-2) (0.076 g, 0.18 mmol) was dissolved in DCM/i-PrOH (5 mL, 1:1), 0.5 mL of HCl (1.97 mmol) in dioxane _ were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 days. The solvent was evaporated to give the product (8q-2) which was carried on to the next step, LC-MS (ESI+) m/z 308 (M- NH 2 ) was detected. Both (7q-1 ) and (8q-1 ) were carried forth to the final step using the protocol for analogues 7q-2 and 8q-2.
  • Step I 1-[5-Cyclopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethylphenyI)-2W-pyrazol- 3yl]-3-[5-fluoro-2-(1 -methyl-1 H-indazol-5-ylamino)-benzyl]-urea (9q-1 ): A solution of (8q-1) (0.15 g, 0.54 mmol) in DMF (4.5 mL) was treated with carbamate 10q (0.26 g, 0.6 mmol) followed by DIEA (0.35 mL, 2.0 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 18 hours and then the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • Step A 5-Bromo-1H-indazoIe (1r): 4-bromo-2-methyl aniline (20 g, 107 rrimol), ammonium tetrafluoroborate (23 g, 215 mmol) and concentrated HCl (45 mL, 537 mmol) were .added to AcOH/H 2 O (350 mL, 2:1 ) and sonicated. Next, NaNO 2 (8.9 g, 129 mmol) was added siowiy and the reaction mixture was sonicated for 10 additional minutes (reaction turned brown and a precipitate formed immediately). The reaction was allowed to stir overnight. No starting material was observed the next day.
  • Step B 5-Bromo-1 -methyl-1 H-indazole (2r): 5-Bromo-1 H-indazole ( r) (10 g, 51 mmol) in THF was added slowly to a cold solution of NaH (2.2 g, 60% wt in oil, 56 mmol) in THF under nitrogen. After 15 minutes, . iodomethane (10.8 g, 76 mmol) was added to the dark solution at 0 °C. After 2 hours, the mixture was poured into 1N HCl (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL), and the combined extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na 2 SO , filtered, and concentrated.
  • Step C 5-(TriisopropyIsllylsulfanyl)-1 -methyl-1 H-indazole (3r):
  • Step E 2-(1 -Methyl-1 H-indazol-5-ylsuIfanyI)-5-fluorobenzylamine (5r): A solution of compound (4r), (0.43 g, 1.5 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was purged with nitrogen and treated with Pd(OH) 2 /C catalyst (15% wt, 280 mg, 0.3 mmol) followed by concentrated HCl (0.38 mL, 4.6 mmol). After purging more with nitrogen, a hydrogen-filled balloon was placed on top of the flask. After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, the LC showed no more starting material. Next, K 2 CO 3 (0.5 g) was-added.
  • Step F 1 -(5-Cyclopropyl-2-p-chIorophenyl-2H-py ⁇ azol-3-yl)-3-[2- (1 -methyl-1 H-indazo-5-yIsulfanyi)-5-fIuorobenzyl]-urea (6r-1): A solution of compound (5r), (70 mg, 0.21 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was treated with the corresponding carbamate (97 mg, 0.24 mmol) followed by DIEA (70 ⁇ L, 0.54 mmol). The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 18 hours under nitrogen atmosphere.
  • Step G 1-(5-ferf-Butyl-2-p-chIorophenyI-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[2-(1- methyl-1 W-indazo-5-yIsulfanyl)-5 ' -fluorobenzyl]-urea (6r-2): A solution of amine (5r), (70 mg, 0.21 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was treated with the corresponding carbamate (100 mg, 0.24 mmol) followed by DIEA (70 ⁇ L, 0.54 mmol). The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 18 hours under nitrogen atmosphere.
  • Step A 1-Allyl-5-brdmo-1H-indazoIe (1s): 5-Bromoindazole (Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 11:1153-1156 (2001)) (3.94 g, 20.0 mmol), allyl bromide (2.6 mL, 30 mmol) and potassium carbonate (4.15 g, 30.0 mmol) were heated in DMF (25 mL) at 100 °C for 18 hours. The reaction was cooled, filtered through celite, and the solids were washed with EtOAc. The solution was concentrated to near dryness and then partitioned between EtOAc and water.
  • Step C 5-Bromo-1 -[3-(tert-butyl-diphenyI-silanyIoxy)-propyl]-1 H- indazole (3s): Crude 3-(5-Bromoindazol-1 ' -yl)-propan-1-ol (2s) (2.1 mmol) and imidzaole (0.22 g, 3.2 mmol) were dissolved in 10 mL CH 2 Cl 2 . tert- Butyldiphenylsilyl chloride (0.58 g, 2.1 mmol) was added to the solution and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours.
  • Step D 1 -[3-(tert-ButyI-diphenylsHanyIoxy)-propyI]-1 H-indazole-5- boronic acid (4s): 5-Bromo-1-[3-(tert-butyl-diphenylsilanyloxy)-propyl]-1 H- indazole (3s) (200 mg, 0.41 mmol) was dissolved in 4.0 mL THF and cooled to -78 °C. A solution of n-butyl lithium in hexanes (2.5M, 0.17 mL) was added slowly. The yellow solution was stirred for 30 minutes.
  • Trimethyl borate 130 mg, 1.2 mmol was added and the reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 30 min. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of a 0.3% aqueous HCl solution and the resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min. The reaction was diluted with Et 2 O and the layers were separated. The organic phase was washed with brine. The aqueous phases were extracted once with Et 2 0. The organic phases were combined, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was partially purified on silica gel with 3% MeOH/CH 2 CI 2 to afford (4s) (97 mg, 52%). MS (ESI+) m/z 459 (M+H) + . HPLC (5 to .95%) 3.74 min. This mixture was carried on to the next step without further purification.
  • Step E 1-(2-AminobenzyJ)-3-(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-urea (5s): 5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (10s) (4.8 g, 31 mmol) and carbonyl diimidazole (4.6 g, 32 mmol) were partially dissolved in DCE (100 mL) and heated at 70 °C for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled and 2-aminomethyl-phenylamine (9s) (4.2 g, 34 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred 14 hours.
  • Step F 1-(2- ⁇ 1-[3-(tert-Butyldiphenylsilanyloxy)-propyI]-1H- indazol-5-ylamino ⁇ -benzyl)-3-(5-tert-butyl-2-methyI-2H-pyra2:ol-3-yI)-urea
  • Boronic acid 4 240 mg, 0.52 mmol
  • Step G 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3- ⁇ 2-[1-(3- hydroxy-propyl)-1 H-indazol-5-yIamino]-benzyl ⁇ -urea (7s): 1 -(2- ⁇ 1 -[3-(tert- Butyldiphenyl-silanyloxy)-propyl]-1H-indazol-5-ylamino ⁇ -benzyl)-3-(5-tert- butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-y!-urea (6s) (40 g, 0.056 mmol) was dissolved in 0.5 mL THF and treated with TBAF (1.0 M solution in THF, 0.11 mL, 0.11 mmol).
  • the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Additional TBAF was added (0.3 mL, 0.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred an additional 2 hours.
  • the reaction was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 and washed with H 2 O.
  • the aqueous phase was extracted once with CH 2 CI 2 .
  • the organic phases were combined, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the product was purified on silica gel with 5% MeOH/CH 2 CI 2 to afford the desired compound (7s).(8 mg, 30%, -90% pure by 1 H NMR and HPLC).
  • Methanesulfonic anhydride (12 mg, 0.070 mmol) was added to a solution of alcohol (7s) (24 mg, 0.050 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (20 mg, 0.15 mmol) at room temperature. The solution was stirred for 1 hour. Dimethylamine (2.0 M in THF, 0.25 mL, 0.50 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred overnight. Additional dimethylamine was added (2.0 M in THF, 0.25 mL, 0.50 mmol) and the reaction was stirred an additional 2 days. The mixture was then partitioned between CHCI 3 and water. The aqueous phase was extracted once with CHCI 3 .
  • Step I 1-(5-tert-ButyI-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3- ⁇ 2-[1-(3- isopropylaminopropyl)-1 H-indazol-5-yIamino]-benzyl ⁇ -urea (8s-2):
  • Step B 1 -Methyl-1 H-indazol-5-oI (3t); To a solution of (2t) (0.99 g, 6.1 mmol) in toluene (30 mL) was added AICI 3 (2.44 g, 18.3 mmol) at room temperature, upon which a purple colored mixture formed. After refluxing for 20 minutes, an olive colored mixture formed. The mixture was refluxed for 2 hours, allowed to cool to room temperature and poured into an ice-water bath, . The insoluble solids were collected by filtration (398 mg).
  • Step D 5-Fluoro-2-(1 -methyl-1 W-indazol-5-yIoxy)-benzyfamine hydrochloride (5t): A solution of (4t) (0.32 g, 1.22 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) was purged with nitrogen and treated with 20% Pd(OH) 2 /C catalyst (15% wt, 180 mg) followed by concentrated HCl (0.3 mL, 3.6 mmol). After purging further with nitrogen, a balloon containing hydrogen was placed on top of the flask. After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, the LC indicated no more starting material was present. The catalyst was filtered through a plug of silica gel/celite/sand and washed with MeOH.
  • Step E 1-(5-tert-ButyI-2-p-toIyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[5-fIuoro-2-(1- methyl-1 W-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl]urea (7t-1): A solution of (5t) (70 mg, 0.23 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was treated with the corresponding carbamate (6t- 1) (100 mg, 0.25 mmol) followed by DIEA (99 ⁇ L, 0.57 mmol). The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 18 hours under nitrogen purge. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue taken up in DCM and washed with 1N HCl.
  • Step F 1 -[5-terf-Butyl-2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-yI]-3-[5- fluoro-2-(1-methyMW-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl]urea (7t-2): A solution of (5t) (74 mg, 0.57 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was treated with the corresponding ' carbamate (6t-2) (110 mg, 0.25 mmol) followed by DIEA (99 mL, 0.57 mmol). • The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 18 hours, under nitrogen-purge. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue taken up in DCM and washed with 1 HCl.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Steroid Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

This invention relates to inhibitors of p38, and methods for producing these inhibitors. The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising the inhibitors of the invention and methods of utilizing the inhibitors and pharmaceutical compositions in the treatment and prevention of various disorders mediated by p38.

Description

P38 INHIBITORS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims priority of U.S. Serial No. 10/688,849 filed October 15, 2003 and U.S. Serial No. 10/378,164 filed March 3, 2003, both which are incorporated in their entirety herein by this reference.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Field of the Invention.
This invention relates to novel inhibitors of p38 MAP kinase and related kinases, pharmaceutical compositions containing the inhibitors, and methods for preparing these inhibitors. They are useful for the treatment of inflammation, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, Crohn's disease, inflammatory bowel disease, cancer, autoimmune diseases, and for the treatment of other cytokine-mediated diseases.
Description of the state of the art. A number of chronic and acute inflammatory conditions have been associated with the overproduction of pro-inflammatory cytokines. Such cytokines include but are not limited to tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-α), interleukin 1 beta (IL-1β), interleukin 8 (IL-8) and interleukin 6 (IL-6). Rheumatoid Arthritis (RA) is a chronic disease where TNF-α and IL-1/? are implicated in the onset of the diseases and in the progression of the bone and joint destruction seen with this debilitating condition. Recently approved therapeutic treatments for RA have included soluble TNF-α receptor (etanercept) and IL-1 receptor antagonist (anakinra). These treatments work by blocking the ability of their respective cytokines to bind to their natural receptors. Alternative methods to treat cytokine-mediated diseases are currently under investigation. One such method involves inhibition of the signaling pathway that regulates the synthesis and production of pro- inflammatory cytokines like p38.
P38 (also CSBP or RK) is a serine/threonine mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK) that has been shown to regulate pro-inflammatory cytokines. P38 was first identified as a kinase which became tyrosine phosphorylated in mouse monocytes following treatment with lipopolysaccharide (LPS). A link between p38 and the response of cells to cytokines was first established by Saklatvala J., et al., Cell, 78: 1039-1049 (1994), who showed that IL-1 activates a protein kinase cascade that results in the phosphorylation of the small heat shock protein, Hsp27, probably by mitogen-activated protein activated protein kinase 2 (MAPKAP kinase-2). Analysis of peptide sequences derived from the purified kinase indicated that it was related to the p38 MAPK activated by LPS in mouse monocytes, Han, J., et al., Science, 265: 808-811 (1994). At the same time it was shown that p38 MAPK was itself activated by an upstream kinase in response to a variety of cellular stresses, including exposure to UV radiation and osmotic shock, and the identity of the kinase that directly phosphorylates Hsp27 was confirmed as MAPKAP kinase-2, Rouse, J., et al., Cell, 78: 1027-1037 (1994).
Subsequently, workers at SmithKline Beecham showed that p38 MAPK was the molecular target of a series of pyridinylimidazole compounds that inhibited the production of TNF from LPS-challenged human monocytes, Lee, J., et al., Nature, 372: 739-746. This was a key discovery and has led to the development of a number of selective inhibitors of p38 MAPK and the ..elucidation of its role in cytokine signaling. ~ -
. It is now known that multiple forms of p38 MAPK (α, β, y, δ), each encoded by a separate gene, form part of a kinase cascade involved in the response of cells to a variety of stimuli, including osmotic stress, UV light and cytokine mediated events. These four isoforms of p38 are thought to regulate different aspects of intracellular signaling. Its activation is part of a cascade of signaling events that lead to the synthesis and production of pro-inflammatory cytokines like TNF-α. P38 functions by phosphorylating downstream • substrates that Include other kinases and transcription factors. Agents that inhibit p38 kinase have been shown to block the production of cytokines including but not limited to TNF-σ, IL-6, IL-8 and IL-1/? in vitro and in vivo models Adams, J. L., et al., Progress in Medicinal Chemistry, 38: 1-60 (2001). Peripheral blood monocytes (PBMCs) have been shown to express and secrete pro-inflammatory cytokines when stimulated with lipopolysaccharide (LPS) in vitro. P38 inhibitors efficiently block this effect when PBMCs are pretreated with such compounds prior to stimulation with LPS. Lee, J.C., et al., Int. J. Immunopharmacol., 10: 835-843 (I988). The efficacy of p38 inhibitors in animal models of inflammatory disease has prompted an investigation of the underlying mechanism(s) which could account for the effect of these inhibitors. The role of p38 in the response of cells to IL-1 and TNF has been investigated in a number- of cells systems relevant to the inflammatory response using a pyridinyl imidazole inhibitor: endothelial cells and IL-8, Hashimoto, S., et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 293: 370-375 (2001), fibroblasts and IL-6/GM-CSF/PGE2 Beyaert, R., et al., EMBO J., 15: 1914-1923 (1996), neutrophils and IL-8 Albanyan, E. A., et al., Infect. Immun., 68: 2053-2060 (2000) macrophages and IL-1 Caivano, M. and Cohen, P., J. Immunol., 164: 3018-3025 (2000), and smooth muscle cells and RANTES Maruoka, S., et al., Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med., 161: 659-668 (1999). The destructive effects of many disease states are caused by the over production of pro-inflammatory cytokines. The ability of p38 inhibitors to regulate this overproduction makes them excellent candidates for disease modifying agents.
Inhibitors of p38 are active in a variety of widely recognized disease models and show positive effects in a number of standard animal models of inflammation including rat collagen-induced arthritis, Jackson, J.R., et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 284: 687-692 (1998); rat adjuvant-induced arthritis, Badger, A. M., et al., Arthritis Rheum., 43: 175-.183 (2000); Badger, A. M., et al., J. Pharmacol: Exp. Ther., 279: 1453-1461 (1996); and carrageenan- induced paw edema in the mouse, Nishikori, T., et al., Eur. J. Pharm., 451: 327- 333 (2002). Molecules that block p38's function have been shown to be effective in inhibiting bone resorption, inflammation, and other immune and inflammation-based pathologies in these animal models. Thus, a safe and effective p38 inhibitor would provide a means to treat debilitating diseases that can be regulated by modulation of p38 signaling like, but not limited to, RA. P38 inhibitors are well known to those skilled in the art. Reviews of early inhibitors have helped establish the structure activity relationships important for enhanced activity both in vitro and in vivo. See, Salituro, E. G., et al., Current Medicinal Chemistry, 6: 807-823 (1999) and Foster, M. L, et al., Drug News Perspect, 13: 488-497 (2000). More contemporary reviews have focused on the structural diversity of new inhibitors being explored as p38 inhibitors Boehm, J. D. and Adams, J. L, Exp. Opin. Ther. Patents, 10: 25-37 (2000). This invention describes a novel series of substituted 2-aza-[4.3.0]- bicyclic hereroaromatic compounds as p38 inhibitors that are useful for the treatment of inflammation, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, cancer, autoimmune diseases, and for the treatment of other cytokine mediated diseases.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
This invention provides compounds, methods to produce these compounds, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them that inhibit p38 alpha and the associated p38 mediated events such as the inhibition of cytokine production. Such compounds, generally referred to as 2-aza-[4.3.0] bicyclic heteroaromatic rings, have utility as therapeutic agents for diseases that can be treated by the inhibition of the p38 signaling pathway. In general, the invention relates to p38 inhibitors of the general Formula I: ~. , .
Figure imgf000005_0001
wherein Y is C, N;
W is C, N, S, or O, provided that W is N, S, or O when Y is C, and W is C or N when Y is N;
U is CH or N;
V is C-E or N; X is O, S, SO, S02, NR7, C=O, CHR7, -C=NOR1, -C=CHR1, or CHOR1;
R1 is H, PO3H2, SO3H2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted; R7 is H or substituted or unsubstituted methyl;
Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl;
A is H, OH, an amine protecting group, Zn-NR2R3, Zn -NR2(C=O)R2, Zn -SO2R2, Zn-SOR2, Zn-SR2' Zn-OR2, Zn-(C=O)R2, Zn-(C=O)OR2, Zn-O-(C=O)R2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn- . Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn- heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R2 and R3 are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a thio protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn- Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn- heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted, or R2 together with R3 and N forms a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle having 1 or more heteroatoms, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein said heterocycle may be fused to an aromatic ring;
B is H, NH2, or substituted or unsubstituted methyl; E is H, Zn-NR2R3, Zn-(C=O)R4, Zn-(C=O)R5, Zn-NR5(C=0)R5, Zn - O(C=O)R5,'Zn -OR5, Zn -SO2R5, Zn -SOR5, Zn -SR5, Zn -NH(C=O)NHR5" or R5;
R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted natural or unnatural amino acid, a protected natural or unnatural amino acid, NH(CHR6)(CH2)mOR5 where m is an integer from 1 to 4, or NR2R3; R5 is H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a thio protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R6 ista natural amino acid side chain, Zn-NR2R3, Zn-OR5, Zn-SO2R5, Zn- SOR5, or Zn-SR5; and n is 0 or 1 , provided that when B is H and A is CH=CH-R8 where R8 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, then X-Ar1 is a substituent where Ar1 is other than substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, NH-alkyl, NH-cycloalkyl, NH-heterocycloalkyl, NH-aryl, NH-heteroaryl, NH-alkoxy or NH-dialkylamide when X is O, S, C=O, S=O, C=CH2, CO2, NH, or N(Cι-C8-alkyl).
The invention is also directed to pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, pharmaceutically active metabolites, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compound of Formula I. Methods of making the compounds of Formula I are also described. In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula II:
Figure imgf000008_0001
II where A, B, X and Ar1 are as defined above.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula III:
Figure imgf000008_0002
III where A, B, X, E and Ar1 are as defined above.
In another embodiment, this invention relates 'to compounds of the general Formula IV:
Figure imgf000008_0003
where A, B, X, E and Ar1 are as defined above, provided that when B is H and A is CH=CH-R8 where. R8 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, then X-Ar1 is a substituent where Ar1 is other than substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, NH-alkyl, NH-cycloalkyl, NH-heterocycloalkyl, NH-aryl, NH-heteroaryl, NH-alkoxy, or NH-dialkylamide when X is O, S, C=O, S=O, C=CH2, CO2, NH, or N(Cι-C8- alkyl) . In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula V:
Figure imgf000009_0001
where A, X, E and Ar1 are as defined above.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula VI:
Figure imgf000009_0002
VI where A, B, E and Ar1 are as defined above.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula VII:
Figure imgf000009_0003
vπ where A, B, E and Ar1 are as defined above.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula VIII: 04
Figure imgf000010_0001
VIII where A, B, E and Ar1 are as defined above.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula IX:
Figure imgf000010_0002
IX where A, B, E and Ar1 are defined as above.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula X:
Figure imgf000010_0003
X where A, B, E and Ar1 are defined as above.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XI: 04/078116
Figure imgf000011_0001
XI where A, B, E and Ar1 are defined as above.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XII:
Figure imgf000011_0002
XII where A, B, E, R1 and Ar1 are defined as above. In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XIII:
Figure imgf000011_0003
XIII where A, B, E and Ar1 are defined as above.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to ether compounds of the general Formula XIV: 04/078116
Figure imgf000012_0001
XIV where A, B, X, Ar1, R2 and R3 are defined as above.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XV:
Figure imgf000012_0002
XV where A, B, X, and Ar1 are defined as above, and R12 and R13 are independently alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl ,or heteroaryl, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl ,or heteroaryl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
In anotherembodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XVI:
Figure imgf000012_0003
XVI 04/078116
where A, B, X, R2, R3, and Ar1 are defined as above.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XVII:
Figure imgf000013_0001
XVII where Y is CR1, O, S, or NR2;
W is CR3, N, NR4, S, or O, provided that W is NR4, S, or O when Y is CR1 and W is CR3or N whenΥ is NR2; R3 is H, NH2, F, Cl, methyl or substituted methyl;
R4 is H, or methyl or substituted methyl;
' R1 and R2 are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, Zn- NRaRb, Zn-NRa(C=O)Rb, Zn-SO2Ra, Zn-SORa, Zn-SRa, Zn-ORa, Zn-(C=0)Ra l Zn- (C=O)ORa, Zn-O-(C=0)Ra, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, and Zn- Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
Ar1 is aryl or heteroaryl, each- of which may be substituted or unsubstituted;
Ra and Rb are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur. protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, and Zn- Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted, or Ra and Rb together with the atoms to which they are both attached form a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle ring having 1 or more heteroatoms in said ring, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein said heterocycle may be fused to an aromatic ring;
Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted; n is O or l;
U is CRc or N; ,
V is CRC or N;
Rc is H, F, Cl, methyl or substituted methyl; X is O, S, SO, SO2, NR5, C=O, CH2, CH2Zn-OH, or C=NORd;
R5 is H, methyl, or substituted methyl;
Rd is H, PO3H2, SO3H2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
G, H, J, and T independently are N or CR2, provided that when any of said G, H, J, and T are N the total number of G, H, J, or T that is N does not exceed 2;
Rz is H, F, Cl, Br, CF3, OR6, SR6, lower alkyl (C C4), CN, or NR6R7;
R6 and R7 are independently H, CF3, lower alkyl (C1-C4) or lower heteroalkyl (C C4);
Q is -NR8CONH-, -NHCO-, -NR8SO2NH- , -NHSO2-, -CONR11- ;
R8 is H or lower (C C4) alkyl;
• R11 is H or lower (C1-C4) alkyl;
Rx is -(CR9R10)m- , -O(CR9R 0)m- , NH(CR9R10)m- , or -S(CR9R10)m- provided that Q is -CONR11- when Rx is -O(CR9R1V. -NH(CR9R10)m-. or' -
Figure imgf000015_0001
R9 and R10 are independently H, or lower alkyl, or R9 and R10 together with the atoms to which they are both attached form a cycloalkyl ring which may be saturated or partially unsaturated; m is 1-3;
Ry is H, PO3H, an amine protecting group, an oxygen protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar2, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-Ar2 and Zn- heterocycloalkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted;
Ar2 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted, wherein said substitution can be 1-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, CF3, CN, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl," heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, -OR12, -SR12, -SO2R12, -SO2NR13R12, NR13SO2R12, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, orZn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R12 and R13 are independently H, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, 5 heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl • wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, 10 Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted; wherein when Ar2 is substituted with -SO2NR13R12, R12 and R13 can form a cycloalkyl ring or heterocycloalkyl ring that may be substituted or unsubstituted wherein said substitution can be substituents selected from alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl,
15 heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, "Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, -COR12, -SO2R12, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-
20 heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
■K
, wherein when Q is -CONR11, Ry in combination with R11 is additionally cycloalkyl ring or heterocycloalkyl ring that may be substituted or unsubstituted with groups selected from alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-
25 cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn- heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-Ar1, -COR14, or -SO2R14, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, Zn-Ar1, -COR14, and -SO2R14
30 may be substituted or unsubstituted; and •
R14 is alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, 04/078116
heteroalkynyl, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-'cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted.
In a further aspect the present invention provides compounds that inhibit the production of cytokines such as TNF-α, IL-1 , IL-6 and IL-8 comprising compounds of Formulas l-XVII. In a further aspect the present invention provides a method of treating diseases or medical conditions mediated by cytokines which comprises administering to a warm-blooded animal an effective amount of a compound of Formula l-XVII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable prodrug thereof. In a further aspect the present invention provides a method of inhibiting the production of cytokines such as TNF-α, IL-1, IL-6 and IL-8 which comprises administering to a warm-blooded animal an effective amount of a compound of Formula l-XVII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable prodrug thereof. In a further aspect the present invention provides a method of providing a p38 kinase inhibitory effect comprising administering to a warm-blooded animal an effective amount of a compound of Formula l-XVII, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable prodrug thereof.
In a further aspect the present invention provides treating or. preventing ' a p38-mediated condition, comprising administering an amount of a compound effective to treat or prevent said p38-mediated condition or a pharmaceutical composition comprising said compound, to a human or animal in need thereof, wherein said compound is a compound of Formula l-XVII, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable prodrug thereof. The p38-mediated condition that can be treated according to the methods of this invention includes inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, destructive 04/078116
bone disorder, proliferative disorder, infectious disease, viral disease, or neurodegenerative disease
The compounds of this invention are also useful in methods for preventing cell death and hyperplasia and therefore may be used to treat or prevent reperfusion/ischemia in stroke, heart attacks, and organ hypoxia. The compounds of this invention are also useful in methods for preventing thrombin-induced platelet aggregation.
The inventive compounds may be used advantageously in combination with other known therapeutic agents. The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective amount of an agent selected from compounds of Formulas l-XVII or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, pharmaceutically active metabolite, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Additional advantages and novel features of this invention shall be set forth in part in the description that follows, and in part will become apparent to those skilled in the art upon examination of the following specification or may be learned by the practice of the invention. The advantages of the invention may be realized and attained by means of the instrumentalities, combinations, compositions, and methods particularly pointed out in the appended claims.
' BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated herein and form a part of the specification, illustrate non-limiting embodiments of the present invention, and together with the description, serve to explain the principles of the invention. In the figures, Figure 1 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 7a;
Figure 2 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 14a; Figure 3 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 15a;
Figure 4 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 16a; 2004/078116
Figure 5 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of .compound 17a;
Figure 6 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 18a;
Figure 7 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis f compounds having the generic structure 7b; Figure 8 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8b;
Figures 9A-9B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 10c;
Figure 10 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of e compound 14c;
Figure 11 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 17c;
Figure 12 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic 18c;
Figure 13 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26c;
Figures 14A-14B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 34c;
Figure.15 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 38c-1;
Figure 16 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 39c; Figure 17 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 40c;
Figure 18 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 4d;
Figure 19 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 5d;
, Figure 20 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8d; Figure 21 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 10d-1 ;
Figure 22 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 11d-1 ;
Figure 23 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 13d;
Figures 24A-24B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8e-1;
Figure 25 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 9e; Figure 26 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 10e-1 ;
Figure 27 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having 2004/078116
the generjc structure 7f;
Figure 28 shows an alternate reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 7f;
Figure 29 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of an intermediate carboxamide acid used in the synthesis of compound 7f-5 and 7f-6;
Figures 30A-30C show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 1g;
Figure 31 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 4f; Figure 32 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 5f;
Figure 33 shows an alternate reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 5f;
Figure 34 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 2h;
Figure 35 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 1j;
Figure 36 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 1k; Figure 37 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having ' the generic structure 1m;
Figure 38 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 6n;
Figure 39 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 13p;
• Figure 40 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 16p; Figures 41 A-B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 9q-1 and 9q-2;
Figure 42 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 6r-2; 04/078116
Figures 43A-B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8s-2;
Figure 44 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 7t-2;
Figure 45 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26t;
Figure 46 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 28t; Figure 47 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 32t;
Figure 48 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 4u;
Figure 49 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 7v and 8v; and
Figure 50 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 10v. Figure 51 shows a reaction sheme for the synthesis of compound 17d.
Figure 52 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 20d.
Figure 53 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26d.
Figure 54 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 47d.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The inventive compounds of the Formulas l-XVII are useful for inhibiting p38 alpha and associated p38 mediated events such as cytokine
< production. Such compounds have utility as therapeutic agents for diseases that can be treated by the inhibition of the p38 signaling pathway. In general, the invention relates to compounds of the general Formula I:
Figure imgf000021_0001
wherein Y is C, N; W is C, N, S, or O, provided that W is N, S, or O when Y is C, and W is C or N when Y is N;
U is CH or N;
V is C-E or N; X is O, S, SO, SO2, NR7, C=O, CHR7, -C=NOR1, -C=CHR1, br CHOR1;
R1 is H, PO3H2, SO3H2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, orZn-Ar\ wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocyc!oalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene "each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R7 is H or substituted or unsubstituted methyl; Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl;
A is H, OH, an amine protecting group, Zn-NR2R3, Zn -NR2(C=O)R2, Zn -SO2R2, Zn-SOR2, Zn-SR2, Zn-OR2, Zn-(C=O)R2, Zn-(C=O)OR2, Zn-O-(C=O)R2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, orZn- Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn- heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R2 and R3 are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a thio protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zncycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn- Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn- heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted, or R2 together with R3 and N forms a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle having 1 or more heteroatoms, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein said heterocycle may be fused to an aromatic ring;
B is H, NH2, or substituted or unsubstituted methyl; E is H, Zn-NR2R3, Zn-(C=O)R4, Zn-(C=O)R5, Zn-NR5(.C=O)R5, Zn-
O(C=O)R5, Zn -OR5, Zn -SO2R5, Zn -SOR5, Zn -SR5, Zn -NH(C=O)NHR5, or R5;
R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted natural or unnatural amino acid, a protected natural or unnatural amino acid, NH(CHR6) (CH2)mOR5 where m is an integer from 1 to 4-, or NR2R3; R5 is H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a thio protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, orZn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R6 is a natural amino acid- side chain, Zn -NR2R3, Zn -OR5, Zn -SO2R5, Zn -SOR5, or Zn-SR5; and n is 0 or 1 , provided that when B is H and A is CH=CH-R8 where R8 is a . substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or . heteroaryl, then X-Ar1 is a substituent where Ar1 is other than substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, NH-alkyl, NH-cycloalkyl, NH-heterocycloalkyl, NH-aryl, NH-heteroaryl, NH-alkoxy, or NH-dialkylamide when X is O, S, C=O, S=O, C=CH2, CO2, NH, or N(Cι-C8-alkyl).
The term "alkyl" as used herein refers to a saturated linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to twelve carbon atoms, wherein the alkyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described below. Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, 04/078116
sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, and the like.
"Alkylene" means a linear or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of one to twelve carbon atoms, e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, 2-methylpropylene, pentylene, and -the like. The term "alkenyl" refers to linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms, containing at least one double bond, e.g., ethenyl, propenyl, and the like, wherein the alkenyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein, and includes radicals having "cis" and "trans" orientations, or alternatively, "E" and "Z" orientations.
The term "alkenylene" refers to a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbons containing at least one double bond, wherein the alkenylene radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, ethenylene, propenylene, and the like.
The term "alkynyl" refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms containing at. least one triple bond. Examples include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, and the like, wherein the alkynyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein.
The term "alkynylene" to a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbons containing at least one triple bond, wherein the alkynylene radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. The term "allyl" refers to a radical having the formula RC=CHCHR, wherein R is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or any substituent as defined herein, wherein the allyl may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein.
The term "cycloalkyl" refers to saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon radical having from three to twelve carbon atoms, wherein the 004/078116
cycloalkyl may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. The term "cycloalkyl" further includes bicyclic and tricyclic cycloalkyl structures, wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic structures may include a saturated or partially unsaturated cycloalkyl fused to a saturated or partially unsaturated cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring or an aryl or heteroaryl ring. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like.
The term "heteroalkyl" refers to saturated linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to twelve carbon atoms, wherein at least one of the carbon atoms is replaced with a heteroatom selected from N, O, or S, and wherein the radical may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical (i.e., the heteroatom may appear in the middle or at the end of the radical). The heteroalkyl radical may be optionally substituted independently • with one or more substituents described herein. The term "heteroalkyl" encompasses alkoxy and heteroalkoxy radicals.
The term "heterocycloalkyl" refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic radical of 3 to 8 ring atoms in which at least one ring atom is a heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, the remaining ring atoms being C where one or more ring atoms may be optionally substituted ' independently with one or more substituent described below and wherein the heterocycloalkyl ring can be saturated or partially unsaturated. The radical may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical. "Heterocycloalkyl" also includes radicals where heterocycle radicals are fused with aromatic or heteroaromatic rings. Examples of heterocycloalkyl rings include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidine; piperidine, piperazine, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholine, thiomorpholine, homopiperazine, phthalimide, and derivatives thereof.
The term "heteroalkenyl" refers to linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms, containing at least one double bond, e.g., ethenyl, propenyl, and the like, wherein at least one of the carbon atoms is replaced with a heteroatom selected from N, O, or S, and wherein the radical may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical (i.e., the 004/078116
heteroatom may appear in the middle or at the end of the radical). The heteroalkenyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein, and includes radicals having "cis" and "trans" orientations, or alternatively, "E" and "Z" orientations. The term "heteroalkynyl" refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms containing at least one triple bond. Examples include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, and the like, wherein at least one of the carbon atoms is replaced with a heteroatom selected from N, O, or S, and wherein the radical may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical (i.e., the heteroatom may appear in the middle or at the end of the radical). The heteroalkynyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein.
The term "heteroallyl" refers to radicals having the formula ' RC=CHCHR, wherein R is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or any substituent as defined herein, wherein at least one of the carbon atoms is replaced with a heteroatom selected from N, O, or S, and wherein the radical may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical (i.e., the heteroatom may appear in the middle or at the end of the radical). The heteroallyl may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. • ' '" '""'
"Aryl" means a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon monocyclic radical of 6 to 10 ring atoms or a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon, optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. More specifically the term aryl includes, but is not limited to, phenyl, 1 -naphthyl, 2- naphthyl, and derivatives thereof.
"Heteroaryl" means a monovalent monocyclic aromatic radical of 5 to 10 ring atoms or a polycyclic aromatic radical, containing one. or more ring. . heteroatoms selected from N, O, or S, the remaining ring atoms being C. The aromatic radical is optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, furyl, 04/078116
thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, thiophen-2-yl, quinolyl, benzopyranyl, thiazolyl, and derivatives thereof.
The term " halo" represents fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.
"Amino protecting groups" refers to those organic groups intended to protect nitrogen atoms against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures and include, but are not limited to, benzyl, benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), trifluoroacetyl, and the like.
"Alcohol protecting groups" refers to those organic groups intended to protect alcohol groups or substituents against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures and include, but are not limited to,
(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEM), tert-butyl, methoxymethyl (MOM), and the like.
"Sulfur protecting groups" refers to those organic groups intended to protect sulfur groups or substituents against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures and include, but are not limited to, benzyl, (trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEM), tert-butyl, , trityl and the like.
"Acid protecting groups" refers to those organic groups intended to protect acid groups or substituents against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures and include, but are not limited to, benzyl, (trimethylsilyl)- ethoxymethyl (SEM), methylethyl and tert-butyl esters, and the like.
In general, the various moieties or functional groups of the compounds of Formulas l-XVII may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents. Examples of substituents suitable for purposes of this invention include, but are not limited to, halo, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl', heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn heterocycloalkyl, Zn -OR, Zn -NO2, Zn -CN, Zn -CO2R, Zn -(C=O)R, Zn - O(C=O)R, Zn -O-alkyl, Zn -OAr, Zn -SH, Zn -SR, Zn -SOR, Zn -SOsR, Zn -S-Ar Zn-SOAr, Zn -S02Ar, aryl, heteroaryl, Zn-Ar, Zn-(C=O)NR2R3, Zn-NR2R3, Zn- NR(C=O)R Zn-SO2 NR2R3, PO3H2, SO3H2, amine protecting groups, alcohol protecting groups, sulfur protecting groups, or acid protecting groups, where: 4/078116
Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene,- alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted; n is zero or 1 , R1, R2, and R3 are alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, afkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, or Zn- heterocycloalkyl, and
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, Ar, R1, R2, and R3 may be further substituted or unsubstituted.
.' The compounds of this invention may possess one or more asymmetric centers; such compounds can therefore be produced as individual (R)- or (S)- stereoisomers or as mixtures thereof. Unless indicated otherwise, the description or naming of a particular compound in the specification and claims is intended to include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or otherwise, thereof. Accordingly, this invention also includes racemates and resolved enantiomers, and diastereome'rs compounds of the Formulas l-XVII. The methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well known in the art (see discussion in Chapter 4 of "Advanced Organic Chemistry", 4th edition J. March, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1992).
In addition to compounds of the Formulas l-XVII, the invention also includes solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, pharmaceutically active metabolites, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds.
The term "solvate" refers to an aggregate of a molecule with one or more solvent molecules.
A "pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug" is a compound that may be converted under physiological conditions or by solvolysis to the specified compound or to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such compound. A "pharmaceutically active metabolite" is a pharmacologically active product produced through metabolism in the body of a specified compound or salt thereof. Metabolites of a compound may be identified using routine techniques known in the art and their activities determined using tests such as those described herein.
Prodrugs and active metabolites of a compound may be identified using routine techniques known in the art. Various forms of prodrugs are known in the art. For examples of such prodrug derivatives, see, for example^ a) Design of Prodrugs, edited by H. Bundgaard, (Elsevier, 1985) and Methods in Enzymologyt Vol. 42, p. 309-396, edited by K. Widder, et al. (Academic Press, 1985); b) A textbook of Drug Design and Development, edited by Krogsgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Chapter 5 "Design and Application of Prodrugs", by H. Bundgaard p. 113-191 (1991); c) H. Bundgaard, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 8, 1-38 (1992); d) H. Bundgaard, et al., Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 77:285 (1988); and e) N. Kakeya, et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull., 32: 692 (1984), each of which is specifically incorporated herein by reference.
A "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" is a salt that retains the biological effectiveness of the free acids and bases of the specified compound and that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable. A compound of the invention may possess a sufficiently acidic, a sufficiently basic, or both functional groups, and accordingly react with any of a number of inorganic or organic bases, and inorganic and organic acids, to form a pharmaceutically acceptable sale. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those salts prepared by reaction of the compounds of the present invention with a mineral or organic acid or an inorganic base, such salts including sulfates, pyrosulfates, bisulfates, sulfites, bisulfites, phosphates, monohydrogenphosphates, dihydrogenphos- phates, metaphosphates, pyrophosphates, chlorides, bromides, iodides, acetates, propionates, decanoates, cap.rylates, acrylates, formates, iso-butyrates, caproates, heptanoates, propiolates, oxalates, malonates, succinates, suberates, sebacates, fumarates, maleates, butyn-1 ,4-dioates, hexyne-1,6- dioates, benzoates, chlorobenzoates, methylbenzoates, dinitro-menzoates, hydroxybenzoates, methoxybenzoates, phthalates, sulfonates, xylenesul- fonates, pheylacetates, phenylpropionates, phenylbutyrates, citrates, lactates, -hydroxybutyrates, glycollates, tartrates, methanesulfonates, propanesul- fonates, naphthalene-1 -sulfonates, naphthalene-2-sulfonates, and mandelates.
If the inventive compound is a base, the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt may. be prepared by any suitable method available in the art, for example, treatment of the free base with an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like, or with an organic acid, such as acetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid, a pyranosidyl acid, such as glucuronic acid or galacturonic acid, an alphahydroxy acid, such as citric acid or tartaric acid, an amino acid, such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid, an aromatic acid, such as benzoic acid or cinnamic acid, a sulfonic acid, such as p-toluenesulfonic acid or ethanesulfonic acid, or the like.
If the inventive compound is an acid, the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be prepared by any suitable method, for example, treatment of the free acid with an inorganic or organic base, such as an amine (primary, secondary or tertiary), an alkali metal hydroxide or alkaline earth metal hydroxide, or the like. Illustrative examples of suitable salts include, but are not limited to, organic salts derived from amino acids, such as glycine and arginine, ammonia, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, and cyclic amines, such as piperidine, morpholine and piperazine, and inorganic salts derived from sodium, calcium, potassium, magnesium, manganese, iron, copper, zinc, aluminum and lithium.
The inventive compounds may be prepared using the reaction routes and synthesis schemes as described below, employing the techniques available in the art using starting materials that are readily available. In addition to compounds of the general Formula I, this invention further includes compounds of the general Formula II:
Figure imgf000031_0001
II where A, B, X and Ar1 are as defined above.
Figures 1 -6 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula II. In one general synthetic process, pyrazole compounds of Formula II are prepared as follows. 2-Chloro-4-methyl-5- nitropyridine is treated with an aryl or heteroaryl phenol or thiophenol and a base such as NaH in a suitable anhydrous solvent. After an appropriate period of time, the reaction mixture is partitioned between an organic solvent and water, and the 2-O-aryl or S-aryl substituted-4-methyl-5-nitro pyridine intermediate compound is isolated from the organic layer. The NO2 substituent is then reduced, for example, by treating with iron powder in acetic acid heating for a period of time, followed by treatment with a suitable base such as NaOH. The resulting aniline intermediate is isolated by. extraction of the reaction mixture with an organic solvent. The intermediate aniline compound is then combined with ammonium tetrafluoroborate, followed by the addition of a base such as KOAc and a phase transfer catalyst (e.g., 18- , crown-6) to form the bicyclic pyrazole compound of Formula II, where A is hydrogen. To prepare the 1-N-substituted pyrazole compounds of Formula II where A is other than hydrogen, the pyrazole compound is reacted with a suitable base and a compound of the formula RX, where X is halogen and R is alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, afkynyl, allyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, benzyl, or CH2-heteroaryl as defined above.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula III:
Figure imgf000032_0001
III where A, B, X, E and Ar1 are as defined above.
Figures 7-8 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula III. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula III are prepared as follows. An aryl thiphenol or aryl phenol is added to a strong base in an anhydrous solvent, and then reacted with 5-chloro-3- methyl-2-nitropyridine to provide a 6-S-aryl- or 6-O-aryl-substituted 2-methyl-3- nitropyridine intermediate compound. The NO2 substituent is reduced, for example, by treating with iron powder in acetic acid heating for a period of time, followed by treatment with a suitable base such as NaOH. The resulting aniline intermediate is isolated by extraction of the reaction mixture with an organic solvent. The intermediate aniline compound is then treated with ammonium tetrafluoroborate followed by the addition of a base such as KOAc and a phase transfer catalyst (e.g., 18-crown-6) to form the bicyclic azaindazole compound of Formula III, where A is hydrogen. To prepare the 1-N-substituted azaindazole compounds of Formula III where A is other than hydro'gen, the azaindazole compound is reacted with a suitable base and a compound of the formula RX, where X is halogen and R is alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, benzyl, or CH2-heteroaryl as defined above.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula IV:
Figure imgf000032_0002
IV where A, B, X, E and Ar1 are as defined above, provided that when B is H and A is CH=CH-R8 where R8 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, then X-Ar1 is a substituent where Ar1 is other than substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, NH-alkyl, NH- cycloalkyl, NH-heterocycloalkyl, NH-aryl, NH-heteroaryl, NH-alkoxy, or NH- dialkylamide when X is O, S, C=O, S=O, C=CH2, CO2, NH, or N(C C8-alkyl) .
Figures 9-13 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula IV. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula IV are. prepared as follows. 6-Nitroindole is treated with a base and iodine, and the resulting 3 iodo-6-nitroindole is treated with a base and an amine protecting group agent such as trimethylsilylethoxymethyl chloride (SEM-CI). Treatment of the protected 6-nitroindole compound with trans-2- phenylvinylboronic acid and a suitable catalyst such as Pd(PPh3)4 provides a 1-N-phenylvinyl-6-nitroindole intermediate compound. Reduction of the 6-NO2 substituent with a reducing agent such as hydrazine and a suitable catalyst (e.g., palladium on carbon) provides the 1-N-substituted-6-aminoindole derivative. Treatment of this derivative with sodium nitrite followed by addition of sodium iodide and iodine provides the 1 -N-protected-3-phenylvinyl-6- iodoindazole derivative. Treatment of this derivative with oxidizing agent(s) such as osmium tetroxide and sodium periodate provides the 1 -N-protected 3- carbaldehyde-6-iodoindazole derivative. This derivative can then be used in a number of synthetic processes to provide various indazole compounds of this invention such as described in the Examples. In an alternative synthetic process, 6-OAr-substituted compounds of
Formula IV are prepared as follows. Treatment of 2-fluoro-4- hydroxyacetophenone with a suitable phenol protecting group reagent, followed by the addition of hydrazine with heating to induce cyclization provides an indazole compound. The indazole compound is 1 -N-protected with a suitable amine protecting group reagent. Removal of the phenol protecting group and treatment with an aryl boronic acid, followed by removal of the amine protecting group affords an 6-OAr-substituted compound of Formula IV.
In an alternative synthetic process, 6-SAr-substituted compounds of Formula IV are prepared as follows. 4-Fluorothiophenol is treated with a strong base such as potassium tert-butoxide, and to the resulting phenoxide is added 2,4-difluoropropiophenone. Addition of hydrazine to the resulting intermediate followed by heating to induce cyclization provides a 6-SAr- substituted compound Of Formula IV.
In an alternative synthetic process, 5-OAr- and 5-SAr-substitϋted compounds of Formula IV are prepared as follows. Esterification of 5-fluoro-2- nitrobenzoic acid, followed by treatment of the resulting ester with a mixture of either ArOH or ArSH and a strong base provides 5-XAr-substituted 2- nitrobenzoic acid methyl ester, where X is O or S. Saponification of this ester, followed by the addition of ammonium hydroxide provides the 2-nitro- benzamide intermediate. The 2-nitrobenzamide is converted to the 2-nitro- benzonitrile intermediate by treatment with oxalyl chloride. Reduction of the nitro' substituent, followed by the addition of sodium nitrite provides a 3-amino- 5-XAr-substituted indazole compound of Formula IV, where X is O or S.
In an alternative synthetic process, 6-OAr-substituted compounds of Formula IV are prepared as follows. 2-Fluoro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile is combined with an aryl boronic acid, copper acetate and a base to provide the 2-fluoro-4-aryloxybenzonitrile intermediate. A stirred solution of this derivative with hydrazine is refluxed to provide a 3-amino-6-aryloxy-indazole compound. This compound can be used as the starting material for the synthesis of 3- amideindazole derivatives using standard amide synthesis chemistry known to those skilled in the art.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula V:
Figure imgf000035_0001
where A, X, E and Ar1 are as defined above.
Figures 24-26 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula V. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula V are prepared as follows. 4-Fluoro-2-hydroxybenzoic acid is esterified and the 2-hydroxy group is protected with a suitable alcohol protecting group. Substitution of the fluoro group with an O-Ar or S-Ar group is effected by treatment with a base and ArOH or ArSH, where Ar is aryl or heteroaryl as defined above. Removal of the alcohol protecting group and saponification of the ester, followed by treatment with carbonyldiimidazole to effect cyclization affords a 6-OAr- or 6-SAr-3-hydroxybenzisoxazole compound. The 3-hydroxybenzisoxazole compound is converted to the 3- chlorobenzisoxazole derivative by treatment with POCI3 and a base. The product can then be used to prepare 3-O-Ar- or 3-NH-Ar-substituted benzisoxazole compounds of this invention. For example, a 6-substituted-3- chlorobenzisoxazole compound can be added to a mixture of ArOH and a strong base (e.g., NaH) to provide a 6-substituted-3-O-Ar-benzisoxazole • derivative. In an alternative synthetic process, a 6-substituted-3- • chlorobenzisoxazole compound can be added to a mixture of ArNH2 and a strong base to provide a 6-substituted-3-NHAr-benzisoxazole derivative.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formulas VI and VII:
Figure imgf000036_0001
VI VII
where A, B, E and Ar1 are as defined above.
Figures 14-15 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula VI, and Figures 18, 19 and 23 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula VII. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formulas VI and VII are prepared as follows. 5-lodo-1 H-indazole is prepared by treating 5-amino-1 H-indazole with a solution of NaNO2 in water, followed by addition of KI. Following isolation of the product by extraction of the reaction mixture with an organic solvent, the product can be further utilized in various synthetic processes to provide the indazole compounds of this invention. In one process, the 1- amino group of 5-iodo-1 H-indazole is protected with a suitable amine protecting group, and the protected 5-iodoindazole is treated with a base, copper powder, and an aryl phenol or aryl thiophenol to provide an 5-O-aryl substituted indazole (Formula VI) or 5-S-aryl substituted indazole (Formula VII). Removal of the amine protecting group provides a compound of this invention having the Formula VI or VII.
In an alternative route, the 5-iodo-1 H-indazole is treated with a base and RX or Ar1CH2X, where R is an alkyl or allyl and Ar1 is an aryl or heteroaryl group as defined above, and X is a halogen or other suitable leaving group. The 1-N-substituted 5-iodoindazole is then treated with a base, copper powder, and an aryl thiophenol or aryl phenol to provide a 5-O- aryl substituted indazole (Formula VI) or 5-S-aryl 1-N-substituted indazole (Formula VII) compound of this invention.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula VIII:
Figure imgf000037_0001
VIII where A, B, E and Ar1 are as defined above.
Figure 22 shows an example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula VIII. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula VIII are prepared by oxidizing a compound of Formula VII with an oxidizing agent that will oxidize the aryl sulfide to the corresponding aryl sulfinyl derivative
' In another embodiment, th(is invention relates tq compounds of the general Formula IX:
Figure imgf000037_0002
IX where A, B, E and Ar1 are defined as above.
Figure 21 shows an example of the synthesis of a specific compound" having the general Formula IX. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula IX are prepared by oxidizing a compound of Formula VII with an oxidizing agent that will oxidize the aryl sulfide to the corresponding aryL sulfonyl derivative
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula X:
Figure imgf000038_0001
X where A, B, E and Ar1 are defined as above. Figure 31 shows an example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula X. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula X are prepared as follows. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline is added to a mixture of ammonium tetrafluoroborate and acetic acid. After a period of time, sodium nitrite is added to the mixture, followed by the addition of a base such as potassium acetate and a phase-transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6 to provide 5-bromoindazole. The bromoindazole is treated with RBr in the presence of a base to provide a 1-N-substituted 5-bromoindazole derivative, ' where R is "A" as defined above for Formula X as defined above with the exception of hydrogen. Treatment of the 1-N-substituted derivative with Ar1CHO in the presence of a strong base such as butyl lithium, where Ar1 is as defined above, provides an alcohol compound of Formula X.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XI:
Figure imgf000039_0001
XI where A, B, E and Ar1 are defined as above. Figure 32 shows and example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula XI. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula XI are prepared as follows. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline is added to a mixture of ammonium tetrafluoroborate and acetic acid. After a period of time, sodium nitrite is added to the mixture, followed by the addition of a base such as potassium acetate and a phase-transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6 to provide 5-bromoindazole. The bromoindazole is treated with RBr in the presence of a base to provide a 1-N-substituted 5-bromoindazole intermediate, where R is "A" as defined above for Formula XI as defined above with the exception of hydrogen. Treatment of the 1-N-substituted intermediate with Ar1CHO in the presence of a strong base such as butyl lithium, where Ar1 is as defined above, followed by treatment with a suitable oxidizing agent to provides the 1-N-substituted compound of Formula XI. An alternative method of synthesizing compound of Formula XI is shown in Figure 33. In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XII:
Figure imgf000039_0002
XII where A, B, E, R1 and Ar1 are defined as above.
Figure 27 shows and example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula XII. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula XII are prepared as follows. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline is added to a mixture of ammonium tetrafluoroborate and acetic acid. After a period of time, sodium nitrite is added to the mixture, followed by the addition of a base such as potassium acetate and a phase-transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6 to provide 5-bromoindazole. The bromoindazole is treated with RBr in the presence of a base to provide a 1-N-substituted 5-bromoindazole derivative, where R is alkyl, allyl, ArCH2 or heteroaryl-CH2 as defined above. Treatment of the 1 -^substituted derivative with ArlCHO in the presence of a strong base such as butyl lithium, where Ar1 is as defined above, followed by treatment with a suitable oxidizing agent to provide the 1-N-substituted 5- C=OR derivative. Addition of NH2OR1 to this derivative in pyridine, where R6 is as defined above, provides an oxime compound of Formula XII. An alternative method for synthesizing compounds of Formula XII is shown in Figure 28.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XIII:
Figure imgf000040_0001
XIII where A, B, E and Ar1 are defined as above.
Figure 34 shows an example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula XIII. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula XIII are prepared as follows. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline is added to a mixture of ammonium tetrafluoroborate and acetic acid. After a period of time, sodium nitrite is added to the mixture, followed by the addition of a base such as potassium acetate and a phase-transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6 to provide 5-bromoindazole. The bromoindazole is treated with RBr in the presence of a base to provide a 1-N-substituted 5- bromoindazole intermediate, where R is "A" as defined above for Formula XIII as defined above with the exception of hydrogen. Treatment of the 1-N- substituted intermediate with a strong base such as t-butyl lithium, followed by the addition of trimethylborate provides the 5-boronic acid indazole intermediate. Addition of a copper (II) catalyst, followed by the addition of a substituted or unsubstituted aniline provides a compound of the Formula XIII.
10. In another embodiment, this invention rejates to compounds of the general Formula XIV:
Figure imgf000041_0001
XIV
15 where A, B, X, Ar1, R2 and R3 are defined as above.
Figures 30A-30C show an example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula XIV. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula XIV are prepared as follows. 1-Fluoro-3-methyl-
20 benzene undergoes an addition reaction to form 2-fluoro-4-methylbenzoic .acid, followed by nitration to provide 2-fluoro-4-methyl-5-nitrobenzoic acid. The acid group is esterified, and then the fluoro group is replaced by ArO- upon treatment with ArOH. and a strong base. Reduction of the nitro group followed by diazotization and cyclization provides the 5-OAr-6-CO2Me
25 indazole derivative, which is then treated with RBr in the presence of base to provide the 1-N substituted derivative. Hydrolysis of the ester group followed by amidation provides the 6-amide indazole derivative having Formula XIV. In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XV:
Figure imgf000042_0001
XV where A, B, X, and Ar1 are defined as abovev and R12 and R13 are independently alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl ,or heteroaryl, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl ,or heteroaryl may be substituted or unsubstituted. •
Figure 34 shows an example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula XV. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula XV are prepared as follows. A 5-OAr-6-CO2Me indazole derivative is prepared as described above with respect to the synthesis of Formula XIV, and then treated with RBr in the presence of base to provide the 1-N substituted derivative. Hydrolysis of the ester group followed treatment with carbonyldiimidazole and an amino acid provides the 6-substituted indazole derivative having Formula XV.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XVI:
Figure imgf000042_0002
XVI
where A, B, X, R2, R3, and Ar1 are defined as above.
In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula XVI are prepared as follows. A 5-OAr-6-CO2Me indazole derivative is prepared as described above with respect to the synthesis of Formula XIV, and then reduced, for example, by treating with BH3 in THF. Purification provides a compound of Formula XVI.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XVII:
Figure imgf000043_0001
XVII
where Y is CR1, O, S, or NR2;' W is CR3, N| NR4, S or O, provided that W is NR4, S, or O when Y is
CR1 and W is CR3 or N when Y is NR2; "
R3 is H, NH2, F, Cl, methyl or substituted methyl;
R4 is H, or methyl or substituted methyl;
R1 and R2 are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, Zn- NRaRb, Zn-NRa(C=O)Rb, Zn-SO2Ra, Zn-SORa, Zn-SRa, Zn-ORa, Zn-(C=O)Ra, Zn- (C=O)ORa, Zn-O-(C=O)Ra, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein 04/078116
said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, and Zn- Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;. Ar1 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted;
Ra and Rb are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyi wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycioalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, and Zn- Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted, or Ra and Rb together with the atoms to which they are both attached form a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle ring having 1 or more heteroatoms in said ring, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein said heterocycle may be fused to an aromatic ring; Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted; n is 0 or 1 ;
U is CRC or N; V is CRC or N;
Rc is H, F, Cl, methyl or substituted methyl;
X is O, S, SO, SO2, NR5, C=0, CH2, CH2Zn-OH, or C=NORd;
R5 is H, methyl, or substituted methyl;
Rd is H, P03H2, SO3H2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
G, H, J, and T independently are N or CRZ, provided that when any of said G, H, J, and T are N the total number of G, H, J, or T that is N does not exceed 2; Rz is H, F, Cl, Br, CF3, OR6, SR6, lower alkyl (C C4), CN, or NR6R7;
R6 and Rr are independently H, CF3, lower alkyl (C1-C4) or lower heteroalkyl (C C4);
Q is -NR8CONH-, -NHCO- , -NR8SO2NH- , -NHSO2-, -CONR11- ;
R8 is H or lower (C1-C4) alkyl; R11 is H or lower (C C4) alkyl;
Rx is -(CR9R1 V , -O(CR9R10)m- , NH(CR9R10)m- , or -S(CR9R10)m- provided that Q is -CONR11- when Rx is -O(CR9R10)m-. -NH(CR9R10)m-, or -
Figure imgf000045_0001
Ra and R are independently H, or lower alkyl, or R9 and R10 together with the atoms to which they are both attached form a cycloalkyl ring which may be saturated or partially unsaturated; m is 1-3;
Ry is H, PO3H, an amine protecting group, an oxygen protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar2, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-Ar2 and Zn- heterocycloalkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted;
Ar2 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted, wherein said substitution can be 1-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, CF3, CN, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, -OR12, -SR12, -SO2R12, -SO2NR13R12, NR13Sθ2R12, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, orZn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R12 and R13 are independently H, alkyl, ally), alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said. heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted; wherein when Ar2 is substituted with -SO2NR13R12, R12 and R13 can form a cycloalkyl ring or heterocycloalkyl ring that may be substituted or unsubstituted wherein said substitution can be substituents selected from alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, -COR12, -SO2R12, Zn-heterocyc!oalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn- heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted; wherein when Q is -CONR1.1, Ry in combination with R11 is additionally cycloalkyl ring or heterocycloalkyl ring that may be substituted or unsubstituted with groups selected from alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn- heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-Ar\ -COR14, or -SO2R14, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, Zn-Ar1, -COR14, and -SO2R14 may be substituted or unsubstituted; and
R14 is alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, Z0-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, orZn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, . heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted.
Figures 38-50 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula XVII.
Therapeutically effective amounts of the compounds of the invention may be used to treat diseases mediated by modulation or regulation of protein kinases. An "effective amou.nt" is intended to mean that amount of compound that, when administered to a mammal in need of suoh treatment, is sufficient to effect treatment for a disease mediated by the activity of one or more protein kinases, such _as that p38 alpha and the associated p38 mediated events such as cytokine production. Thus, for-example, a.therapeutϊcally effective amount of a compound selected from Formulas l-XVII or a salt, active metabolite or prodrug thereof, is a quantity sufficient to modulate, regulate, or inhibit the activity of one or more protein kinases such that a disease condition which is mediated by that activity, is reduced or alleviated.
The amount of a given agent that will correspond to suc an amount will vary depending upon factors such as the particular compound, disease condition and its severity, the identity (e:g., weight) of the mammal in need of treatment, but can nevertheless be routinely determined by one skilled in the art. "Treating" is intended to mean at least the mitigation of a disease condition in a mammal, such as a human, that is affected, at least in part, by the activity of one or more protein kinases, such as p38, and includes, but is not limited to, preventing the disease condition from occurring in a mammal, particularly when the mammal is found to be predisposed to having the disease condition but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; modulating and/or inhibiting the disease condition; and/or alleviating the disease condition.
In order to use a compound of the Formula l-XVII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable prodrug thereof, for the therapeutic treatment (including prophylactic treatment) of mammals including humans, it is normally formulated in accordance with standard pharmaceutical practice as a pharmaceutical composition. According to this aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a compound of the Formula l-XVII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable prodrug thereof, as defined hereinbefore in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
The compositions of the invention may be in a form suitable for oral use (for example as tablets, lozenges, hard or soft capsules, aqueous or oily suspensions, emulsions, dispersible powders or granules, syrups or elixirs), for topical use (for example as creams, ointments, gels, or aqueous or oily r < solutions or suspensions), for administration by inhalation (for example as a finely divided powder or a liquid aerosol), for administration by insufflation (for example as a finely divided powder) or for parenteral administration (for example as a sterile aqueous or oily solution for intravenous, subcutaneous, or intramuscular dosing or as a suppository for rectal dosing). For example, compositions intended for oral use may contain, for example, one or more coloring, sweetening, flavoring and/or preservative agents.
Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients for a tablet formulation include, for example, inert diluents such as lactose, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate or calcium carbonate, granulating and disintegrating agents such as corn starch or algenic acid; binding agents such as starch; lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc; preservative agents such as ethyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, and anti- oxidants, such as ascorbic acid. Tablet formulations may be uncoated or coated either to modify their disintegration and the subsequent absorption of the active ingredient within the gastrointestinal tract, or to improve their stability and/or appearance, in either case, using conventional coating agents and procedures well known in the art.
Compositions for oral use may be in the form of hard gelatin capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
Aqueous suspensions generally contain the active ingredient in finely powdered form together with one or more suspending agents, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth.and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents such as lecithin or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids (for example polyoxethylene stearate), or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives (such as ethyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, anti-oxidants (such • as ascorbic acid), coloring agents, flavoring agents, and/or sweetening agents (such as sucrose, saccharine or aspartame).
Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil (such as arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil) or in a mineral oil (such as liquid paraffin). The oily suspensions may also contain a thickening agent such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set out above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid. Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water generally contain the active ingredient together with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients such as sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions. The oily .phase may be a vegetable oil, such as olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, such as for example liquid paraffin or a mixture of any of these. Suitable emulsifying agents may be, for example, naturally-occurring gums such as gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally-occurring phosphatides such as soya bean, lecithin, an esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides (for example sorbitan monooleate) and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The ^ emulsions may also contain sweetening, flavoring and preservative agents. .
Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents such as glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, aspartame or sucrose, and may also contajn a demulcent, preservative, flavoring and/or coloring agent. The pharmaceutical compositions may also be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oily suspension, which may be formulated according to known procedures using one or more of the appropriate dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents, which have been mentioned above. A sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example a solution in 1 ,3-butanediol. Suppository formulations may be prepared by mixing the active ingredient with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Suitable excipients include, for example, cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
Topical formulations, such as creams, ointments, gels and aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions, may generally be obtained by formulating an active ingredient with a conventional, topically acceptable, vehicle or diluent using conventional procedures well known in the art. Compositions for administration by insufflation may be in the form of a finely divided powder containing particles of average diameter of, for example, 30 μ w or much less, the powder itself comprising either active ingredient alone or diluted with one or more physiologically acceptable carriers such as lactose. The powder for insufflation is then conveniently retained in a capsule containing, for example, 1 to 50 mg of active ingredient for use with a turbo- inhaler device, such as is used for insufflation of the known agent sodium cromoglycate.
Compositions for administration by inhalation may be in the form of a' conventional pressurized aerosol arranged to dispense the active ingredient either as an aerosol containing finely divided solid or liquid droplets.
Conventional aerosol propellants such as volatile fiuorinated hydrocarbons or hydrocarbons may be used and the aerosol device is conveniently arranged to dispense a metered quantity of active ingredient.
For further information on formulations, see Chapter 25.2 in Volume 5 of Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry (Corwin Hansch; Chairman of Editorial Board), Pergamon Press 1990, which is specifically incorporated herein by reference.
The amount of a compound of this invention that is combined with one or more excipients to produce a single dosage form will necessarily vary depending upon the host treated and the particular route of administration. For example, a formulation intended for oral administration to humans will may contain, for example, from 0.5 mg to 2 g of active agent compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of excipients which may vary from about 5 to about 98 percent by weight of the total composition. Dosage unit forms will generally contain about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient. For further information on routes of administration and dosage regimes, see Chapter 25.3 in Volume 5 of Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry (Corwin'Hansch; Chairman of Editorial Board), Pergamon Press 1990, which is specifically incorporated herein by reference..
The size of the dose for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes of a compound of Formula l-XVII will naturally vary according to the nature and severity of the conditions, the age and sex of the animal or patient and the route of administration, according to well known principles of medicine.
In one aspect of this invention, the compounds of- this invention or pharmaceutical salts or prodrugs thereof may be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions for administration to animals or humans to treat or prevent a p38-mediated condition. The term "p38-mediated condition" as used herein means any disease or other deleterious condition in which p38 is known, to play a role. This includes conditions which are known to be caused by IL-1 , TNF, IL-6 or IL-8 overproduction. Such conditions include, without limitation, inflammatory diseases, autoimmune diseases, destructive bone ' disorders, proliferative disorders, infectious diseases, viral disease, and ' neurodegenerative diseases
Inflammatory diseases which may be treated or prevented include, but are not limited to, acute pancreatitis, chronic pancreatitis, asthma, allergies, • and adult respiratory distress syndrome.
Autoimmune diseases which may be treated or prevented include, but are not limited to, glomeralonephritis, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, chronic thyroiditis, Graves' disease, autoimmune gastritis, insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (Type I), autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune neutropenia, thrombocytopenia, atopic dermatitis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis, multiple sclerosjs, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, psoriasis, or graft vs. host disease.
Destructive bone disorders which may be treated or prevented include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis and multiple myeloma- related bone disorder.
Proliferative diseases which may be treated or prevented include, but are not limited to, acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, metastatic melanoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, and multiple myeloma.
Infectious diseases which may be treated or prevented include, but are not limited to, sepsis, septic shock, and Shigellosis.
Viral diseases which may be treated or prevented include, but are not • limited to, acute hepatitis, infection (including hepatitis A; hepatitis B and hepatitis C), HIV infection and CMV retinitis.
Degenerative conditions or diseases which may be treated or prevented by the compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, cerebral ischemia and other neurodegenerative diseases.
"p38-mediated conditions" also include ischemia/reperfusion in stroke, heart attacks, myocardial ischemia, organ iypoxia, vascular hyperplasia, cardiac hypertrophy and Ihrombin-induced platelet aggregation.
In addition, the p38 inhibitors of this invention are also capable of inhibiting the expression of inducible pro-inflammatory proteins such as prostaglandin endoperoxide synthase-2 (PGHS-2), also referred to as cycloox'ygenase^ (COX-2). Therefore, other "p38-mediated conditions" are edema, analgesia, fever and pain, such as neuromuscular pain, headache, cancer pain, dental pain and arthritis pain.
The conditions and diseases that may be treated or prevented by the p38 inhibitors of this invention may also be conveniently grouped by the cytokine (e.g., IL-1, TNF, IL-6, IL-8) that is believed to be responsible for the disease. Thus, an IL-1 -mediated disease or condition includes rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, stroke, endotoxemia and/or toxic shock syndrome, inflammatory reaction induced by endotoxin, inflammatory bowel disease, tuberculosis, atherosclerosis, muscel degeneration, cachexia, psoriatic arthritis, Reiter's syndrome, gout, traumatic arthritis, rubella arthritis, acute synovitis, diabetes, pancreatic β-cell disease and Alzheimer's disease.
A TNF-mediated disease or condition includes rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis, gouty arthritis and other arthritic conditions, sepsis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, adult respiratory distress syndrome, cerebral malaria, chronic pulmonary inflammatory disease, silicosis, pulmonary sarcoisosis, bone resorption diseases, reperfusion injury, graft vs. host reaction, allograft rejections, fever and myalgias due to infection, cachexia secondary to infection, AIDS, ARC or malignancy, keloid formation, scar tissue formation, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis or pyresis. TNF-mediated diseases also include viral infections, such as HIV, CMV, influenza and herpes; and veterinary viral infections,, such as lentivirus infections, including, but not limited to equine infectious anaemia virus, caprine arthritis virus, visna virus or maedi virus; or retrovirus infections, including feline immunodeficiency virus, bovine immunodeficiency virus, or canine immunodeficiency virus.
IL-8 mediated disease or condition includes diseases characterized by massive neutrophil infiltration, such as psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease, asthma, cardiac and renal reperfusion injury, adult respiratory distress syndrome.-thrombosis and glomerulonephritis. In addition, the compounds of this infection may be used topically to treat or prevent conditions caused or exacerbated by IL-1 or TNF. Such conditions include inflamed joints, eczema, psoriasis, inflammatory skin conditions such as sunburn, inflammatory eye conditions such as conjunctivitis, pyresis, pain and other conditions associated with inflammation. The compounds of this invention may be used in combination with other drugs and therapies used in the treatment of disease states which would benefit from the inhibition of cytokines, in particular IL-1 , TNF, IL-6 or IL-8.
For example, by virtue of their ability to inhibit cytokines, the compounds of Formula 1-XVH are of value in the treatment of certain ' inflammatory and non-inflammatory diseases which are currently treated with a cyclooxygenase-inhibitory non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) such as indomethacin ketorolac, acetylsalicylic acid, ibuprofen, sulindac, tolmetin and piroxicam. Co-administration of a compound of the Formula I- XVII with a NSAID can result in a reduction of the quantity of the latter agent needed to produce a therapeutic effect, and thus the likelihood of adverse • side-effects from the NSAID such as gastrointestinal effects are reduced. Thus according to a further feature of the invention there is provided- a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of Formula I-XVH, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable ester thereof, in conjunction or.admixture with a cyclooxygenase inhibitory non-steroidal anti- inflammatory agent, and a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier.
The compounds of Formula l-XVH may also be used in the treatment of conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis in combination with antiarthritic agents such as gold, methotrexate, steroids and penicillinamine, and in conditions such as osteoarthritis in combination with steroids. ' The compounds of the present invention may also be administered in degradative diseases, for example osteoarthritis, with chondroprotective, anti- degradative and/or reparative agents such as Diacerhein, hyaluronic acid formulations such as Hyalan, Rumalon, Arteparon and glucosamine salts such as Antril. The compounds of Formula l-XVH may also be used in the treatment of asthma in combination with antiasthmatic agents such as bronchodilators and leukotriene antagonists.
Although the compounds of Formula l-XVH are primarily of value as therapeutic agents for use in warm-blooded animals (including man), they are also useful whenever it is required to inhibit the effects of cytokines. Thus, they are useful as pharmacological standards for use in the development of new biological tests and in the search for new pharmacological agents.
The activity of the compounds of this invention may be assayed for p38 inhibition in vitro, in vivo, or in a cell line. In'vitro assays include assays that determine inhibition of either the kinase activity or ATPase activity of activated
5 p38. Alternate in vitro assays quantitate the ability of the inhibitor to bind to p38 and may be measured either by radiolabelling the inhibitor prior to binding, isolating the inhibitor/p38 complex and determining the amount of radiolabel bound, or by running a competition experiment where new inhibitors are incubated with p38 bound to known radioligands. These and other useful in
10 vitro and cell culture assays are well known to those of skill in the art.
Cell culture assays of the inhibitory effect of the compounds of this invention may be used to determine the amounts of TNF-α,. U_-1 , IL-6 or IL-8 produced in whole blood or cell fractions thereof in cells treated with inhibitor as compared to cells treated with negative controls. Level of these cytokines 15 may be determined through the use of commercially available ELISAs or as described in the Biological Examples section below.
BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLES
The biological activities of the compounds of the invention were demonstrated by the following in vitro assays.
20 p38 Biochemical Assay
. P38 activity was assayed at room temperature in a 100 μl reaction containing 5 nM activated p38α enzyme and 1 uM ATF-2 (Activating Transcription Factor 2 fusion protein) as the substrate in 25mM HEPES (pH 7.4), 100//M Vanadate, 1 mM DTT, 10 mM MgCI2 and 10 μM [q-33PJ-ATP
25 (-0.1 /Ci P33/reaction). The reaction was terminated after 30-40 minutes by ' adding 25% TCA, let stand for 5 minutes and then transferred directly to a GF-B membrane filter plate. The filter was washed twice for 30 seconds with 0.5% phosphoric acid using a Tomtec Mach III Automated Harvestor. After washing, the vacuum was continued for 30 seconds to dry the filter.
'30 Approximately 30 μ\ of scintillant was added per well to the filter plate1 and PBMC Assay
The ability of compounds of this invention to inhibit TNF-α production was assessed by using human peripheral blood mononuclear cells ("PBMC") which synthesize and secrete TNF-α when stimulated with lipopolysaccharide.
Compound test solutions were made by making 5 fold serial dilutions in DMSO, which dilutions were then diluted to 5x stocks by diluting with MEM, 2% heat inactivated fetal bovine serum ("FBS"), 20 mM HEPES, 2mM L- glutamine, and 1% penicillin/streptomycin. PBMCs were isolated from human blood as follows. Whole blood samples were collected from human volunteers into Vacutainer™ CPT from Becton Dickinson. Tubes were mixed and centrifuged at room temperature (18 - 25° C) in a horizontal rotor for a minimum of 15 minutes at 1500 -1800 RCF (relative centrifugal force). For each donor, the buffy coat layers were pooled into a single tube and washed twice with phosphate buffered saline ("PBS"). The cell pellet was resuspended in MEM, 2% heat inactivated fetal bovine serum ("FBS"), 20 mM HEPES, 2mM L-glutamine, and 1% penicillin/streptomycin. Total cell number" was determined using a hemocytometer and the cell suspension was adjusted to 2 X 106 cells/mL. 0.1 mL of cell suspension was added to each well of a 96-well cell culture plate. 30 μ of a compound test solution was added, and the cells were incubated in a 37°C/5% CO2 incubator for 1 hour. 20 μl. of 7.5 ng/mL lipopolysaccharide (LPS E.. Coli K-235) as then added to each well, and the cells were returned to the 37°C/5% CO2 incubator for 16-20 hours. The cells were centrifuged for 15 minutes at 1100 RCF, Approximately 0.12 mL of the supernatant was-transferred into a clean 96 well polypropylene plate.. The samples were either assayed immediately or were stored at -806C until ready for assay. TNF-α levels were determined in each sample using a human TNF-α ELISA assay such as that described below. TNF-α levels were determined using the following assay. TNF-alpha antibody coated plates were prepared by adding 150 μL of 2 //g/mL anti-TNF- σ purified mouse monoclonal IgG in Carbonate-Bicarbonate buffer (BupH™ Carbonate-Bicarbonate Buffer Pack) to wells of a 96-well Immulon 4 plate (Immulon 4 ELISA Flat Bottom Plate; Dynex, catalog number 011-010-3855) and incubated overnight at 2 - 8 °C. Coating solution was removed and 200 μL of "blocking buffer" (20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 2% BSA) was added and plates were stored 2 - 8 °C until ready to use. A ten-point recombinant human TNF-α standard curve was prepared by a 1 :2 serial dilution in "sample diluent" (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 2 M MgCI2, 1 % BSA) with a top concentration of 6000 pg/mL.
Blocking solution was removed from TNF-α ELISA plates by washing five times with 300 μL of "wash buffer" (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM MgCI2, 0.02% Tween-20). 50 μL of "sample diluent" was added to all wells, and then either 50 μL of a TNF-σ standard curve solution or test compound supernatant was added to all wells. The plate was incubated at room temperature for ORΘ hour with shaking (300 rpm). The plate was washed wash five times with 300 μL "wash buffer". 100 μL of 0.2 /g/mL biόtinylated goat anti-human TNF-α in "antibody diluent" (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM MgCI2, 1 % BSA, 0.02% Tween-20) was added per well, and the plate was incubated at room temperature for one hour with shaking (300 rpm). The plate was washed wash five times with 300 μL "wash buffer" per well. 100 μL of 0.02 μg/mL streptavidin alkaline phosphatase in "antibody diluent" was added per well, and the plate was incubated at room temperature for one hour with shaking (300 rpm). The plate was washed wash five times with 300 μL wash buffer per well. 200 μL of 1 mg/mL pNPP (p-nitrophenyl phosphate) in diethanolamine buffer with 0-.5 mM MgCI2was added per well, and the plate was incubated for 30 to 45 minutes at room temperature with shaking (300 rpm). Reaction progress was monitored by determining optical density: when the top standard reached an OD between 2.0 and 3.0, 50 μL of 2N NaOH was added per well. The optical density of each well was determined within 30 minutes, using a microtiter plate reader set to 405 nm. The data was analyzed in XL fit using 4-parameter curve fitting. The following reagents were used in the above-described assays. Dulbecco's Phosphate Buffered Saline without Calcium or Magnesium (Gibco Catalog No. 14190); Minimum essential medium Eagle (MEM; Gibco Catalog No. 11090); penicillin-streptomycin (Gibco Catalog No. 15140); L-glutamine, 200 mM (Gibco Catalog No. 25030); HEPES, 1M (Gibco Catalog No. 15630); fetal bovine serum ("FBS "; HyClone Catalog No. SH30070.03); lipopoly- saccharides from Escherichia coli K-235 ("LPS"; Sigma Catalog- No. L2018); anti-TNF-α, Purified Mouse Monoclonal IgG (R&D Systems Catalog No. MAB210); BupH™ Carbonate-Bicarbonate Buffer Pack (Pierce Catalog No. 28382); HEPES (FW 238.3; Sigma Catalog No. H3575); NaCl (Sigma Catalog No. S7653); bovine serum albumin ("BSA"; Jackson ImmunoReseach Catalog No. 001-000-162); polyoxyethylene 20. sorbitan monolaurate (Sigma Catalog No..P2287); magnesium chloride, hexahydrate (Sigma Catalog No. M2670); recombinant human TNF-α (R&D Systems Catalog No. 210TAθ10); biotinylated TNF-α affinity purified goat IgG (R&D Systems Catalog No. BAF210); streptavidin alkaline phosphatase (Jackson ImmunoResearch Catalog No. 016-050-084); diethanolamine Substrate Buffer (Pierce Catalog No. 34064); p-nitrophenyl phosphate (Sigma Catalog No. N2765).
• Table 3 shows the results of p38 inhibition and inhibition of LPS-induced TNF-α secretion from human peripheral blood mononuclear cells ("PBMC"). An "active" compound is defined as a compound having an IC50 below 500 nM.
TABLE S
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Mouse Assay
Mouse Model of LPS-lnduced TNF-α Production
TNF-α was induced in male DBA-2J mice (from Jackson Laboratories) by tail vein injection with '2 mg/kg lipopolysaccharide (from Sigma, St. Louis). Ninety minutes later isόflurane anaesthetized mice were bled by cardiac puncture. The blood samples were then allowed to clot-for.two hours at 4°C and centrifuged. Serum .was separated into eppendorf tubes for later TNF-α analysis. TNF-α analysis was performed using an ELISA kit (Quantikine, MN) and was performed according to the instructions that accompanied the kit.
Compound AR-00112190 was prepared with 10% DMSO plus 90% of 20% 2-hydroxyl-β-cyclodextrin (HPCD). Compound AR-00112190 is a derivative of compound 14g (see Figure 3) where A is isobutyl. The compound was then serially diluted with vehicle (10% DMSO, 90% 20% HPCD) to prepare concentrations required for the lower dose levels. The compound went into solution with the addition of DMSO, but then came out of solution on addition of 20% HPCD. Therefore, compounds were dosed as suspensions. Seven groups of male DBA-2J mice (seven/group) were dosed orally with AR- 00112190 (10, 30 and 100 mg/kg) 30 minutes prior to LPS injection.
Treatment with compound AR-00112190 (10, 30 and 100 mg/kg) also significantly decreased TNF-α levels. AR-00112190 showed a similar inhibition (42%) seen with the 100 mg/kg dose (Table 4). Results of this study demonstrated significant beneficial effects with 10,
30 and 100. mg/kg of AR-00112190 (29%, 44% and 42%). •
TABLE4
Figure imgf000062_0001
PREPARATIVE EXAMPLES
In order to illustrate the invention, the following examples are included. However, it is to be understood that these examples do not limit the invention and are only meant to suggest a method of practicing the invention. Persons skilled in the art will recognize that the chemical reactions described may be readily adapted to prepare a number of other p38 inhibitors of the invention, and alternative methods for preparing the compounds of this invention are deemed to be within the scope of this invention. For example, the synthesis of non-exemplified compounds according to the invention may be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g., by appropriately protecting interfering groups, by utilizing other suitable reagents known in the art other than those described, and/or by making routine modifications of reaction conditions. Alternatively, other reactions disclosed . herein or known in the art will be recognized as having applicability for preparing other compounds of the invention.
*
EXAMPLES
In the examples described below, unless otherwise indicated all temperatures are set forth in degrees Celsius. Reagents were purchased from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Company, Lancaster, TCI or Maybridge, and were used without further purification unless otherwise indicated. Tetrahydrofuran (THF), N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dichloromethane (DCM), toluene, dioxane and 1 ,2-difluoroethane were purchased from Aldrich in Sure seal bottles and used as received.
The reactions set forth below were done generally under a positive pressure of nitrogen or argon or with a drying tube (unless otherwise stated) in anhydrous solvents, and the reaction flasks were typically fitted with rubber septa for the introduction of substrates and reagents via syringe. Glassware was oven dried and/or heat dried.
Column chromatography was done on a Biotage system (Manufacturer: Dyax Corporation) having a silica gel column or on a silica SepPak cartridge (Waters).
1H-NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker instrument operating at 300 MHz or on a Varian instrument operating at 400 MHz. 1H-NMR spectra were obtained as CDCI3 solutions (reported in ppm), using chloroform as the reference standard (7.25 ppm). Other NMR solvents were used as needed. When peak multiplicities are reported, the following abbreviations are used: s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), m (multiplet), br (broadened), dd (doublet of doublets), dt (doublet of triplets). Coupling constants, when given, are reported in Hertz (Hz).
Example 1
Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenylsulfanvB-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)- . ' 1H-pyrazolof3.4-clPyridine (7a) Figure 1 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 7a having the general Formula II. In this example, the synthesis of compound 7a, where R is 4-methoxybenzyl and X is sulfur, is described.
Step A: 1.285 g of 2-chloro-4-methyl-5-nitropyridine (compound 1a) and 1.023 g of 4-fluorobenzenethiol were dissolved in 15 mL of anhydrous THF under dry nitrogen. To this solution was slowly added 207 mg of sodium hydride (95% in oil). The reaction mixture was then partitioned between EtOAc and 0.1 N aqueous NaOH (to remove any unreacted thiol) and then the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column eluting with a gradient from 1 :1 hexane/ CH2Cl2to 100%
Figure imgf000064_0001
give 1.90 g of compound 2a.
Step B: Approximately 1.90 g of compound 2a and 1.88 g of iron powder were added to 20 mL of acetic acid under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was then heated to 90°C for about 45 minutes to form intermediate product 3a. Approximately 1.90 g of the intermediate product 3a and 1.160 g of NaOH were dissolved in 20 mL of methanol under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen for about 3.5 hours, and then reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and stirred at ambient temperature for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and then partitioned between CH2CI2 arid water. The CH2CI2 layer was then washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 4a.
Step C: Without further purification, 1.54 g of compound 4a and 896 mg of ammonium tetrafluoroborate were taken up in 10 mL of a 1:1 solution of acetone and water. The reaction mixture was then placed in an ice bath (0°C) to which was added 600 μL of concentrated HCl followed by 514 mg of sodium nitrite. The reaction mixture was then stirred for approximately 45 minutes after which time a precipitate of the intermediate compound 5a was formed. The precipitate was collected, air-dried, and then further dried by azeotroping from ethanol and toluene to provide approximately 800 mg of compound 5a. Without further purification, approximately 800 mg of compound 5a, 312 mg of potassium acetate and 190 mg of 18-crown-6 were dissolved/suspended in 5 mL of chloroform under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between CH2CI2 and water. The CH2CI2 layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 388 mg of compound 6a.
Step D: 173.3 mg of compound 6a, 195 mg of potassium carbonate, 110/ L of 4-methoxybenzyl chloride and 10.5 mg of sodium iodide were dissolved/suspended in 1 mL of anhydrous DMF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated to 85° C for approximately 1.5 hours, and then cooled to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was partitioned between CH2CI2 and water, and the CH2CI2 layer was washed water and brine, dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give approximately 100 mg of compound 7a.
Example 2. • Preparation of 1-allyl-5-(4-fluorophenoxyV1 V-Dyrazolof3.4-c1pyridine (14a)
Figure 2 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 14a having the general Formula II. . Step. A: In a round bottom flask, 4-fluorophenoI (compound 8a; 1.3 mL, 2.0 mmols) was diluted with 25 mL of anhydrous THF and the reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath as potassium f-butoxide (12.0 mL, 12.0 mmols) was slowly added. Next, 2-chloro-4-methyI-5-nitropyridine (compound 1 a; 2.23 g, 12.5 mmols) was added and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was diluted with CH2CI2. The organic layer was washed with a 1N NaOH solution and brine, dried over Na2S0 , and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to a dark residue which was purified on a Biotage 40 M silica column, eluting with 50:50 CH2CI2/hexanes, to provide 2.84 g of compound 10a as a white solid. Step B: In a round bottom flask, compound 10a' (2.6 g, 11 mmols) was diluted with 40 mL EtOH, and then Pd(OH)2 (230 mg, 2 mmols) was added followed by the addition of ammonium formate (3.3 g, 53 mmols). The reaction mixture was heated to 80°C until the starting material 10a was gone as determined by HPLC. The reaction mixture was filtered through glass paper and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was diluted with CH2CI2 and the organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated to provide 1.92 g of compound 11a as a white solid.
Step C: Compound 11a was converted to compound 13a according to the method described in Step G of Example 1. Compound 11a and of ammonium tetrafluoroborate were taken up in a 1 :1 solution of acetone and water. The reaction mixture was then placed in an ice bath (0°C) to which was added concentrated HCl followed by sodium nitrite, and a precipitate was formed. The precipitate was collected, air-dried, and then further dried by azeotroping from ethanol and toluene to provide the intermediate compound 12a. Compound 12a, potassium acetate and 18-crown-6 were dissolved/suspended in chloroform under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between CH2C)2and water. The CH2CI2 layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give compound 13a.
Step D: In a round-bottom flask, compound 13a was diluted with 4 mL of DMF, and then 22 mg of NaH was added and bubbling began. Upon settling, 0.8 mL of allyl bromide was added, and the mixture was stirred under nitrogen at room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and then concentrated. The residue was diluted With CH2CI2 and the organic. layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, concentrated to a film, and dried. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column having a 12 M silica column, eluting with 4% EtOAc:CH2Cl2, to provide compound 14a. Example 3
Preparation of 3r-5-(4-fluorophenyloxy)-pyrazolor3,4-cføyridin-1-yl|- propane-1 ,2-diol (15a)
Figure 3 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 15a having the general Formula II. In a round-bottom flask, 79 mg (0.3 mmols) of compound 14a, prepared according to Example 2, was diluted with 2 mL of anhydrous CH2CI2. Trimethylamine-N-oxide (27 mg, 0.35 mmol) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere. After all solids were dissolved, OsO4 (11 . mg, 0.04 mmols) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between CH2CI2and water. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and then concentrated to a film. The film was purified on a Biotage 12 M silica column eluting with EtOAc to provide 82 mg of compound 15a.
Example 4
Preparation of f5-(4-fluorophenyloxy)-pyrazolof3.4-clpyridin-1 -yll- acetaldehvde (16a)
Figure 4 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 16a. A 0.3 M solution of NalO4 (2 mL) was combined with 1 g of silica gel to give slurry. The slurry was diluted with 3 mL of CH2CI2 and 82 mg (0.3 mmols) of • compound 15a, prepared according to Example 3, was added into the slurry with 1 mL of CH2CI2, and the slurry was stirred for 2 hours. After 3 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered and the pad. was washed with CH2CI2. The filtrate was concentrated to provide 35 mg of compound 16a as a brown film.
• • Example 5
Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenyloxy)-1 -oxazol-5-ylmethyl-1 rV-pyrazolor3,4- clpyridine (17a)
Figure 5 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 17a having the general Formula II. In a round bottom flask, compound 16a (32 mg, 0.11 mmols), prepared according to Example 4, was combined with MeOH (2 mL) and K2CO3 (32 mg, 0.2 mmols), and then tosylmethylisocyanide (25 mg, 0.13 mmols) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and the residue was diluted with CH2CI2. The CH2CI2 was washed with water and 1 N HCl, separated, and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified on a silica column, eluting with 80% EtOAc/CH2CI2, to provide compound 17a.
Example 6 Preparation of 1-allyl-5-(4-fluoro-phenylsulfanyl)-1H-pyrazolor3.4-clpyridine (18a)
Figure 6 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound . 18a having the general Formula II. In a round bottom flask with an inlet for nitrogen, compound 6a, prepared according to Example 1, was diluted with 4 mL of DMF and then the 22 mg of NaH was added and bubbling began. Upon settling, allyl bromide (0.8 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred under nitrogen at room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and then concentrated. The residue was taken up in CH2CI2 and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and brine, and then dried to an orange film. The film was purified on a Biotage column having a 12M silica column and eluting with 4% EtOAc/CH2Cl2 to provide compound 18a.
Example 7 Preparation of 1-N-sύbstituted 4-azaindazoles (7b)
Figure 7 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 7b having the general Formula III. Step A: In a round bottom flask, 4-fluorobenzenethiol was diluted with anhydrous THF. The reaction mixture was*cooled to 0°C with an ice bath, and then 1.0 M potassium ferf-butoxide in THF was slowly added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes, and then 5-chloro-3-methyl-2-nitropyridine (compound 1b) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes and then warmed to room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated and in the residue was diluted with CH2CI . The CH2CI2 was washed with 1 N NaOH solution and brine, dried over Na2SO , filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to a yellow oil. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage 40 M column eluting with 50:50 hexane/CH2CI2 to provide compound 3b. Step B: Compound 3b was reduced with iron powder and acetic acid as described Example 1 , step B to provide compound 4b.
Step C: Compound 4b was then treated with ammonium tetrafluoroborate followed by concentrated HCl and sodium nitrite as described in Example 1 , Step C to provide intermediate 5b. Without further purification, compound 5b was combined with potassium acetate and 18- crown-6 as described in Example 1 , step C to provide compound 6b.
Step D: Compounds 7b-1, ' 7b-2, and 7b-3 were each prepared from compound 6b as shown in Figure 7. To prepare compound 7b-1, compound 6b was treated with NaH and allyl bromide as described in Example 6. Example 8
Preparation of 3-f5-(4-fluorophenylsulfanyl)-pyrazolor4.3.-άlρyridin-1 -ylj- propylamine (8b)
Figure 8 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8b having the general Formula HI. In a round bottom flask, compound 7b-3, prepared according to Example 7, was diluted with CH2CI2 and trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction mixture was stirred until the starting material was gone as determined by TLC, and then concentrated, and the resulting residue was diluted with CH2CI2. The CH2CI2 was washed with 1 N NaOH and brine, dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage 12M silica column, eluting with 10% MeOH/CH2CI2/NH4OH, to provide compound 8b.
Example 9
Preparation of 6-(4-fluorophenylsulfanyl)-3-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1/ ) indazole (10c)
Figure 9 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 10c having the general Formula IV. Step A; In a round-bottom flask, 6-nitroindoIe (compound 1c; 15.5 g, 95 mmols) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (400 mL). NaOH (3.8 g, 95 mmols) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. Then, 266 mL of 2 N NaOH was added to the reaction mixture, followed by the addition of iodine crystals (two portions of 54.4 g for a total addition of 214 mmols), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with 10% citric acid and diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with 10% NaHS03, NaHC03, and brine, dried over Na S04, filtered, and concentrated to provide 27.5 mg of compound 2c as an orange solid. Step B: Compound 2c (5.18 g) was dissolved in 50 L of anhydrous
THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this solution was added 18.8 L of a 1.0 M solution of potassium fert-butoxide in THF. The reaction mixture was stirred for approximately 15 minutes after which time 3.20 mL of chlorotri ethylsilane was added. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between EtOAc and saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to provide 3.85 g of compound 3c as a yellow solid.
Step C: Compound 3c (3.85 g), 766 g of -Vans-2-phenylvinylboronic acid, 531 mg of Pd(PPh3)4 and 14.20 mL of 2.0 M Na2CO3 were dissolved/suspended in 50 L of dioxane under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight, and then cooled to ambient "temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was partitioned between CH2CI2 and water. The CH2CI2 layer was dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to provide compound 4c.
• Step D: Compound 4c (573 mg) and 103 mg of 10% Pd/C were dissolved/suspended in 10 mL of a 3:1 solution of EtOH/THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this solution was added 500 μL of hydrazine, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was then filtered through Celite, the Celite was washed with EtOH and CH2CI2, and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was partitioned between CH2CI2 and water. The CH2CI2 layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 5c. Step E: Compound 5c (2.51 g) was dissolved in a solution of 30 mL of acetic acid and 6 mL of water under ari atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was added 3.2 mL of concentrated HCl. The reaction was then cooled to 0°C, and 535 mg of sodium nitrite was added. The reaction mixture was then stirred for about 30 minutes after which time a 4.0 mL aqueous solution of 1.23 mg of sodium iodide and 885 mg of iodine was added to the reaction mixture. After about 4 hrs, the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous saturated NaHCO3 (slow addition) and then partitioned between CH2CI2 and water. The CH2CI2 layer was dried over Na2S0 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 1.90 g of compound 6c.
Step F: Compound 6c (1.90 g) and 509 mg of trimethylamine-N-oxide dihydrate were dissolved in 30 mL of CH2CI2 under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was added 51 mg of osmium tetroxide. The reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at room temperature. Sodium periodate (1.71 g) dissolved in about 3 mL of water was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1- hour. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between EtOAc and water. The EtOAc layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 889 mg of compound 7c.
Step G: Compound 7c (460 mg) was added to 10 mL of anhydrous THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The mixture was cooled to -78°C and then 2.80 mL of 4-methoxyρhenyI magnesium bromide in THF (0.5 M) was added. -The. reaction, mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, quenched with water and partitioned between EtOAc* and saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over Na2S0 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 320 mg of an intermediate product. The intermediate product (151 mg) was dissolved in 1 mL of CH2CI2 and 60 μL of triethylsilane under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was added 1 mL of trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under vacuum and the residue was partitioned between CH2CI2 and aqueous saturated NaHCO3. The CH2CI2 layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 'a gradient from 10:1hexane/CH2CI2 to 100% CH2CI2, to give 76.6 mg of compound 8c.
Step H: Compound 8c (151 mg), 80 μL of 4-fluorophenylthiol, 12.0 mg of copper powder and 300 μL of 5.0 M aqueous NaOH were added to 1 mL of anhydrous DMF in a sealed tube and then heated to 90°C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between CH CI2 and 1.0 M aqueous NaOH. The CH2CI layer was washed with 1.0 M aqueous NaOH, 3.0 N aqueous NH4OH, and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 76.6 mg of compound 9c.
Step I: Compound 9c (76.6 mg) and 100 μL of ethyleπediamine were dissolved in 1.6 mL of 1.0 M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in THF under an atmosphere- of dry nitrogen." The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for about 12 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water. The CH2CI2 layer was washed with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaHCO3, dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with a gradient from 5:1 hexane/CH2Cl2 to 100% CH2CI2 to give 25 mg of compound 10c.
Example 10 • Preparation of r6-(4-fluorophenylsulfanyl)-1 -/-indazole-3-vn methanol (14c) Figure 10 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound
14c having the general Formula IV.' Step A: Compound 7c (520 mg), prepared according to Example 9, was dissolved in 5 mL of methanol under ah atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To . this solution was added 98.3 mg of sodium borohydride. After about 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and then 5 partitioned between CH C12 and water. The CH C12 layer was dried over ' Na2SO , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on Biotage column to provide compound 12c.
Step B: Compound 12c (151 mg), methanol, 100 μL of 4- fluorophenylthiol, 6.0 mg of copper powder and 250 μL of 5.0 M aqueous
10 NaOH were added to 1 mL of anhydrous DMF in a sealed tube and then heated to 90°C for about 30 hours, after which the reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and partitioned between CH2CI2 and 1.0 aqueous NaOH. The CH CI2 layer was washed with 1.0 M aqueous NaOH, 3.0 N aqueous NH4OH, and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered, and
15 concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 5:1 CH2CI2/EtOAc, to give 67.9 mg of compound 13c.
Step C: Compound 13c (67.9 mg) and 100 L of ethylenediamine • were dissolved in 1.5 mL of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in THF (1.0 M) under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture-was heated to reflux for ■20 about 12 hours, and then cooled to room temperature and partitioned between .CH2CI2 and water. The CH2CI2 layer was washed with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaHCO3, dried over Na SO , filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 18 mg of compound 14α-
25 Example 11
Preparation of 6-(4-fluoro-phehylsulfanyl)-3-methoxymethyl-1H-ihdazole (17c)
Figure 11 shows the reaction scheme for the preparation of compound 17c having the general Formula IV.
Step A: Compound 12c (186 mg), prepared according to Example 10, 30 Step A, was dissolved in 5 mL of anhydrous THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this solution was added 36.8 mg of sodium hydride (60% in oil), the reaction was stirred for about 15 minutes, and then 60 μL of methyl iodide was added to the reaction mixture. After about 1 hour the reaction mixture was quenched with water and partitioned between CH2CI2 and aqueous saturated NaHCO3. The CH2Ci2 layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 100:1 CH2Cl2/EtOAc to give 76.1 mg of compound 15c.
Step B: Compound 15c was reacted with 4-fluorothiphenol, copper powder, and aqueous NaOH in DMF in the same manner as in Step B of Example 10 to provide a 22% yield of compound 16c. Step C: Compound 16c was reacted with tetrabutylammonium fluoride and ethylenediamine in THF in the same manner as in Step C of Example 10 to give a 53% yield of compound 17c.
Example 12
Preparation of 6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3-methyl-1 H-indazole (18c-2) Figure 12 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds • having the generic structure 18c having the general Formula IV. In this example, the synthesis of compound 18c-2, where Ar is 4-fluorophenyl, is described.
Step A: 2-F!uoro-4-hydroxyacetophenone (compound 19c; 1.42 g) and 1.40 g of potassium carbonate were dissolved/suspended in 30 mL of anhydrous DMF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was added 1.20 mL of benzyl bromide. After about 90 minutes the reaction mixture was heated to 65° C for about 45 minutes, and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum, and the residue was partitioned between CH2CI2 and water. The CH2Cl2. layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO , filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 20c.
Step B: Compound 20c (1.87 g) was added, to 20 mL of ethylene. glycol under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was added 250 μL of anhydrous hydrazine. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and then heated to 160°C for about 7 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and quenched with water. The precipitated salt was collected and air-dried and then further dried by azeotropic removal of water with ethanol and toluene. The precipitated salt was diluted with anhydrous acetonitrile, and then 500 mg of dimethylaminopyridine and 311 mg of di-te/f-butyl dicarbonate (BOC anhydride) were added. After all solids were dissolved, the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum arid the resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 7.10 mg of compound 21c. Step C: Compound 21 c (710 mg), 662 mg of ammonium formate and
223 mg of Pearlman's catalyst (Pd(OH)2/C) were dissolved/suspended in 20 mL of ethanol under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction was heated to 85° C for about 30 minutes and then filtered through Celite. The Celite was washed with EtOH and the combined filtrates were concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was partitioned between CH2CI2 and saturated aqueous NaHCO3, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to give compound 22c.
Step D: Compound 22c (103 mg), 174 mg of 4-fluorophenylboronic acid, 75 mg of copper (II) acetate, and 300 μL of triethylamine were dissolved/suspended in 2 mL of anhydrous CH2CI2, and 4A molecular sieves were-added to this solution. The reaction was exposed to air for about 5 hours, and then filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column eluting- with CH2CI2 to give 85 mg of compound 23c. Step E: Compound 23c (85 mg) was dissolved in 2 mL of a 1 :1 solution of CH2CI2/TFA under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred for about 30 minutes, after which time it was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was partitioned between CH2CI2 and aqueous saturated NaHCO3. The CH2CI2 layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide 18c-2.
To prepare other compounds having the generic structure 18c, compound 22c is reacted with phenyl borate or an appropriately substituted phenyl borate as described in Step D, and then treated as described in Step E.
Example 13 Preparation of 3-ethyl-6-(4-fluorophenylsulfanvπ-1 H-indazole (26c)
Figure 13 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26c having the general Formula IV.
Step A: 4-Fluorothiophenol (compound 24c; 900 μL) was dissolved in 40 mL of anhydrous THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this solution was added 8.'40 mL of potassium terf-butoxide in THF (1.0 M) followed by the addition of 10 mL of anhydrous DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 0 minutes, after which time 1.43 g of 2,4-difluoropropiophenone was added and the mixture was allowed to react for about 12 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between Et2O and water. The Et^O layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 25c.
Step B: Compound 25c (2.34 g) and 260 μL of anhydrous hydrazine were suspended/dissolved in ethylene glycol under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was then heated to about 70°C for about an.. hour and then heated to about 160°C for about 12 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with about 100 mL of water, and then partitioned between CH CI2 and water. The CH2CI layer was washed with water and aqueous saturated NaHCO3, dried over Na SO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 770 g of compound 26c.
Example 14
Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1H-indazol-3-yl-amine (34c)
Figure 14 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 34c having the general Formula VI. Step A: In a round-bottom flask, 50 mL of MeOH and 200 L of toluene were added to of 5-fluoro-2-nitrobenzoic acid (compound 27c; 10.0 g, 54.0 mmols). About 41 mL of trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2.0 M) were added slowly with stirring. After bubbling stopped, the reaction was quenched with 1 mL of acetic acid. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum to provide compound 28c.
Step B: In a round-bottom flask, 4-fluorphenol (4.0 g, 35 mmols) was diluted with 100 mL of anhydrous THF. The reaction was cooled to 0°C with an ice bath, and then 1.0 M potassium tert-butoxide in THF (35 mL, 35 mmols) was slowly added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes, and then compound 28c (7.4 g, 37 mmols) in 50 mL of THF was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes and then warmed to room temperature and stirred for about 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and in the residue was diluted with CH2CI2. The CH2CI2 was washed with 1 N NaOH and brine, and dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to an oil. The oil was purified on a Biotage 40 M column eluting with 50:50 hexane/ CH2CI2 to provide compound 29c as an oil.
- Step C: In a round-bottom flask, compound 29c (40 g, 13 mmols) was added to 60 mL of MeOH followed by the addition of 6 N NaOH (4.3 mL, 26 mmols). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and then concentrated, and the resulting residue was diluted with 50 mL water. About 5 mL of 2N HCl (pH = 2.0) was added, and a solid fell out of solution. The solid was dissolved in CH2CI2, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and then concentrated in toluene to provide compound 30c as a white solid.
Step D: In a round-bottom flask, compound 30c was dissolved in 40 mL of thionyl chloride and heated to 90°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and then concentrated down to a yellowish solid. The solid was dissolved in 20 mL of acetone and cooled to 0°C in an ice bath, and then 10 mL of NH4OH was added very slowly. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and then concentrated. The resulting residue was extracted with CH2CI2, and the CH2CI2 was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to provide compound 31c.
Step E: In a round-bottom flask, compound 31c (3.4 g, 12.3 mmols) was dissolved in 100 mL of dichloroethane, and then oxalyl chloride (5.4 mL, 62 mmols) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 55°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the resulting oil was stirred in water (50 mL) and then cooled to about 0°C in an ice bath as NH OH was slowly added to quench excess oxalyl chloride. The reaction mixture was extracted with CH2CI2, and the organic layer was dried over a Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated to provide compound 32c as a dark oil.
Step F: In' a round-bottom flask, compound 32c (2.21 g, 8.5 mmols) was diluted with 100 mL EtOH and * then Pd(OH)2 (300 mg) was added, followed by the addition of ammonium formate (2.7 g, 43 mmols). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 18 hours, filtered through glass paper to remove Pd, and the paper was washed with EtOH. The filtrate was concentrated, and the resulting residue was taken up in CH2CI2 and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over Na2S0 , filtered, and concentrated to provide compound 33c as a yellow solid.
' Step G: Compound 33c (280 mg, 1.3 mmols) was placed a round- bottom flask in an ice water bath, and 5 mL of HOAc and 2.5 mL of H2O were added. The reaction mixture was maintained at 0°C, HCl (0.35 mL, 6 mmols) was added, and after 5 minutes NaNO2 (93 mg, 1.3 mmols) was added. After about 1 hour, tin (II) chloride dihydrate (554 mg, 2.5 mmols) was added and the reaction was stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was then warmed to room temperature, and concentrated, and the residue was taken up in CH2CI2. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, filtered, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to a film. The film was triturated material with CH2CI2 and the solids were collected. The solids were then heated in 1-butanol (120°C) in a pressure tube for 12 hours to induce cyclization, and then the reaction was cooled and the solid was collected by filtration to provide compound 34c. Example 15
Preparation of Λ -f6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1H-indzole-3-vn-acetamide (38c-1 )
Figure 15 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 38c having the general Formula VI. In this example, the synthesis of compound 38c-1 , where X is oxygen, is described.
Step A: 2-Fluoro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile (compound 35c-1 ; 1.40 g), 2.86 g of 4-fluorophenylboronic acid, 1.86 g of copper (II) acetate, and 7.20 mL of trietfiylamine were dissolved/suspended in 100 mL of anhydrous CH2CI2, and 4A molecular sieves were added to this reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was exposed to air through a drying tube and stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was washed with 10% aqueous NaHSO4, 1 aqueous NaOH, and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to give 530 •mg of compound 36c-1. Step B: Compound 36c-1 (208 mg) and 150 μL of anhydrous hydrazine were dissolved in 5 mL of butanol. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen for 15 hours, then cooled to ambient temperature, concentrated under vacuum and triturated with ethyl ether. The resulting pink solid, compound 37c-1 , was collected via filtration, washed with ethyl ether, and then air-dried.
Step C: Compound 37c-1 (97 mg) and 40 μL of acetic anhydride were suspended/dissolved in dichloroethane under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated to 60°C for about 1 hour, then cooled to room temperature and stirred for 12 hours. The white precipitate, compound 38c-1 , was collected by suction filtration and then air-dried.
Example 16
Preparation of 2-f6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1H-indazol-3-vπ-isoindole-1 ,3-dione (39c)
Figure 16 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 39c having the general Formula VI. Step A: Compound 37c-1 , prepared according to Example 15, was dissolved in 1 mL of borane in THF (1.0 M) under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The solution was heated to 60°C for about 2 hours, then cooled to room temperature and quenched by the slow addition of methanol (3 mL). The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column eluting with 3:1 CH2CI2/EtOAc to provide compound 37c-1.
Step B: Compound 37c-1 (660 mg) and 654 mg of N- carboethoxyphthalimide were suspended/dissolved in 15 mL of dichloroethane under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen at room temperature for about 13 hours. After about 20 minutes the reaction mixture was heated to 65° C for about 5.5 hours, after which it was cooled to room temperature and filtered. The white precipitate, compound 39c, was washed with dichloroethane and then air-dried.
Example 17 Preparation of 3-(1 ,3-dihvdroisoindol-2-yl)-6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 H-indazole (40c)
Figure 17 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 40c having the general Formula VI. Compound 39c (25 mg), prepared according to Example 16, was suspended in 1 mL of anhydrous THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To -this solution was added 1.0 mL of a .0 M solution of BH3 in THF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 1 hour, and then heated to reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and 2.0 mL of methanol was carefully added. The mixture was stirred- for about 10 minutes and then concentrated under vacuum.. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 5 mg of compound 40c.
Example 18
Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenylsulfanyl)-1-H-indazole (4d)
Figure 18 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 4d having the general Formula VII. Step A: A mixture of 6-iodo-1 H-indazple (compound 1d) in CH3CN (11 mL) was treated with triethylamine and dimethylaminopyridine. After cooling to 0°C, a solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (BOC anhydride) in CH3CN (10 L) was added dropwise. After stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum and the resulting residue was partitioned between H20 and ether. The pH was adjusted to 2 with 1 N HCl and the organic phase was separated, dried (Na2sO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuum to provide compound 2d as an oil.
Step B: A mixture of compound 2d in DMF (25 mL) was treated with 5N KOH, Cu powder, and ArSH. In this example, ArSH was 4- fluorothiophenol. The reaction mixture was heated at 110°C for 48 hours, then cooled to room temperature, concentrated in vacuum, acidified with 1N HCl, and extracted into CH2CI2. The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper, concentrated in vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 100% CH2CI2, 5% Et20/CH2CI2, and then 10% Et2O/CH2Cl2 to provide compound 4d.
Example 19
Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenylsulfanyl)-1-isopropyl-1 H-indazole (5d-1)
Figure 9 shows the reaction-scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 5d having the general Formula VII. In this example, the synthesis of compound 5d-1 , where R is isopropyl, is described.
. A solution of compound 4d, prepared according to Example 18, in THF (1 mL) was treated with powdered KOH followed by the addition of 18-crown- 6 and Rl. In this example, Rl was isopropyl iodide. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours un er a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was then diluted with CH2CI2 and filtered, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum, and the residue was diluted with CH2CI2. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, filtered through 1PS paper, and concentrated in vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 4:1 hexane/Et2O to provide compound 5d-1 as a yellow oil. Example 20
Preparation of 5-iodo-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1 H-indazole (8d-1)
Figure 20 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 8d. In this example, the synthesis of compound 8d-1 , where Ar1 is 4- methoxyphenyl, is described.
Step A: A suspension of 5-aminoindazole (compound 6d) in 6M HCl (150 mL) was cooled to 0°C and treated dropwise with a solution of NaNO2 in water (15 mL). After stirring at 0 °C for 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was added to a cold solution of KI in water (105 mL). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring was continued at room temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was quenched with 10% Na2S2O3 and extracted with Et2O. The biphasic mixture was filtered and the insoluble solids were washed with water and dried in vacuum overnight. The organic phase was separated and further washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO3, water, filtered through 1 PS paper, evaporated in vacuum to a pink residue.
Step B: A solution of compound 1d in DMF was .treated with K2CO3, followed by the addition of a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl halide at room temperature in a nitrogen atmosphere. In this example, the benzyl halide was benzyl chloride. The. mixture was heated at 100 °C for 48 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was treated with 0.2 equivalents of Nal (123 mg) and heating was continued for 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated in vacuum and the residue taken up in CH2CI2 and 1N HCl. The . organic layer was separated, washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO3, and concentrated to afford an oil. The oil was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with a gradient of 3:1 hexane/Et,2θ to 3:2 hexane/Et2Q, to provide compound 8d-1.
Example 21
Preparation of 5-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-1 -(4-methoxybenzyl)-1 H-indazole
(10d-1) Figure 21 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds
10d having the general Formula IX. In this example, the synthesis of compound 10d-1 , where Ar1 is 4-methoxyphenyl and Ar2 is 4-fluorophenyl, is described.
Step A: A mixture of compound 8d, 5 N KOH, copper powder, and Ar2SH in a solution of water and DMF was heated at reflux for about 18 hours. In this example, Ar SH was 4-fluorothiophenol. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, acidified with 1N HCl, and extracted with CH2CI2. The organic layer was filtered through PS paper, concentrated in vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified on- a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with 4:1 hexane/Et2O to provide compound 9d. Step B: A solution of compound 9d in acetone (0.2 mL) containing
MgSO4 was treated with a solution of NalO4 and KMnO4 in water (0.2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was then treated with aqueous sodium bisulfite, and extracted with CH2CI2. The organic layer was filtered through 1PS paper and concentrated in vacuum to provide 2.1 mg of compound 10d as a yellow oil.
Example 22
Preparation of.5-(4-fluorobenzenesulfinyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H)-indazole
(1 1d-1 )
Figure 22 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 11 d-1 having the general Formula VJII. A solution of compound 9d-1 , prepared according to Example 21 , in 1 :1 water/acetonitrile was treated with Nal04 and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered, and the filtrate, was concentrated in vacuum. The resulting residue was partitioned between water and CH2CI2. The organic layer was separated, filtered through 1 PS paper, concentrated in vacuum, and purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 4:1, 2:1, and 1:1 hexane/Et2O to provide compound 11d-1.
Example 23
Preparation of 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-(4-fluorophenylsulfanyl)-1 H-indazole (13d) Figure 23 shows the reaction scheme for the preparation of compound'
13d having the general Formuia VII. Step A: A solution of 5-iodoindazole (compound 1d) in pyridine was treated with benzenesulfonyl chloride at room temperature for 18 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was taken up in CH2CI and 1N HCl. The organic layer was separated, filtered through 1 PS filter paper, and concentrated in vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column eluting with 5:1 hexane Et2O to provide compound 12d.
Step B: A mixture of compound 12d,.5N KOH, copper powder, and 4- fluorothiphenol in a solution of water and DMF was heated at reflux for about 18 hours. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, acidified with 1 N HCl, and extracted with CH2CI2. The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper, concentrated in vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with 4:1 hexane/Et20 to provide compound 13d. Example 24
Preparation of 3-chloro-6-phenoχybenzo[d]isoxazole (8e-1)
Figure 24 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 8e having the general Formula V. In this example, the synthesis of compound 8e-1 , where Ar2 is phenyl, is described. Step A: A solution of 4-fluoro-2-hydroxybenzoic acid (compound 1e) in
MeOH was slowly treated with concentrated H2SO4 and then heated at reflux for 12 days. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuum to a yellow oil, and the oil was taken up in CH2CI2. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, brine, and water, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to provide 12.7 g of compound 2e as an amber oil.
Step B: A solution of compound 2e, K2CO3, and benzyl chloride in DMF (200 mL) was heated at 95° C for 18 hours. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum to a yellow oil. The oil was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 7:2 hexane/EtOAc to provide 19.4 g of compound 3'e as a clear oil. Step C: A solution of compound 3e in DMSO (2 mL) was treated with K2CO3, followed by the addition of Ar2OH at room temperature in a nitrogen atmosphere. In this example, Ar2OH was phenol. The mixture was heated at 90°C for 3 days in a nitrogen atmosphere. Water (1 mL) was slowly added, and the product extracted with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to a dark oil. The oil was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 6:1 hexane/Et.2θ, to provide compound 4e-1 as a clear oil. Step D: A 1.0 M solution of compound 4e-1 in MeOH (30 mL) was purged with nitrogen and treated with 20% Pd(OH)2/C (15% wt. = 297 mg). The reaction mixture was purged with additional nitrogen and then stirred at room temperature for 2 days under hydrogen. The catalyst was filtered off and washed with MeOH. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuum to a clear oil, which was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 5% Et2θ/hexane, to provide compound 5e-1 as a clear oil.
Step E: 3M NaOH (9 mL) was added to a solution of NH2OH-HCI in water (14 mL), followed by addition of a solution of compound 5e-1 in dioxane
(10 mL). The cloudy mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting clear mixture was cooled in an ice bath, ■t t '" acidified with 2M HCl, and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic " layers were washed with brine, filtered through 1PS paper and evaporated in vacuum to provide 235 mg of a beige solid. This solid was triturated in 4:1 hexane/EtOAc, and the resulting white solid, compound 6e-1, was collected by filtration.
Step F: A solution of carbonyldiimidazole in THF was added to a refluxing solution of compound 6e-1 in THF, and refluxing was continued for 8 hours. The mixture was then concentrated in vacuum, diluted with water, acidified with 1N HCl and extracted with CH2CI2. The organic layer was filtered through 1PS paper, and evaporated in vacuum to provide compound 7e-1 as a pale yellow solid or foam. Step G: A suspension of compound 7e-1 in POCI3 was treated with triethylamine at room temperature, and the mixture was heated at 110°C for 6 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into a beaker containing ice water. The product was extracted with CH2CI2, filtered through 1 PS paper and evaporated in vacuum to provide 0 mg of compound 8e-1 as an amber oil.
Example 25
Preparation of 3,6-diphenoxy-benzorcf[isoxazole (9e-1)
Figure 25 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 9e having the general Formula V. In this example, the synthesis of compound 9e-1 , where Ar1 is phenyl and Ar2 is phenyl, is described. A solution of compound 8e-1 , prepared according to Example 24, in DMF (1 mL) was added to a mixture of NaH and phenol (1 mL) in DMF. The reaction mixture was heated at 110°C for 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated in vacuum and the residue was partitioned between 1 N HCl and CH2CI2. The organic layer was separated and filtered through 1 PS paper. Evaporate of the solvent afforded a brown oil, which was purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with 4:1 hexane/Et2O to provide, compound 9e-1 as a clear oil that solidified to long white needles. Example 26 "
Preparation of (4-methoxy-phenyl)-(6-phenoxy-benzolffilisoxazol-3-yl)-a!n;ne
(10e~1)
Figure 26 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 10e having the general Formula V. In this example, the synthesis of compound 10e-1 , where Ar1 is 4-methoxyphenyl and Ar2 is phenyl, is described. A solution of Ar1NH2 in THF was cooled to -78° C and treated with n-butyl lithium under a nitrogen atmosphere. In this example, Ar1NH2 was aniline. After stirring at -78° C for 20 minutes, a solution of compound 8e-1 ,. prepared according to Example 25, in THF. was added under nitrogen. The mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, then quenched with aqueous saturated NH4CI extracted with CH2CI2. The organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl and water, filtered through 1 PS paper, concentrated in vacuum and purified on a SepPak cartridge eluting with 4:1 hexane/ Et2O to provide compound 10e-1 as a yellow oil.
Example 27 Preparation of (2.4-difluorophenylV(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-methanone oxime (7f-1 )
Figure 27 shows the synthetic reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 7f having the general Formula XII. In this example, the synthesis of compound 7f-1 , where R1 is isobutyl, R2 is H, and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl is described.
Step A: Ammonium tetrafluoroborate (20.97 g, 200 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous acetic acid (500 mL AcOH/250 mL water) and cooled to 0°C. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline (compound 1f, 18.61 g, 100 mmol) and 42 mL of aqueous concentrated HCl (36% w/w, 12N, 500 mmol) were sequentially added. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at 0° C, and then NaNO2 (7.59 g, 110 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 0° C and warmed to room temperature. After 16 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped with toluene and dried under high vacuum. The solid was suspended in 500 mL of CHCI3 and KOAc (12.76 g, 130 mmol) and 18-crown- 6 (7.93 g, 30 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred for 1.5 hours at room temperature. The mixture was washed with water, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 30 g of 5-bromo-1 H-indazole. (2f) as a tan solid. The crude material- was used without further purification.
Step B: Crude compound 2f ( 00 mmol) was dissolved in 250 mL of DMF. K2CO3 (20.7 g, 150 mmol) and 1 -bromo-2-methylpropane (16.3 mL, 150 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to 120°C under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (200 mL) and CH2GI2 (200 mL) were added to the residue and stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide about 30 g of crude. The crude was purified by chromatography (1 :9 to 1 :4 ether/hexanes) to provide 12.87 g of compound 3f-1 as a dark red oil, yielding 50.8% for Steps A and B. MS ESI (+) m/z 253 and 255 (M+1) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.87 (m, 1H), 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.33 (m, 1H), 0.92 (m, 6H).
Step C: Compound 3f-1 (121.0 mg, 0.478 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of ether and cooled to -78° C. To the solution was added f-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.59 mL, 1.004 mmol). The reaction stirred an additional hour at - 78° C. 2,6-Difluorobenzaldehyde (58 μL, 0.526 mmol) was added at -78°C, the cold bath was removed and the reaction slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted several times with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgS0 , filtered through Celite, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by chromatography with 1:1 ethec/hexanes to provide compound 4f-1 as a pale yellow crystalline solid (104.5 mg, 69.1% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 317 (M+1) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.96 (s, H), 7.73 (s, 1 H), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.40 - 7.35 (m, 2H), 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.78 (m, 1H), 6.22 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.39 ~ 2.26 (m, 2H, overlapped with -OH), 0.92 ( , 6H).
Step D: Compound 4f-1 (316.3 mg, 1.00 mmol), tπacetoxyperiodinane (445.3 mg, 1.05 mmol), and 10 mL of CH2CI2 were stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with 10 mL of saturated K2CO3 solution and layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 and the combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and- concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude • was purified by chromatography with 1 :2 ether/hexanes to provide 237.6 mg of compound 5f-1 as a viscous light brown oil (75.6% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 315 (M+1) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.16 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.99 (m, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.03 (m, 1H), 6.94 (m, 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 2.37 (m, 1H), 0.95 (m, 6H).
Step E: A mixture of compound 5f-1 (96.7 mg, 0.308 mmol), hydroxylamine-HCI (compound 6f-1; 213.8 mg, 3.076 mmol), and 5 mL of pyridine was stirred at room temperature for 65 hours. Excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in 20 mL of CH2CI2. A white solid precipitated, and the mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with 1 N HCl. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by chromatography with 1 :2 ether/hexanes to provide 66.5 mg of compound 7f-1 as a pale yellow foamy solid (65.5% yield), which was a 1 :4 mixture of isomers. MS ESI (+) m/z 330 (M+1) detected.
Example 28
Preparation of (2.4-difluorophenyl)-(1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)- methanone O-ethyl-oxime (7f-3)
In this example, the synthesis of compound.7f-3 having the'general Formula XII as shown.in Figure 27, where R1 is isobutyl, R2 is ethyl, and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl is described. Compound 5f where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl was prepared according to Steps ArD of Example 27. A mixture of a compound 5f (43.3 mg, 0.138 mmol), O-ethyl-hydroxylamine-HCI salt (53.8 mg, 0.551 mmol), and 2.mL of dry pyridine was stirred -at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 90 hours at room temperature. Excess pyridine as removed under reduced pressure. To the residue were added 2 mL of water and 2 mL of CH2CI2. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl (20 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:4 ether/hexanes to provide 21.2 mg of compound 7f-3 as an oil (43.1 % yield), which was a 1 :9 mixture of isomers. Example 29
Preparation of f2-r(2,4-difluorophenyl)-(1-isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-vD- methyleneaminooxyl-ethylVcarbamic acid fert-butyl ester (7f-5)
In this example, the synthesis of compound 7f-5 having the general Formula XII as shown in Figure 27, where R is isobutyl, R2 is CH2CH2NHB0C, and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl is described. Compound 5f, where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl was prepared according to steps A-D of Example 27. A mixture of compound 5f (50 mg, 0.159 mmol), (2-aminooxyethyl)- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester prepared as described in Example 30 (112 mg, 0.636 mmol), pyridine (1.5 mL), and a drop of 6N HCI-MeOH (1:1 mixture of concentrated HCl and MeOH by volume) was stirred at room temperature for 64 hours. Excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :2 ether/hexanes yielding 63.9% yield of compound 7f-5. Example 30
Preparation of (2-aminooxy-ethyl)-carbamic acid f-butyl ester
Figure 28 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of (2-aminooxy- ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester.
Step A: A mixture of (2-bromo-ethyl)-carbamic acid -f-butyl ester (2.77 g, 12.39 mmol), N-hydroxyphthalimide (2.02 g, 12.39 mmol), TEA (5.18 mL, 37.16 mmol) and 25 mL of DMF was stirred at room temperature for 64 hours. The mixture was diluted with 100 mL of water. A white solid precipitated and was collected by filtration. The solid was dissolved in CH2CI2 (50 mL) and the solution was washed with 1 N HCl (20 mL), saturated NaHCO3 (20 mL) water (20 mL), and brine (20 mL). The solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through- Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure: to provide • 0.842 g of a white solid (22% yield).
Step B: [2-(1 ,3-dioxo-1 ,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yloxy)-ethylj-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (0.842 g, 2.749 mmol) was dissolved in 20 ml of CH2Cl2 and methylhydrazine (150 /L, 2.776 mmol) was added at room temperature. As soon as methylhydrazine was added, a white precipitate was formed. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 0.496 g of a viscous oil (102% yield). The crude material was used without further purification. Example 31
Preparation of (4-fluorophenvO-(1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-methanone oxime am.
In this example, the synthesis of compound 7f-2 having the general Formula XII as shown in Figure 27, where R1 is isobutyl, R2 is H, and Ar is 4- fluorophenyl is described.
Steps A and B: Compound 3f was prepared as described in steps A and B of Example 27..
Step C: Compound 3f-2 (616.3 mg, 2.436 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL of ether and cooled to -78° C. To the solution was added t- BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 2.94 mL) dropwise. After the addition of ι'-BuLi, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at -78° C. 4-fluorobenzaldehyde (290 μL, 2.678 mmol) was added dropwise at -78° C. The mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with CH2CI2 and the combined extracts were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated to provide 750 mg of compo'und 4f-2 as a tan, solid." The solid was purified by chromatography with 1 :1 ' ether/hexanes to provide 554 mg of compound 4f-2 as a light brown solid (76.3 % yield).
Step D: Compound 4f-2 (100.6 mg, 0.337 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of CH2CI2 and "Dess Martin periodinane" (triacetoxyperiodinane; 150.2 mg, 0.354 mmol) was added to the solution. The mixture became turbid after 25 minutes at room temperature. The reaction was stirred an additional 30 minutes at room temperature and was transferred to a separatory funnel. The mixture was diluted with 30 mL of CH2CI2 and washed with saturated NaHC03. A yellow insoluble solid -was formed between the organic and • aqueous layers and was removed. The organic layer was dried over ' anhydrous MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :1 ether/hexanes to provide compound 5f-2 as an oil in 85.4 % yield.
Step E: A mixture of compound 5f-2 (41.6 mg, 0.140 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (20.0 mg, 0.281 mmol) in 1mL of pyridine was stirred overnight at room temperature. After one day, an HPLC trace showed about 50% conversion. An additional 5 equivalents of NH2OH-HCI were added and the reaction was stirred for 72 hours. Excess pyridine was removed under - reduced pressure and the residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :2 ether/hexanes, to provide 31.4 mg of compound 7f-2 (71.8% yield) as a 1 :2 mixture of isomers. MS ESI (+) m/z 312 (M+1) detected.
Example 32
Preparation of (4-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-methanone
O-ethyl-oxime (7f-4) In this example, the synthesis of compound 7f-4 having the general
Formula XII as shown in Figure 27, where R1 is isobutyl, R2 is ethyl, and Ar is 4-fluorophenyl is described.
Steps A-D: Compound 5f-2 was prepared as described in steps A-D of Example 31.. Step E: A mixture of compound 5f-2 (51.2 mg, 0.173 mmol), O-ethyl- hydroxylamine-HCI (67.4 mg, 0.691 mmol), and 2 mL of dry pyridine was stirred at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 90 hrs at room temperature. Excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure. To the residue was added 2 mL of water and 2 mL of CH2CI2. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl (20 mL), dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :4 ether/hexanes to provide 47.1 "mg of compound 7f-4 as an oil (80.3 % yield), which was a 1:2 mixture of isomers. MS ESI (+) m/z 340 (M+1) detected. Example 33
Preparation of (2-f(4-fluorophenyl)-(1-isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-ylV methyleneaminooxyl-ethvD-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (7f-6)
In this example, the synthesis of compound 7f-6 having the general Formula XII as shown in Figure 27, where R1 is isobutyl, R2 isCH2CH2NHBoc, and Ar is 4-fluorophenyl is described.
Steps A-D: Compound 5f-2 was prepared as described in steps A-D of Example 31.
Step E: A mixture of compo'und 5f-2, (2-aminooxyethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester prepared as described in Example 30 (120 mg, 0.675 mmol), pyridine (1.5 mL), and a drop of 6N HCI/MeOH (1:1 mixture of concentrated HCl and MeOH by volume) was stirred at room temperature for 39 hours. Excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :1 ether/hexanes to provide 65.6 mg (85.5% yield) of compound 7f-6 as pale yellow oil. 1 H-NMR showed that compound 7f-6 was a 1 :1.8 ratio of isomers.
Example 34
Preparation of (2,4-difluorophenviy(1-isobutyl-1H-indazo1-5-yl)-methanone O- benzyl-oxime (7f-7) The synthesis of compound 7f-7 having the general Formula XII is
( ( shown in Figure 27.
Step A: Compound 5f was prepared as described in Example 27.
Step B: Compound 5f (76.9 mg, 0.244 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of pyridine and O-benzylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.195 g, 1.22 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in CH2CI2 and the suspension was filtered through a plug of cotton and purified by ' chromatography with 1 :4 ether/hexanes to provide 0.069 g of compound 7f-7 as a 1 :4 mixture of E arid Z-isomers (67.2 % yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 420 (M+H) detected. Example 35
Preparation of (2.4-diflυorophenyl)-(1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-methanone O-
(2-aminoethyl)-oxime (7f-8)
The synthesis of compound 7f-8 having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27.
Step A: Compound 7f-5 was prepared as described in Example 29.
Step B: Compound 7f-5 (32.3 mg, 0.0656 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of 1 :1 mixture of CH2CI2: TFA and the mixture was stirred for 0.5 hours at room temperature. The entire mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dried under high vacuum overnight. The residue was dissolved in 5 mL of CH2CI2 and washed with saturated K2CO3. The organic layer was ' dried over MgS0 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 18.6 mg of compound 7f-8 as an oil (76.1% yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 373 (M+H) detected. Example 36
Preparation of (4-fluorophenyl)-(1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-methanone Q- methyl-oxime (7f-9)
The synthesis of compound 7f-9 having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27. Step A: Compound 5f-2 was prepared as described in Example 31.
Step B: Compound 5f-2 was dissolved ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (120 mg, 0.675 mmol), pyridine (1.5 mL), and one drop in 2 mL of pyridine and MeONH2-HCl was added, the mixture was. stirred at room temperature for 2 days and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in CH2CI2 and the suspension was filtered through a plug of cotton and purified by chromatography with 1 :4 ether/hexanes to provide 33.5 mg of fraction 1 , 1.0 mg of fraction 2, and 17.7 mg of a mixed fraction, totaling 52.2 mg of compound 7f-9 (58% yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 344 (M+H) detected; Example 37
Preparation of (4-fluorophenyl)-(1-isobutvI-1H-indazol-5-ylVmethanone O-(2- aminoethvD-oxime (7f-10)
The synthesis of compound 7f-10 having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27.
Step A: Compound 7f-6 was prepared as described in Example 33.
Step B: Compound 7f-6 (50.5 mg, 0.107 mmol) was dissolved in 4 mL of CH2CI2 and trifluoroacetic acid (4 L) was added to the solution. After 0.5 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dried under high vacuum overnight. The oil was dissolved in 10 mL of CH2CI2 and washed with saturated K2CO3 solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgS04, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 34.9 mg of compound 7f-10 as an oil comprising a 1:2 mixture of isomers (88.6% yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 355 (M+H) detected. Example 38
Preparation of 2,4-difluorophenyl)-(1-methyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-methanone O- methyl oxime (7f-11 )
The synthesis of compound 7f-11 having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27. Step A: Compound 9f-1 was prepared as described in Example 74.
• Step B: Compound 9f-1 (622 mg, 2.409 mmol}, K2CO3 (499 mg, 1.50 equivalents), and DMF (10 mL) were placed in a- Schlenk tube, lodomethane (225 μL, 1.50 equivalents) was added and the tube was sealed. The tube was heated to 100°C. After 23 hours at 100°C, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and unsealed. The mixture was transferred to round bottomed flask and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was quenched with water and CH2CI2 and layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :1 ether/hexanes to provide 176 mg of compound 5f-13 as a yellow solid (26.9% yield). MS (ES1+) m/z 273 (M+H) detected.
Step C: Compound 5f-13 (0.040 g, 0.147 mmol) and methoxylamine HCl salt (0.123 g, 1.47 mmol) were placed in a 5 mL reaction vial and 1mL of pyridine was added. The reaction vial was sealed and heated to 50°C. After 18 hours excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and water was added to the residue. The aqueous mixture was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl and saturated NaHC03, dried over MgS04, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :1 ether/hexanes to provide 0.033 g of compound 7f-11 (74.6% yield) as a viscous oil comprising a 1 :9 mixture of isomers. MS (ESI+) m/z 302 (M+H) detected.
Example 39
Preparation of (2.4-difluorophenyl)-ri-f2.2.2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-indazol-5-vn- methanone oxime f7f-12) The synthesis of compound 7f-12 having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27.
Step A: Compound 5f-11 was prepared as described in Example 74.
Step B: Compound 5f-11 ,' hydroxylamine-HCI (0.051 g 0.735 mmol), and 1 mL of pyridine was placed in a vial and the mixture was heated to 50°C. After 14.5 hours pyridine was removed underreduced pressure and the residue was diluted with CH2CI2 and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCf and saturated NaHCO3, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :1 ether/hexanes to provide 22.9 mg (87.7 % yield) of compound 7f-12 as a white foam comprising a 1 :4 mixture of isomers. MS (ESI+) m/z 356 (M+H) detected.
Example 40
Preparation of (2.4-difluorophenyl)-ri-(2.2.2-trifluoro-ethyl)-1H-indazσl-5-vn- methanone O-methyl oxime (7f-13)
The synthesis of compound 7f-13 having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27.
Step A: Compound 5f-11 was prepared as described in Example 74.
Step B: Compound 5f-11 (0.023 g, 0.067 mmol), hydroxylamine-HCI (0.056 g, 0.676 mmol), and 1 mL of pyridine were placed in a vial and the mixture was heated to 50°C. After 14.5 hours the pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with CH2CI2 and water. The ' layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl and saturated NaHCO3, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 19.6 mg of compound 7f-13 (78.5% yield) as a white foam comprising a 1 :4 mixture of isomers. MS (ES1+) m/z 370 (M+H) detected.
Example 41
Preparation of (2.4-difluorophenyl)-(1-methanesulfonyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl) methanone oxime (7f-14)
The synthesis of compound 7f-14 having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27.
Step A: Compound 9f-1 was prepared as described in Example 13.
Step B: Compound 9f-1 (258 mg, 1.00 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of
Λ pyridine and methanesulfonyl chloride (81 μL, 1.05 mmol) was added. After
15 hours excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and water
• was added to the residue. The aqueous mixture was extracted with CH2CI2.
The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl and saturated NaHCO3, dried over MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 238.1 mg of compound 5f-14 as a white solid (70.8% overall yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 7.66 (q, 1H), 7.06 (t, 1H), 6.95 (t, 1H), 3.36 (s, 3H).
Step C: Compound 5f-14 (0.060 g, 0.177 mmol), hydroxylamine-HCI (0.123 g, 1.77 mmol), and 1 mL of pyridine was place in a vial and the mixture was heated to 50°C. After 26 hours excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with CH2CI2 and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl and saturated NaHC03, dried over anhydrous MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. • The residue was purified by chromatography with 2:1 ether/hexanes. The compound was dissolved in MeOH-CH2Cl2 mixture and loaded to the column yielding 37.4 mg (60.0 % yield) of compound 7f-14 as a white powder comprising a 1:2 mixture of isomers. MS (ESI+) m/z 352 (M+H) detected. Example 42
Preparation of (2,4-difluorophenyl)-(1-methanesulfonyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)- methanone O-methyl oxime (7f-15)
The synthesis of compound 7f-15 having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27. Step A: Compound 5f-14 was prepared as described in Example 41.
Step B: Compound 5f-14 (0.060 g, 0.250 mmol), methoxylamine-HCI, (0.209 g, 2.50 mmol), and 1 mL of pyridine Were placed in a vial and the mixture was heated to 50°C. After 26.5 hours excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with CH2CI2 and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl and saturated NaHC03, dried over anhydrous MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide compound 44.8 mg of 7f-15 as a white solid comprising a 1:4 mixture of isomers (49% yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 366 (M+H) detected.
Example 43
Preparation of (2,4-difluorophenvO-(1H-indazol-5-yl)-methanone Q-methyl oxime (7f-16)
The synthesis of compound 7f-16 having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27.
• Step A: Compound 9f-1 was prepared as described in Example 13. Step B: Compound 9f-1 and methoxylamine HCl salt were placed in a 5 mL reaction vial and 1 mL of pyridine was added. The reaction vial was sealed and heated to 50°C. After 18 hours, excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and water (10 mL) was added to the residue. The aqueous mixture was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl (20 L) and saturated NaHCO3 (20 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 33.0 mg (74.6% yield) of compound 7f-16 as a viscous oil comprising a 1 :4 mixture of isomers. MS (ESI+) m/z 288 (M+H) detected.
Example 44
Preparation of (1-allyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-methanone oxime
(7f-17)
The synthesis of compound 7f-17 having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27.
Step A: Compound 9f-1.was prepared as described in Example 13.
Step B: Compound 9f-1 (0.516 g, 2.00 mmol), K2CO3 (0.0415 g, 3.00 mmol), DMF (10 mL), and allyl bromide (0.363, 3.00 mmol were added to a Schlenk type tube. The tube was sealed and heated to 100°C. After 19 hours the supernatant solution was decanted and salt was washed with DMF (5 mL •.X 3). he combined supernatant solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 and washed with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :1 ether/hexanes to provide 142.1 mg (23.8 % yield) of compound 5f-12. MS (ESI+) m/z 299 (M+H) detected.
Step C: Compound 5f-12 (0.027 g, 0.090 mmol), hydroxylamine-HCI (0.063 g, 0.90 mmol), and pyridine (1 mL) were placed in a reaction vial and the mixture was heated to 50°C. After 2'1.5 hours the reaction was transferred to a separatory funnel and water (10 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl (20 mL) and saturated NaHCO3, dried over MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 23.1 mg (81.6 % yield) of compound 7f-17 as a foamy solid comprising a 1 :3 mixture of isomers. MS (ESI+) m/z 356 (M+H) detected. . . *
Example 45
Preparation of (1-allyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-(2.4-difluorophenyl)-methanone O- methyl oxime (7f-18) The synthesis of compound 7f-18 having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27.
Step A: Compound 5f-12 was prepared as described in Example 44.
Step B: Compound 5f-12 (0.027 g, 0.090 mmol), methoxylamine-HCI (0.063 g, 0.90 mmol), and pyridine (1 mL) were placed in a reaction vial and the mixture was heated to 50°C. After 21.5 hours the reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and water (10 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were washed with. 1 N HCl and saturated NaHCO3, dried over MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1 :1 ether/hexanes to provide 24.7 mg (83.1 % yield) of compound 7f-18 as an oil comprising a 1:3 mixture of isomers. MS (ESI÷) m/z 328 (M+H) detected.
Examples 46-61 describe the synthesis of amide compound of this invention having the generic Formula XIII. Figure 29 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis compounds having the generic structure 1g.
Example 46
Preparation of 5-(4-fluoropherioxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid amjde (1q-1)
Step A: 1-Fluoro-3-methyl-benzene (compound 1g; 18.7 g, 170 mmol) was added to a three neck 500 mL flask and cooled to -78°C. Next, solution of potassium t-butoxide (11.0 g, 170 mmol) in THF was added slowly by syringe. After 10 minutes, t-BuLi (19.0 g, 170 mmol) in pentane was added slowly by cannula under nitrogen to the reaction. After 2.5 hours of stirring, the reaction was quenched with large amount of crushed fresh dry ice, taken off the -78°C bath and manually stirred with a metal spatula to turn the dark brown material into a much lighter yellow slurry. After 20 minutes of mixing by hand, about 500 mL of water were added and reaction mixture was stirred. The reaction mixture was then washed with Et2O and then acidified with 6 N HCl to pH less than 3 and extracted with Et2O. The organic was washed with brine, dried over MgSO filtered and concentrated to yield 10 gm (45% yield) of compound 2g. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7!90 (t, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H).
Step B: Compound 2g (8.0 g, 52 mmol) was added to a 500 mL flask and cooled to salt water ice bath temp. H2SO4 (150 mL) was added and the mixture sfirred. Next, a mixture of freshly prepared H2S04 (6.11 g, 62.3 mmol) and HNO3 (5.2 g, 83 mmol) was dripped into the reaction mixture over 10 minutes. After 3 hours at 0°C, the reaction was complete and was added to 1500 ml of ice/ice water and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction was filtered and rinsed several times with cold water and dried under high vacuum, yielding 8 g (80 % yield) of compound 3g. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.74 (d, 1 H), 7.20 (d, 1 H), 2.69 (s, 3H).
Step C: Compound 3g (8 g, 40.0 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH and H2SO4 (20.0 g, 201 mmol) was slowly added. The reaction was heated to 65°C for 20 hours. The reaction was concentrated, diluted with ice and water; sonicated, filtered, rinsed several times with cold water and dried on high vacuum for 2 days. The crude was material, compound 4g, was used directly in the next step. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.66 (d, 1 H), 7.01 (d, 1 H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.68 (s, 3H).
Step D: Compound 4g (5.4 g, 41 mmol) was added to THF and cooled to 0°C. To this was added 4-fluorophenol (5.1 g, 45 mmol). Next, NaH (60% in oils) (1.8 g, 45 mmol) was added in portions. After 1. hour, the reaction warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 more hours. The reaction was concentrated and quenched with a large excess of 0.5 N Na2CO3to pH 7.0. The reaction was sonicated for 30 minutes, filtered, and rinsed with more buffer and H2O. The reaction was dried on high vacuum for T hour, then added to THF and MgSO4 to dry, was filtered and evaporated to yield, approximately 8 g (75% yield) of compound 5g. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 8.66 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.68 (s, 3H).
Step E: Compound 5g (10.0 g, 33.0 mmol) and zinc (11.0 g, 164 mmol) were added to methanol and stirred. Acetic acid (4.0 g, 66 mmol) was slowly added. The reaction was stirred overnight, sonicated and passed through Celite. Solution was concentrated to yield approximately 14 g of compound 6g and zinc by-products. The crude material was taken on to the next step.
Step F: Compound 6g (9.0 g, 33.0 mmol), ammonium tetrafluoroborate (6.0 g, 65 mmol), and HCl (17,0 g, 163 mmol), were added to 200 mL of AcOH/H20 (2:1 ) an sonicated. The material was scraped off the sides of round bottom and aNO2 (2.7 g, 3 mmol) was added. The reaction was sonicated for 10 minutes turning dark brown while the appearance of a new precipitate formed (product salt). The reaction was allowed to stir for 4 hours. The reaction was concentrated on a speed vacuum at 65°C, then taken up in toluene and evaporated to dryness. The crude material, compound 7g, was taken directly on to the next step without any workup.
Ste G: Compound 7g (11.0 g, 31 mmol), potassium acetate (δ.l' g, 53 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (0.1 equivalents) were added to chloroform and sonicated for 10 minutes. The reaction ran overnight at room temperature. A column was packed in a 1000 mL filter flask consisting of approximately 2 • inches of silica gel, 2 inches of Celite layered on top or the silica gel, a sheet of filter paper on top of the Celite, and one half inch of sand on top of the filter paper. The column was washed with CHCI3. The crude material was loaded onto the column directly in CHCI3, and the column was eluted with CHCI3 until a large amount of yellow material came off. Next, the product was eluted from the column with ethyl acetate and the ethyl acetate collections were pooled and concentrated to give around 7 g (95 % yield) of compound.8g. MS (ESI+) m/z 287 (M+H) detected.
Step H: Compound 8g (0.250 g, 0.87 mmol), was added to dry DMF, and to this was added isobutyl bromide (0.15 mL, 1.2 mmol), and K2CO3 (0.5 g, 3.6 mmol). This reaction mixture was then placed in a septum covered vial and stirred at 95°C overnight. The material was purified by column chromatography with 1 :1 diethyl ether/hexanes to provide 0.1 g (33% yield) of compound 9g-1. MS (ESI+) m/z 343 (M+H) detected.
Step I: Compound 9g-1 (0.100 g, 0.292 mmol) was placed in a 1 :1 mixture of 1 N LiOH THF and stirred at 55°C. After 4 hours, the THF was evaporated and 1 N HCl was added. The reaction mixture was sonicated and filtered to isolate around 0.075 g (78 % yield) of compound 10g as a pure material. MS (ESI+) m/z 329 (M+H) detected.
Step J: A solution of compound 10g (20 mg, 0.061 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was treated with CDI (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with 0.5 M NH in dioxane (0.1 1 mL, 0.67 mmol). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the mixture was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with CH2CI2 - 5% MeOH/CH2CI2 to provide 2.2 mg of compound 1 1g-1 as an oil in 12% yield. H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.01 (s, 1 H), 7.99 (s, 1 H), 7.73 (s, 1 H), 7.57 (s, 1 H), 7.26 (s, 1 H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 4.27 (d, 2H), 2.24 ( , 1 H) 0.66 (d, 6H).
Example 47
Preparation of r5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-yll- morpholin-4-yl-methanone (11g-2) A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with morpholine (1 equivalent). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH2CI2 to MeOH/ CH2CI2 to provide compound 11g-2 as an oil in 93% yield.
Example 48
Preparation of r5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-vn- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-methanone (11g-3) A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyI-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with 1-methyl:piperazine (1 equivalent). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak •cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH2CI2 to 5% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to provide compound 11g-3 as an oil in 95% yield.
Example 49
Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)-amide (11q-4)
A solution of 5-(4-fluofophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with 1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl-amine (1 equivalent). After an additional 18 hours, the sojvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH2CI2 to 5% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to . provide compound 11g-4 as an oil in 97% yield.
Example 50 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6^carboxylic acid
(2-benzylaminoethylVamide (11q-5)
A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under . nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring at for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with N1-benzyl-ethane-1 ,2-diamine (1 equivalent). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH2CI2 to MeOH/ CH2CI2 to provide compound 11 g-5 as an oil in 100% yield.
Example 51 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid f2-piperidin-yl-ethyl)-amide (11q-6)
A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with 2-piperidin-1-yl-ethylamine (1 equivalent). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH2CI2 to 5% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to provide compound 11g-6 as an oil in 100% yield. ' Example 52
Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amide (11q-7)
A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl- 1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the- reaction was treated with 2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethylamine (1 equivalent). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH2CI2 to 5% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to provide compound 11g-7 as an oil in 63% yield.
Example 53
Preparation of 5-f4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (3-morpholin-4-yl-propyl)-amide (11q-8)
A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl- 1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with. carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with 3-morpholin-4-yl-propylamine (1 equivalent). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH2CI2 to 5% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to provide compound 11g-8 as an oil in 70% yield.
Example 54
Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (3-dimethylaminopropyO-amide (11q-9)
A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with N-1-dimethyl-propane-1 ,3-diamine (1 equivalent). After 18 additional hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH2CI2 to 5% MeOH/ CH2C!2 to provide compound 11g-9 as an oil in 44% yield.
Example 55 .
Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl- H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (2-dimethylaminoethyl)-amide (11 g-10) A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with N1-dimethyl-ethane-1,2-diamine; 1 equivalent). After 18 additional hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH2CI2 to 5% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to provide compound 11g-10 as an oil in 58% yield.
Example 56
Preparation of 5-f4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic a id , . methyl-(1 -methylpiperidin-4^yl)-amide ( 1 q-11 ) • •
A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with methyl-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-amine (1 equivalent). After 18 additional hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH2CI2 to 5% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to provide compound 11g-11 as an oil in 3% yield.
Example 57
Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid f3-(methylphenylamino)-propyn-amide (11q-12)
A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carbpxylic acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with N1-Methyl-N1-phenyl-propane-1,3-diamine (1 equivalent). After 18 additional hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH2CI2 to 5% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to provide compound 11g-12 as an oil in 78% yield. .
Example 58 Preparation of 3-{f5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carbonyll- aminor-pyrrolidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (11q-13)
A solution of 5-(4-flubrophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was . treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with 3-amino-pyrrolidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (1 equivalent). After 18 additional hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH2CI2 to 5% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to provide compound 11g-13 as an oil in 94%.yield. Example 59
Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -(2.2.2-trifluoroethyl)-1 H-indazole-6- carboxylic acid (2-dimethylaminoethyl) amide (11q-14)
Step A: Compound 8g was prepared as described in Example 46. Step B: Compound 8g, 2-bromo-1 ,1 ,1-trifIuoro-ethane and K2CO3 and
DMF were combined and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 75°C. Two additional equivalents of 2-bromo- 1 ,1,1 -trifluoroethane were added and the reaction stirred at 90 °C. Several additional equivalents of 2-bromo-1 ,1,1- trifluoroethane were added and the reaction stirred at 50°C for 72 hours. The reaction was concentrated, taken up in toluene, and purified by column chromatography (eluted with hexane/Et2O), yielding 80 mg (24 % yield) of compound 9g-2. MS (ESI+) m/z 369 (M+H) detected.
Step C: Compound 9g-2 (0.075 g, 0.20 mmol) was placed in a 1 :1 mixture of 1 N LiOH/THF and stirred for 18 hours at room temperature. The THF was evaporated and 1 N HCl was added to the reaction mixture, which was then sonicated and filtered to isolate approximately 0.070 g (97 % yield) of compound 10g-2 as pure material. MS (ESI+) m/z 355 (M+H) detected.
Step D: Compound 10g-2 (0.03 g, 0.847 mmol), benzotriazole-1 ,3-diol (0.022 g, 0.25 mmol) and (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-ethylcarbodiimide (0.011 g, 0.10 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and stirred for 5 minutes. Next, Λ 1- dimethyl-ethane-1 ,2-diamine (0.019 g, O.iO mmol) was added and the reaction stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, taken up in dicloromethane, dried under high vacuum and purified by reverse phase HPLC according to method C (see below), yielding 25 mg (56 % yield) of compound 11g-14 as the TFA salt. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.12 (m, 4H), 5.02 (q, 2H), 3.93 (br, 2H), 3.34 (br, 6H), 2.72 (s, 6H).
Example 60
Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-methyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (2- dimethylaminoethyl) amide (11q-15)
Step A: Compound 8g was prepared as described in Example 46. Step B: Compound 8g, iodomethane and K2CO3 were added to DMF and heated to about 75°C. After 48 hours the reaction was filtered to remove the K2C03, concentrated, taken up in toluene and purified by column chromatography (eluting with 1 :1 Et2 "O/hexane), yielding 70 mg (36.7 % yield) of compound 9g-3. MS (ESI+) m/z 301 (M+H) detected.
Step C: Compound 9g-3 (0.075g, 0.25 mmol) was placed in a 1:1 mixture of 1 N LiOH / THF and stirred for 18 hours at room temperature. The THF was evaporated and 1 N HCl was added to the reaction mixture, which was then sonicated and filtered to provide approximately 0.060 g (84 % yield) of compoun 10g-3 as pure material. MS (ESI+) m/z 287 (M+H) detected.
Step D: Compound 10g-3 (0.030 g, 0.105 mmol), benzotriazole-1 ,3- diol (0.028 g, 0.31 mmol) and (3-dimethylamino-propyl)-ethyl-carbodiimide (0.019 g, 0.13 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and stirred for 5 minutes. Next, /V1-dimethyl-ethahe-1 ,2-diamine (0.024 g, 0.13 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated, taken up in dichloroethane, dried under high vacuum and purified by reversed phase HPLC according to Method C of Example 86, yielding 25 mg (52 % yield) of compound 11g-15 as the TFA salt. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.44 (br, 1 H), 8.21 (s, 1 H), 7.85 (s, 1 H); 7.05 (m, 4H), 4.15 (s, 3H), 3.90 (br, 2H), 3.30 (br, 2H), 2.92 (s, 6H).
Example 61
Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (2- dimethylaminoethyl) amide (11q-16)
Step A: Compound 8g was prepared as described in Example 46. Step B: Compound 8g was stirred in THF, one volume equivalent of 1
N LiOH was added and the reaction stirred at 6'0°C for 6 hours. The reaction was concentrated, quenched with 1 N HCl, cooled, sonicated, filtered and dried to give 0.40 g of compound 10g-4 (84% pure material). MS (ESI+) m/z- 287 (M+H) detected. - . Step C: Compound 10g-4 (0.030 g, 0.110 mmol), benzotriazole-1 ,3- diol (0.029 g, 0.33 mmol) and (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-ethylcarbodiimide (0.020 g, 0.13 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and stirred for 5 minutes. Next, Λ/1-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine (0.025 g, 0.13 mmol) was added and the. reaction stirred for 3 hours. The reaction was evaporated, taken up in dichloroethane and dried under high vacuum and purified by reversed phase HPLC according to Method B of Example 86, to provide 25 mg (51 % yield) of compound 11g-16 as the TFA salt. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.45 (br, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 7.06 (m, 3H), 3.85 (br, 2H), 3.20 (br, 2H), 2.90 (s, 6H).
Examples 62-67 describe the synthesis of alcohol compounds having the general Formula IX. Figure 30 shows a synthetic reaction scheme for the synthesis of generic compound 4f. •
Example 62
Preparation of (2.4-difluorophenyl)-(1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-methanol (4f-1)
In this example, the synthesis of compound 4f-1 as shown in Figure 30, where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl is described.
Step A: Ammonium tetrafluoroborate (20.97 g, 200 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous acetic acid (500 mL AcOH/250 mL water) and cooled to 0°C. 2-Methyl-4-bromoaniline (compound 1f; 18.61 g, 100 mmol) and 42 mL of aqueous' concentrated HCl (36% w/w, 12N, 500 mmol) were sequentially added. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at 0°C and NaNO2 (7.59 g, 110 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 0°C and warmed to room temperature. After 16 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped with toluene and dried under high vacuum. The solid was suspended in 500 mL of CHCI3 and KOAc (12.76 g, 130 mmol) and 18-crown- 6 (7.93 g, 30 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred for 1.5 hours at ■ room temperature. The mixture was washed with water, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 30 g of 5-bromo-1 H-indazole (compound 2f) as a tan solid. The crude material was used without further purification. Step B: The crude 5-bromo-1 H-indazole (compound 2f; 100 mmol) was dissolved in 250 mL of DMF. K2CO3 (20.7 g, 150 mmol) and 1-bromo-2>- methylpropane (16.3 mL, 150 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to 120°C under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (200 mL) and CH2CI2 (200 mL) were added to the residue and stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide about 30 g of crude material. The crude material was purified by chromatography (1 :9 to 1 :4 ether/hexanes) to provide 12.870 g of compound 3f as a dark red oil, yielding 50.8% for steps A and B. MS ESI (+) m/z 253 and 255 (M+1 ) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.93 (s, 1 H), 7.87 (m, 1H), 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.33 (m, 1H), 0.92 (m, 6H).
Step C: Compound 3f (121.0 mg, 0.478 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of ether and cooled to -78° C. To the solution was added f-BuLi (1.70. M in pentane, 0.59 mL, 1.004 mmol). The reaction stirred an additional hour at - 78° C. 2,6-Difluorobenzaldehyde (58 μL, 0.526 mmol) was added at -78° C, the cold bath was removed and the reaction slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO , filtered through Celite, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 104.5 mg (69.1% yield) compound 4f-1 as a pale yellow crystalline solid1. MS ESI (+') m/z 317 (M+1) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.40 - 7.35 (m, 2H), 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.78 (m, 1H), 6.22 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.39 - 2.26 (m, 2H, overlapped with -OH), 0.92 (m, 6H). Example 63
Preparation of .(4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-methanol
IttJl
In this example, the synthesis of compound 4f-7 as shown in Figure 30, where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl is described.
Steps A-B*. 5-Bromo-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole (compound 3f) was prepared as described in Example 1 , steps A-B.
Step C: Compound 3f (132 mg, 0.521 mmol) in 1 mL of ether was cooled to -78° C. To the solution was added f-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.64 mL, 1.10 mmol). After 1 hour at -78° C, a solution 4-chloro-2-fluorobenz- aldehyde (86.8 mg, 0.548 mmol) in 1 mL of ether was added and the mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature. The mixture was quenched with water (5 mL) and layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 and the combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by chromatography with 1 :2 ether/hexanes to provide 43.7 mg of compound 4f-7 as a pale yellow solid (25.2% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 333 and 335 (M+1 ) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.96 (s, 1 H),' 7.72 (s, 1 H), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.39 - 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.18 (m, 1H), 7.05 (m, 1H), 6;21 (m; 1H),- 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.37 - 2.27 (m, 2H, overlapped with -OH), 0.91 (m, 6H).
Example 64
Preparation of (2-chloro.4-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-methanol
(4f-8)
In this example, the synthesis of compound 4f-8 as shown in Figure 30, where R1ϊs isobutyl and Ar is 2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl is described.
Steps A-B: 5-Bromo-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole (compound 3f) was prepared as described in Example 1 , steps A-B.
Step C: A solution of compound 3f (116.2 mg, 0.459 mmol) in 1 mL of ether was cooled to -78° C. To the solution was added f-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.57 mL) at -78° C. After 1 hour at -78° C, a solution 2-chloro-4- fluorobenzaldehyde (76.4 mg, 0.482 mmol) in 1 mL of ether was added and the mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature. The mixture was quenched with water (5 mL) and layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 and the combined extracts were dried over MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by chromatography with 1 :2 ether/hexanes to provide 47.6 mg of compound 4f-8 as a pale yellow solid (31.2% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 333 and 335 (M+1) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ .7.96 (s, 1H), 7.72 - 7.66 (m, 2H), 7,39 - 7,34 (m, 2H), 7.13 - 7.03 (m, 2H), 6.29 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.38 ~ 2.27 (m, 2H, overlapped with -OH), 0.92 (m, 6H). . Example 65
Preparation of (4-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-methanol (4f-2)
In this example, the synthesis of compound 4f-2 as shown in Figure 30, where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 4-fluorophenyl is described.
Steps A-B: 5-Bromo-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole (compound 3f) was prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-B.
Step C: Compound 3f (1.49 g, 5.89 mmol) was dissolved in 50 mL of ether and the solution was cooled to -78° C. To the solution was added f-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 7.01 mL, 12.07 mmol) dropwise. As the f-BuLi was added, a brown solid formed and the mixture became a slurry. After the complete addition of .-BuLi, the mixture was stirred an additional 30 minutes at -78° C. 4-Fluorobenzaldehyde (700 μL, 6.475 mmol) was added dropwise at -78° C, after hich the cold bath was removed and the reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 20 mL of water and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI and the combined extracts were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated to provide 1.70 g of a tan solid. The solid was then purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/ hexanes to provide 1.233 g of compound 4f-2 as a light brown solid (70.2% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 299 (M+1) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.97 (s, 1 HX 7.72 (s, 1 H), 7.40 ~ 7.31 (m, 4H), 7.07 - 7.00 (m, 2H), 5.96 ( , 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.38 - 2.27 (m, 2H, overlapped with -OH), 0.92 (m, 6H). Example 66
Preparation of (2.4-dichlorophenyl)-(1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-methanol (4f-9)
In this example, the synthesis of compound 4f-9 as shown in Figure 30, where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2,4-dichlorophenyl is described. Steps A-B: 5-Bromo-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole (compound 3f) was prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-B.
Step C: Compound 3f (106.8 mg, 0.422 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of ether. The solution was cooled, to -78° C and stirred for 15 minutes. f-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.52 mL, 0.886 mmol) was slowly added to the mixture. The mixture became a red slurry and was stirred an additional hour at -78° C. 2, 4-Dichlorobenzaldehyde (81.2 mg, 0.464 mmol) was dissolved in 1 mL of ether and the solution was transferred to the slurry by a double ended needle. • The cold bath was removed to allow the reaction warm slowly to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of water and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2C12. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/ hexanes to provide compound 4f-9 as a yellow foam (99.6 mg, 67.6 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 349 and 351 (M+1 ) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.38 ~ 7.36 (m, 3H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 6.27 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.39 (m, H, -OH), 2.37 ~ 2.26 (m, 1H), 0.92 (m, OH).
Example 67
Preparation of (1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-O-tolyrmethanol (4f-1Q)
In this example, the synthesis of compound 4f-10 as shown in Figure 30, where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2-methylphenyl is described. '
Steps A-B; 5-Bromo-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole (compound 3f) was prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-B.
Step.C: Compound 3f (123.3 mg, 0.487 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of ether. The solution was cooled to -78° C and stirred for 15 minutes. f-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.62 mL, 1.023 mmol) was slowly added to the mixture. The mixture became a red slurry and was stirred an additional hour at -78° C. O-Tolualdehyde (62 μL, 0.536 mmol) was added at -78° C and the cold bath was removed to allow the reaction warm slowly to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of water, the layers were separated and • the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide compound 4f-10 as a very viscous pale yellow oil (96.4 mg, 67.2 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 295 (M+1) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.64 ~ 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.38 - 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.29, (m, 1H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.17 ~ 7.13 (m, 1H), 6.13 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.32 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.18 (m, 1H, -OH), 0.91 (m, 6H).
Examples 68-75 describe the synthesis of compound of the general Formula X. Figure 31 shows a synthetic reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 5f.
Example 68
Preparation of (2,4-difluorophenv0-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-methanone
(5f-1)
In this example, the synthesis of compound 5f-1 as shown in Figure 31, where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl is described. vStep A: Ammonium tetrafluoroborate (20.97 g, 200 mmol) was • dissolved in aqueous acetic acid (500 mL AcOH/250 mL water) and cooled to 0°C. 2-Methy!-4-bromoaniline (18.61 g, 100 mmol) and 42 mL of aqueous concentrated HCl (36% w/w, 12N, 500 mmol) were sequentially added. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at 0°C and NaNO2 (7.59 g, 110 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 0°C and warmed to room temperature. After 16 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped with toluene and dried under high vacuum. The solid was suspended in 500 of CHCI3 and KOAc (12.76 g, 130 mmol) and 18-crown.-6.(7.93 g, 30 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred for 1.5 hours at room temperature. The mixture was washed with water, dried over anhydrous MgS04, filtered through Celite and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 30 g of 5-bromo- 1 H-indazole (compound 2f) as a tan solid. The crude material was used without further purification. Step B: The crude 5-bromo-1 H-indazole (compound 2f; 100 mmol) was dissolved in 250 mL of DMF. K2CO3 (20.7 g, 150 mmol) and 1-bromo-2- methylpropane (16.3 mL, 150 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to 120°C under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (200 mL) and CH2CI2 (200 mL) were added to the residue and stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide about 30 g of crude material. The crude material was purified by :. chromatography (1 :9 to :4 ether/hexanes) to provide 12.870 g of compound 3f as a dark red oil, yielding 50.8% for steps A and B. MS ESI (+) m/z 253 and 255 (M+1) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.93 (s, 1 H), 7.87 (m, 1H), 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.33 (m, 1H), 0.92 (m, 6H). Step C: Compound 3f (121.0 mg, 0.478 mmol) was dissolved in 2 L of ether and cooled to -78° C. To the solution was added ϊ-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.59 mL, 1.004 mmol). The reaction stirred an additional hour at - 78°C. 2, 4-DifJuorobenzaldehyde (58 μL, 0.526 mmol) was added at -78°C, the cold bath was removed and the reaction slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, concentrated. under reduced pressure, and purified by chromatography with- . . 1 :1 ether/hexanes to provide compound 4f-1 as a pale yellow crystalline solid (104.5 mg, 69.1 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 317 (M+1) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7;96 (s, 1 K), 7.73 (s, 1 H), 7.56 (m, 1 H), 7.40 ~ 7.35 (m, 2H), • 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.78 (m, 1H), 6.22 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.39 - 2.26 (m, 2H, overlapped with -OH), 0.92 (m, 6H).
Step D: Compound 4f-1 (316.3 mg, 1.00 mmol), "Dess Martin Periodinane" (triacetoxyperiodinane; 445.3 mg, 1.05 mmol), and 10 mL of CH2CI2 were stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with 10 mL of saturated K2CO3 solution and layers were separated, The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and , concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by chromatography with' 1 :2 ether/hexanes to provide 237.6 mg of compound 5f- 1 as a viscous light brown oil (75.6% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 315 (M+1) detected. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.16 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.99 (m, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.03 (m, 1H), 6.94 ( , 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 2.37 (m, 1H), 0.95 (m, 6H). " Example 69
Preparation of (4-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-methanone (5f-2)
In this example, the synthesis of compound 5f-2 as shown in Figure 31 , where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 4-fluorophenyl is described.
Steps A-C: (4-fluorρpheήyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yI)-methanol
<• , , (compound 4f-2) was prepared as described in Example 27, steps A-C, with the exception that 4-fluorobenzaldehyde was used in place of 2, 4- difluorobenzaldehyde.
Step D: A mixture of (4-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)- methanol (compound 4f-2; 745.9 mg, 2.50 mmol), "Dess Martin Periodinane" (triacetoxyperiodinane; 1.166 g, 2.75 mmol), and 50 mL of CH2CI2 was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with 20 mL of. saturated K2CO3 solution. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:4 ether/hexanes to provide 599 mg of compound 5f-2 as light brown solid (80.9 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 297 (M+1) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.17 (s, 1 H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.94 (m, 1H), 7.87 (m, 1H), 7.85 (m, 1H), 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.22 ~ 7.16 (m, 2H), 4.23 (m, 2H), 2.38 (m, 1 H), 0.96 (m, 6H). Example 70
Preparation of (2.4-dichlorophenylV(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-methanone
(5f-9)
In this example, the synthesis of compound 5f-9 as shown in Figure 31 , where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2,4-dichlorophenyl is described. Steps A-C: (2, 4-Dichlorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-methanol
' (compound 4f-9) was prepared as described in Example 27, steps A-C, with the exception that 2, 4-dichlorobenzaldehyde was used in place of 2, 4- difluorobenzaldehyde.
Step D: A mixture of compound 4f-9, "Dess Martin Periodinane" (triacetoxyperiodinane; 20 mg, 0.046 mmol), and 1 mL of CH2CI2 was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was loaded onto a Biotage system and eluted with 1 :2 ether/hexanes to provide 12.9 mg of compound 5f- 9 (85% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 347 and 349 (M+1),detected. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.09 (s, 1 H), 8.06 (m, 1 H), 7,53 ( , 1 H), 7.47 (m, 1 H), 7.41 ~ 7.34 (m, 2H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 2.36 (m, 1 H), 0.95 (m, 6H).
Example 71
Preparation of (1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-Q-tolyl-methanone (5f-10)
In this example, the synthesis of compound 5f-10 as shown in Figure 31 , where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2-methylphenyl is described. Steps A-C: (1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-O-tolyl methanol (compound
4f-10) was prepared as described in Example 27, steps A-C, with the exception that O-tolualdehyde was used in place of 2, 4- difluorobenzaldehyde.
Step D: Compound 4f-10, (21 mg, 0.070 mmol), "Dess Martin Periodinane" (triacetoxyperiodinane; 31 mg, 0.0735 mmol), and 1 mL of CH2CI2 was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was loaded onto a Biotage system and eluted with 1 :2 ether/hexanes to provide 18.7 mg of compound 5f-10 (91.4 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 293 (M+1) detected. 1H- NMR (400 MHz, COCI3) δ 8.07 (s, 1 H), 8.06 (s, 1 H), 8.04 ( , 1 H), 7.46 (m, 1 H), 7.41 (m, 1 H), 7.35 - 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.30 - 7.25 (m, 1 H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 2.36 (m, 1 H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 0.95 (m, 6H).
Example 72
Preparation of (2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-vD- methanone (5f-8) In this example, the synthesis of compound 5f-8 as shown in Figure 31 , where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl is described.
Steps A-C: (2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)- methanol (compound 4f-8) was prepared as described in Example 27, steps A-C, with the exception that 2-ch!oro-4-f!uorobenzaldehyde was used in place of 2, 4-difluorobenzaldehyde.
Step D: (2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-methanol (compound 4f-8; 16.2mg, 0.0487mmol), "Dess Martin Periodinane" (triacetoxyperiodinane; 21.7 mg, 0.0511 mmol), and 1 mL of CH2CI2 was stirred for 2 hrs at room temperature. The reaction was loaded onto a Biotage system and eluted with 1 :2 ether/hexanes to provide 13.0 mg of compound 5f- 8 as an oil (80.7 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z.
Example 73
Preparation of (4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-vD- methanone (5f-7) In this example, the synthesis of compound 5f-7 as shown in Figure 31 , where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl is described.
Steps A-C: (4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl-(1-isobutyI-1 H-indazol-5-yl)- methanol (compound 4f-7) was prepared as described in Example 27, steps A-C, with the exception that 4-chloro-2-fluorophenylbenzaldehyde was used in place of 2, 4-difluorobenzaldehyde. Step D: (4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)- methanol (compound 4f-7; 20.4 mg, 0.0613 mmol), "Dess Martin Periodinane" (triacetoxyperiodinane; 27.3 mg, 0.0644 mmol), and 1 mL of CH2CI2 was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction was loaded onto a Biotage system. The elution with 1 :2 ether/hexanes provided 12.0 mg of compound 5f-7 as a solid (59.2 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.99 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.47, (m, 1H), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 4.21 (m, 1H), 2.37 (m, 1H), 0.95 (m, 6H).
Example 74 Preparation of (2.4-difluorophenyl)-ri-(2.2.2-trifluoro-ethyl)-1 H-indazol-5-yll- methanone (5f-11)
Step A: 5-bromoindazole (compound 2f; 9.852 g, 50.0 mmol) was dissolved in 150 mL of ether and the solution was cooled to -78°C. f-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 88.2 mL, 150 mmol) was added slowly at -78°C. After 0.5 hours at -78 °C, the reaction was quenched with 2,4- difiuorobenzaldehyde (10.9 mL, 100.0 mmol) and slowly warmed to room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 72 hours, at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere and quenched with 100 mL of water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (6 X 50mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated NaCl solution (100 mL), dried over anhydrouslV1gSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a yellow solid. The reaction was purified by chromatography, eluting with 5% MeOH in CH2CI2. During the sample handling for chromatography, it was found that the desired fractions had poor solubility in CH2CI2. Mixed fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was treated with CH2CI2 (approximately 50 mL) and the solid was formed. The solid was collected by filtration. 1H NMR for flashed and filtered were identical. Since the samples had poor solubility in CHCI3, a couple of drops of DMSO-d6 were added to the 1H-NMR samples, 6.034 g of 8f-1 as a pale yellow solid (46.4% yield) was obtained. MS (ESI+) m/z 261 (M+H) detected. Step B: Compound 8f-1 (4.954 g, 19.04 mmol) was suspended in 150 mL of CH2CI2 and Dess Martin Periodinane (9.156 g, 1.10 equivalents) was added portion wise at room temperature. After 3 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, loaded to the Samplet, and eluted with 2 % MeOH in CH2CI2 fo provide solid. The solid was suspended in 300 mL of CH2CI2 and 100 mL of saturated K2C03 solution and stirred vigorously for 2 hours. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 X 100mL). Saturated NaCl solution was added to aqueous layer and the layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 X 100 mL). The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 9f-1 as a light brown solid (3.407 g, 69.3% yield). MS: (ESI+) fc 259 (M+H) detected.
Step C: Compound 9f-1 (0.258 g, 1.0 mmol), K2CO3 (0.207, 1.5 mmol), and DMF (5 mL) were placed in a small Schlenk type resealable tube. Air was evacuated from the tube and the tube was precooled in dry ice bath (no acetone). A syringe and trifluoroethyl bromide (0.244 g, 1.5 mmol) was precooled in a dry ice bath.' The tube was opened and trifluoroethyl bromide was injected while the whole system was cold. The tube was sealed and heated to 100°C. After 18 hours excess DMF was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with water (20 mL) and CH2CI2 (20 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (4 X 10mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over
*
MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes, providing 64.7 mg (19% yield) of compound 5f-11. MS (ESI+) m/z 341 (M+H) detected. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.20 (s, 2H), 8.05 (d, 2H), 7.62 (q, '. 1 H), 7.52 (d, 1 H), 7.04, (t, 1 H), 6.95 (t, 1 H), 5.00 (q, 2H).
Example 75
Preparation of (1-allyl-1H-indazol-5-ylH2.4-difluorophenyl)-methanoήe (5f-12) Step A: Compound 9f-1 was prepared as described in Example 74. .
Step B: Into a Schlenk type tube was placed compound 9f-1 (0.516 g, 1.0 mmol), K2CO3 (0.415 g, 1.5 mmol), DMF (10 mL), and allyl bromide (0.363 g, 1.5 mmol). The tube was sealed and heated to 100°C. After 19 hours the supernatant solution was decanted and salt was washed with DMF (5 mL X 3). The combined supernatant solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 (20 mL) and washed with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (10 mL X 2). The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgS04, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified, by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 142.1 mg (23.8 % yield) of compound 5f-12. MS (ESI+) m/z 299 (M+H) detected. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.1,2 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.48, (d, 1H), 7.04 (td, 1H), 6.95 (td, 1H), 6.05 (m, 1H), 5.28 (d, 1H), 5.17 (d, 1H), 5.06 (dt, 2H).
Examples 76-79 describe the synthesis of aniline compounds of the general Formula XI. Figure 32 shows a synthetic reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 1j.
Example 76 Preparation of (2.4-difluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-amine (2h-1) ,
In this example, the synthesis of compound 2h-1 as shown in Figure 32, where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl is described. Step A: Ammonium tetrafluoroborate (20.97 g, 200 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous acetic acid (500 mL AcOH/250 L water) and cooled to 0°C. 2- Methyl-4-bromoaniline (18.61 g, 100 mmol) and 42 mL of aqueous concentrated HCl (36 % w/w, 12N, 500 mmol) were sequentially added. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at 0°C and NaNO2 (7.59 g, 110 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 0°C and warmed to room temperature. After 16 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped with toluene and dried under high • vacuum. The solid was suspended in 500 mL of CHCI3 and KOAc (12.76 g, 130 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (7.93 g, 30 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred for 1.5 hours at room temperature. The mixture was washed with water, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 30 g of 5-bromo-1 H-indazole (compound 2f) as a tan solid. The crude material was used without further purification.
Step B: The crude 5-bromo-1 H-indazole (compound 2f; 100 mmol) was dissolved in 250 mL of DMF. K2CO3 (20.7 g, 150 mmol) and 1-bromo-2- methylpropane (16.3 mL, 150 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to 120°C under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (200 mL) and CH2CI2 (200 mL) were added to the residue and stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide about 30 g of crude material. The crude material was purified by chromatography (1:9 to 1:4 ether/hexanes) to provide 12.870 g of compound 3f as a dark red oil, yielding 50.8 % for steps A and B. MS ESI (+) m/z 253 and 255 (M+1 ) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.93 (s, 1 H), 7.87 (m, 1 H), 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.33 (m, 1H), 0.92 (m, 6H).
Step C: Compound 3f (2.53 g, 10.0 mmol) was dissolved in 50 ml of ether and the solution was cooled to -78° C. 12.4 mL of f-BuLi (1.7 M, 21.0 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture stirred an additional 30 minutes at -78° C. The reaction was quenched with B(OMe)3 (2.4 mLj 21.0 mmol), and slowly warmed to room temperature. After 15 minutes the reaction was quenched with 6N HCl (10 ml, 60 mmol). The reaction was transferred to a separatory funnel and water (100 ml) and CH2CI2 (100 ml) were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by chromatography with 2:1 ether/hexanes to 5% MeOH in CH2CI2 to provide compound 1h as a pale yellow solid (1.41 g, 64.7 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 219 (M+1) detected,
Step D: Compound 1h (1.09 mg, 0.50 mmol), copper (II) acetate (50.3 mg, 0.10 mmol), myristic acid (46 mg, 0.20 mmol), and 2 mL of dry toluene were placed in a flask. 2,6-Lutidine (58 μL, 0.50 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for several minutes. 2,4-Difluoroaniline (0.75 mmoJ, 76 μL) was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously under air atmosphere for 90 hours. The mixture was diluted with 10 mL of ether, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a viscous dark 5 green oil. The crude was purified by chromatography with 1 :4 ether/hexanes to provide 59 mg of compound 2h-1 as a tan oil (39% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z •302 (M+1 ) detected. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.90 (s, 1 H), 7.39 (m, 1 H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.16 (m, 1H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.89 (m, 1 H), 6.75 (m, 1H), 5.59 (br s, 1H, NH), 4.16 (m, 2H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 0.95 (m, 6H).
10 Example 77
Preparation of (4-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-amine (2h-2)
In this example, the synthesis of compound 2h-2 as shown in Figure 32, where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 4-fluorophenyl is described.
Steps A-C: Compound 1h was prepared as described in Example 1, . 15 steps A-C.
Step D: Compound 1h (109 mg, 0.50 mmol), copper (II) acetate (25.2 mg, 0.05 mmol), myristic acid (23 mg, 0.10 mmol) and 2 mL of dry toluene were placed in a flask. 2,6-Lutidine (58 μL, 0,50 mmol, 1.0 equivalents) was added to the mixture and it was stirred for several minutes. 4-Fluoroaniline (71 μL,
20 0.75 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously under air (air oxidation condition for copper catalyst) for 21 hours. The mixture was diluted with 10 mL of ether, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide very viscous dark green oil. The crude was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 41 mg (28.9 %
25 yield) of compound 2h-2 as a tan oil. MS ESI (+) m/z 284 (M+1 ) detected. 1H- NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.34 (s, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.13 (m, 1H), 6.98 ~ 6.91 (m, 4H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.35 (m, 1 H), 0.94 (6H).
Example 78
Preparation of (2.4-dichlorophenyl)-f1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-amine (2h-9) .
30. In this example, the synthesis of compound 2h-9 as shown in Figure 32,- where R1 is isobutyl and-Ar is 2,4-dichlorophenyl is described.
Steps A-C: Compound 1h was prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-C.
Step D: Compound 1h (109 mg, 0.50 mmol), copper (II) acetate (50.3 mg, 0.10 mmol,) myristic acid (46 mg, 0.20 mmol), and 2 mL of dry toluene were placed in a flask. 2,6-Lutidine (58 μL, 0.50 mmol, 1.0 equivalents) was added to the mixture and it was stirred a couple of minutes. 2,4- Dichloroaniline (122 mg, 0.75 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously under air (air oxidation condition for copper catalyst) for 90 hours. The mixture was diluted with 10 mL of ether, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide very viscous dark green oil. The crude was purified by chromatography with 1 :4 ether/hexanes to provide 59 mg of compound 2h-9 as a tan oil (35 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 334 and 336 (M+1 ) detected. Example 79
Preparation of (1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-vD-Q-tolyl-amine (2q-10)
In this example, the synthesis of compound 2h-10 as shown in Figure 32, where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2-methylphenyl is described.
Steps A-C: Compound 1h was prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-C. " t . - »•
Step D: Compound 1h (109 mg, 0.50 mmol), copper (II) acetate (50.3 mg, 0.10 mmol), myristic acid (46 mg, 0.20 mmol), and 2 m.L of dry toluene were placed in a flask. 2,6-Lutidine (58 μL, 0.50 mmol, 1.0 equivalents) was added to the mixture and it was stirred a couple of minutes. 80 μL of O-tolu-idine (0.75 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously under air (air oxidation condition for copper catalyst) for 90 hours. The mixture was diluted with 10 mL of ether, filtered through Celite, and con-centrated under reduced pressure to provide very viscous dark green oil. The crude was purified by chromatography with 1 :4 ether/hexanes to provide 77 mg of compound 2h-10 as a tan oil (55% .yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 280 (M+1 ) detected. Examples 80-82 describe the synthesis of amino acid compounds of the general Formula XV. Figure 33 shows a synthetic reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 2h.
Example 80 Preparation of 4-amino-2~fr5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6- carbonvπ-aminOf butyric acid methyl ester (1i-2)
Step A: Compound 10g-1 was prepared as described in Example 46.
Step B: A solution of compound 10g-1 (50 mg, 0.15 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was treated with CDI (1.1 equivalents) at room temperature under N2 atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, 2-amino-4-tert-butoxycarbonylaminc3 butyric acid methyl ester (36 mg, 0.165 mmol), was added, followed by the addition of N,N-diisopropylethylamine (29 mg, 0.225 mmol). After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was concentrated, the residue taken up in CH2CI2 and washed ith 1 N HCl. The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper and purified in a SepPak cartridge eluting with 10:1 CH2CI2/Et2O. The desired fractions were concentrated to yield 72 mg of compound 1j-1 as a' beige foam (99 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.65 (br, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.9 (s, 1H), 7.28 (1H, s), 4.21 (d, 2H), 4.42 (m, 1H), 3.6 (s, 3H), 2.95 (m, 2H).
Step C: A solution of compound 1j-1 (72 mg, 0.13 mmol) in CH2CI2 (0.2 mL) was treated with TFA (0.1 mL) at room temperature. After 18 hours, the solvent was concentrated and co-evaporated from ether, yielding 70 mg (98 % yield) of .compound 1j-2 as an amber oil. H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.85 (br, 1H); 8.01 (s, H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.70 (br, 2H), 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.22 (d, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.85 (m, 2H). Example 81
Preparation of 4-amino-2-f r5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -(2.2.2-trifluoroethyl)-1 H- indazole-6-carbonvπ-amino) butyric acid methyl ester (1 i-4)
Step A: Compound 10g-2 was prepared as described in Example 59.
Step B: Compound 10g-2 (0.026 g, 0.073 mmol), benzotriazole-1 ,3- diol (0.013 g, 0.088 mmol) and (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-ethylcarbodiimide (0.017 g, 0.088 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and mixed for 10 minutes. Next, a heterogeneous mixture of the HCl salt of 2-amino-4-f- butoxycarbonylamino butyric acid methyl ester (0.039 g, 0.147 mmol) and triethylamine (0.030, 0.29 mmol) in dichloroethane were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours, concentrated and purified by reversed phase HPLC according to Method A of Example 86 to provide approximately 30 mg of pure compound 1j-3 (71.9% yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 569 (M+H) detected.
Step C: Compound 1j-3 (0.0012 g, 0.024 mmol) was added to 1 :1 CH2CI2/TFA for 1.5 hours, then concentrated to provide 2.3 mg (100% yield) of compound 1j-4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.21 (br, 1H), 8.40 (br, 1H), 8.04 (br, 1 H), 7.44 (br, 1 H), 7.18 (s, 1 H), 7.03 (m, 3H), 5.05 (m, 2H), 4.80 (br, 1 H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.36 (br, 1 H), 2.97 (br, 1 H), 2.51 (br, I H), 1.92 (br, IH).
Example 82
Preparation- of 4-amino-2-{r5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-methyl-1 H-indazole-6- carbonylj-amino) butyric acid methyl ester (1i-6) Step A: Compound 10g-3 was prepared as described in Example 60.
Step B: Compound 10g-3 (0.026 g, 0.090 mmol), benzotriazole-1 ,3-diol (0.017 g, 0.11 mmol) and (3-dimethylaminopropyl)ethylcarbodiimide (0.021 g, 0.017 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and mixed for 10 minutes. Next, a heterogeneous mixture of the HCl salt of 2-amino-4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino butyric acid methyl ester (0.05 g, 0.20 mmol) and triethylamine (0.037, 0.36 mmol) in dichloroethane were added... The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours and then purified by reversed phase HPLC according to Method A of Example 86 to provide 30 mg (66 % yield) of compound 1 j-5 as pure material. MS (ESI+) m/z 501 (M+H) detected. Step C: Compound 1j-5 (0.0012 g, 0.024 mmol) was added to 1 :1
CH2CI2/TFA for 1.5 hours, then concentrated to provide 1.2 mg (100 % yield) of compound- 1j-6. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.10 (br, 1 H), 8.32 (br, 1 H), 8.05 (br, 1 H), 7.90 (s, 1 H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 7.05 (m, 3H), 4.75 (br, 1H), 4.14 (s, 3H) 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.30 (br, 1H), 2.92 (br, 1H), 2.51 (br, 1 H), 1.82 (br, 1 H). Examples 83-85 describe the synthesis of compound of Formula XVI as shown in Figure 34. Example 83
Preparation of 5-f4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (2-dimethylaminoethyl)-amine (1 k-1 )
Compound 11g-10 (0.05g, 0.12 mmol), prepared as described in Example 59, was treated with 6 equivalents of BH3 in THF (1 M solution) and stirred at 65°C for 6 hours and then at room temperature for 14 hours. The solvent was removed by evaporation, and the residue was purified on by preparative TLC using 1 :1 hexane/ethyl acetate and 5% triethylamine to provide 0.014 g (30% yield) of product. MH+ observed: 385. Example 84
Preparation of compound 1 k-2
Compound 1 k-1 , prepared as in Example 83, was treated with excess acetic anhydride and triethylamine in THE at room temperature for 4 hours and then concentrated to provide 0.010 g of 1k-2. MH+ observed: 427. Example 85
Preparation of compound 1 k-3
Compound 1k-1 , prepared as in Example 83, was treated with excess methanesulfonyl chloride and triethylamine in THE at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue purified by -preparative TLC using 1 :1 hexane/ethyl acetate and 5% triethylamine to provide 0.005 g (50% yield). MH+ observed: 463. •
Example 86
Preparative RP-HPLC Conditions
Method A: Column: YMC ODS-AQ, 250 X 20 mm i.d., s-10/20 μm, 12 nm.
Solvent A: H2O with 0.1 % TFA. Solvent B: acetonitrile with 0.05% TFA. Collection triggered by mass spectrometer.
Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000129_0001
Method B:
Column: YMC ODS-AQ, 250 X 20 mm i.d., s-10/20 //m, 12 nm. Solvent A: H2O with 0.1% TFA. Solvent B: acetonitrile with 0.05% TFA. Collection triggered by mass spectrometer.
% A % B • flow rate
0.03 min 95 5 10 ml/min
1.50 min 95 5 20 ml/min
22.5 min 5 95 20 ml min
24.0 min 5 95 15 ml/min
30,5 min 95 5 15 ml/min
Method C:
Column: YMC ODS-AQ, 250 X 20 mm i.d., s-10/20 m, 12 nm. Solvent A: H2O with 0.1% TFA. Solvent B: acetonitrile with 0.05% TFA. Collection triggered by mass spectrometer.
% A % B flow rate
0.03 min • 95 5 10 ml/min
1.50 min 95 5 15 ml/min
18.5 min 5 ' " 95 15 ml min
20.0 min 5 95 15 ml/min
20.85 min 95 5 ' 15 ml/min
Example 87
Preparation of compound 1m-1 The synthesis of compound 1m-1 is shown in Figure 37.
Step A: Compound 1j-7 (0.07g, 0.13 mmol), prepared in a manner similar to that described for compound 1 j-3, was treated with sodium borohydride (10 equivalents, 0.049 g, 1.3 mmol) in 1:1 MeOH THF and heated to.60°C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and then ' coevaporated with MeOH to provide compound 11-1.
Step B: Compound 11-1 was places in a 1:1 mixture of MeOH/4 M HCl in dioxane for 1.5 hours, and then the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was taken up in chloroform, washed with a 0.6 M Na2CO3 solution (pH 7.0) and aqueous saturated NaCl, and dried over MgSO4. After filtration, the filtrate was evaporated to provide compound 1m-1 (99% pure) as the free base. H-NMR (400 MHz), CDCI3: δ 8.39 (d, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1 H), 7.24 (s, H), 6.98 (M, 4H), 4.27 (m, 1 H), 4.20 (d, 2H), 3.64 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 1 H), 2.39 (m, 1 H), 2.37 (m, 1 H), 2.18 (m, 1 H), 1.59 (m, 1 H), 0.93 (d, 6H).
Examples 88-109 describe the synthesis of aniline compounds of the general Formula XVII.
Example 88 Preparation of 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-r2-(1-methyl-1 H- indazol-5-yloxy)-pyridin-3-ylmethvn-urea (6n)
The reaction scheme for the synthesis- of compound 6n is shown in Figure 38.
Step A: 2-(1 -Methyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-nlcotinonitrile (3n): 1- Methyl-1 H-indazol-5-ol (1 n) (synthesized as described in Example 94) (0.10 g, 0.68 mmol) and 2-chloro-nicotinonitriIe (2n) (0.11 g, 0.81 mmol) were suspended in DMSO (2 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 110 °C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted into EtOAc. The combined organics were dried, a2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product. Purification by flash column chromatography (20 ~ 100% EtOAc/Hexanes) furnished the desired product (3n), (0.152 g, 90% yield). 1H NMR (400 mHz, CD3OD) δ 8.27-8.25 (m,.1H), 8.23-8.20 (m, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.20 (m, 1H), 4.10 (s, 3H); MS (ESI+) m/z 251 (M+H) detected.
Step B: C-[2-(1 -Methyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-pyrϊdin-3-yl]- methylamine (4n): 2-(1 -Methyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-nicotinonitrile (3n) (0.132 g, 0.528 mmol) was suspended in MeOH" (6 mL). Pd(OH)2 (0.060 mg, 0.427 mmol) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere followed by concentrated aqueous HCl (0.6 mL). The system was purged with H2 gas and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 3 hours under an H2(g) atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite, washed through with MeOH. The organics were concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography (MeOH/Et3N/EtOAc) to provide the desired product (4n) (0.047 g, 35% yield). 1H NMR (400 Hz, CD3OD) δ 7.96 (s, 1 H), 7.90 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.82 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.46 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.23-7.21 (m, 1 H), 7.09-7.06 (m, 1 H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 3.95 (s, 2H).
Step C: 1 -(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[2-(1 -methyl-1 H- indazol-5-yloxy)-pyridin-3-yImethyl]-urea (6n): C-[2-(1 -Methyl-1 H-indazol- 5-yloxy)-pyridin-3-yI]-methyIamine (4n) (0.017 g, 0.067 mmol) and (5-tert- butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trichloro-ethyl ester (5n) (0.035 g, 0.087 mmol) were placed in a 10 mL reactor vial and dissolved in DMF (5 mL). DIEA (0.058 mL, 0.334 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and the system heated to 80 °C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography using Sep-pak 10 g (35 cc) silica cartridge (50% EtOAc/Hexanes) to furnish the desired product (6n) (0.034 g, .100% yield). 1H NMR (400 mHz, DMSO) δ 8.32 (s, 1 H), 8.00 (s, 1 H), 7.94 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.60 (d, J - 7.8 " Hz, 1 H), 7.46 (s, 1 H), 7.36 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.19- 7.16 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.26 (s, 1 H), 4.37 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 9H); MS (ESI+) m/z 510 (M+H) detected.
Example 89
Preparation of 2-(4-f2-r2-(1-cv.clobutylmethyl-1 H-indazol-5-yldxy)-5- fluorophenyll-acetyl i-piperazin-1 -yl)-N-isopropylacetamide (13p)
The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 13p is shown in Figure 39. -
Step A: 1 -AHyloxy-4-fluorobenzene (3p): To a solution of 4- fluorophenol (1p) (30 g, 268.0 mmol) in acetone (250 mL), anhydrous K2CO3 (65 g, 468.3 mmol) was added followed by 3-bromo-propene (2p) (28 mL, 321.1 mmol). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 16 hours, cooled to room temperature and then poured onto ice water (500 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3 x 250 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with 2 M NaOH (2 x 150 mL) and dried over a mixture of anhydrous K2CO3 and Na2SO4. The solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the 5 desired product (3p) (40.4 g, 99%) as light yellow oil. 1HNMR (400 MHz,
CDCI3) 7.01 - 6.92 (m, 2H), 6.89 - 6.82 (m, 2H), 6.10 - 6.82 (m, 1H), 5.44 - 5.41 (m, 1 H), 5.39 - 5.37 (m, 1 H), 4.51 - 4.448 (m, 2H).
Step B: 2-AIIyl-4-fluorophenol (4p): Intermediate (3p) (14.7 g, 96.6 mmol) was heated to 210 °C for 7 hours, cooled to room temperature and
10 allowed to stand overnight. The reaction was checked by thin-layer chromatography. One new spot observed on TLC (Rf: ~0.65 in hexane/ethyl acetate, 7:3). HPLC of crude mixture gave a major peak at retention time of 2.07 min and a minor peak at 2.36 min. The major product, crude (4p) was confirmed as desired product and carried on to the next step directly without
-15 purification. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 6.88 - 6.78 (m, 2H), 6.78 - 6.72 (m, 1H), 6.05 -5.93 (m, 1H), 5.21 -5.13 (m, 2H), 4.8 (br s, OH), 3.38 (d, J - 6.26 Hz, 2H).
Step C: Acetic acid 2-aIIyI-4-fluorophenyl ester (5p): To crude (4p), acetic anhydride (36.5 mL, 386.4 mmol) and pyridine (37.5 mL, 463.7 mmol)
20 were added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, checked by HPLC the next day (reaction appeared mostly complete). The mixture was then poured onto cold H2O/Et2O, the aqueous layer was extracted with Et2θ (2x), the combined organic layers were washed sequentially with 10% HCl (3x), saturated NaHCO3 (2x), H2O (2x) and brine,
25 and then dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. After concentration, crude product purity was checked by thin-layer chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate, 7:3) and HPLC. No mass ion was observed. The crude product (5p) was carried on to next step directly without subsequent purification. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCIs) δ 7.04 - 6.91 (m, 3H), 6.09 - 5.65 (m, 1 H), 5.19 - 5.06 (m, 2H), 3.27
30 (d, J = 6.26 Hz, 2H), 2.30 (s, CH3).
Step D: (2-Acetoxy-5-fluorophenyl)-acetic acϊd (6p-2): To a solution of (5p) (10 g, 51.5 mmol) in 100 mL of CCI4/ acetonitrile (1:1), a solution of sodium metaperiodate (NalO4, 33.6 g, 154.5 mmol) in 500 mL of H20 was added. After stirring for several minutes, ruthenium trichloride hydrate (0.93 g, 4.12 mmol) was added. The dark mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and DCM (600 mL) was added. The layers were separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3x) and combined organic layers were washed with H2O and dried over Na2SO4. Filtration through Celite 545 and evaporation gave a mixture of an aldehyde (6p-1 ) and an acid (6p-2) (9.1 g, 83%) as a brown oil that was carried onto the next step without purification. . .
Step E: (2-Acetoxy->5-fluoro-phenyl)-acetic acϊd.(7p): A solution of sodium chlorite (52.16 g, 576.7 mmol) and sodium dihydrogen phosphate (44.5g, 371 mmol) in 225 mL of H20 was added to a solution of acid (6p-2) and aldehyde (6p-1 ) in 100 mL of /-PrOH at 0 °C. The resulting solution was stirred at 0 °C for 3 hours, diluted with ether and then the layers were separated. The organic phase was washed' with H20, 10% sodium thiosulfate (2x), H2O and brine and dried over Na2SO4. After evaporation to a small volume, a few drops of hexane were added. Crystals formed gradually and were collected by filtration and washed with cold ether/hexane to give the desired compound (7p) (3.95 g,-36% isolated yield). 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.12 - 6.98 (m, 3H), 3.57 (s, 2H), 2.29 (s, CH3); MS (APCI-) /z 422.7 (2M-H) was detected.
Step F: (5-Fluoro-2-hydroxyphenyl)-acetic acid (8p): Compound (7p) (3.5 g, 16.5 mmol) was dissolved in 65 mL of MeOH, and 7 mL of • ammonium hydroxide (49.5 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at ' room temperature ovemight'and then checked by TLC (DCM/MeOH/AcOH (9:1:0.15)), HPLC and MS. No starting material was observed. The material was concentrated to dryness to give the desired product (8p) which was carried onto the next step directly. MS (APCI-) m/z 168.9 (M-H), 338.7 (2M-H) was detected.
Step G: [2-(1-Cyclobutylmethyl-1H-indazol-5-yloxy)-5- fluorophenyl]-acetic acid (10ρ): Cesium carbonate (24.2 g, 74.24 mmol) was added to a solution of (8p) (2.8 g, 16.5 mmol) in 6 mL of NMP, and the reaction mixture solidified. An additional 12 mL of NMP and cesium carbonate (6.29 g, 19.3 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was
5 purged with nitrogen. After vigorous stirring, compound (9p) (5.25 g, 19.8 mmol) and 2,2,6,6-tetramethylheρtane-3.5-didne 90.86 mL, 4.12 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was degassed and purged with nitrogen. Copper (I) chloride (0.82 g, 8.24 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was degassed, purged with nitrogen and heated to 140 °C. After stirring for lo 18 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature (about 23°C), diluted with Et2θ and filtered. The collected solids were washed several times with ether, dissolved in H O, acidified with 6 N HCl, and extracted with DCM (4x). The combined organic layers were washed with H2O and brine and dried over a2SO . After concentration, the residue was purified by normal
15 phase chromatography using hexane/EtOAc/AcOH (9:1 :0.15) to give the desired product (10p) (1.01 g, 17% isolated yield). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.62 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J = 2.35 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J = 8.61 , 2.35 Hz, 1 H), 7.05 (dd, J = 8.61 , 3.13 Hz, 1 H), 6.92 (ddd, J = 8.61 , 8.61, 3.13 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (dd, J = 8.61, 4.70 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (d, J = 7.04 Hz, 2H),
20. 3.73 (s, 2H), 2.93 - 2.82 (m, 1 H), 2.06 - 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.94 - 1.76 (m, 4H);< MS (ESI+) m/z 355 (M+H) was detected.
Step H : 2-(4-{2-[2«(1 -Cyclobutylmethyl-1 H-indazol-5-yIoxy)-5- fIuorophenyl]-acetyl}-piperazin-1-yl)-N-isopropylacetamlde (12p):
Compound (10p) (0.087 g, 0.247 mmol) was dissolved in CHCI3 (1.6 mL), 25 mixed with EDCI (0.072 g, 0.372 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Λ/-lsopropyl-2-piperazin-1-yl-acetamide (12p) (0.069 g, 0.372 mmol) was added followed by an additional 0.8 mL of CHCI3. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. PS-isocyanate (0.850 g, 1.6mmol/g) was added and the reaction mixture was shaken for 1- hour. 30 After filtration, the filtrate was washed with H2O (2x) and dried over Na2SO , and concentrated. The residue was purified with by chromatography (SepPak, 10 g) (DCM, EtOAc) to give the desired product (12p) (0.1 g, 77%). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.87 (s, 1 H), 7,40 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.13 - 7.06 (m, 3H), 6.91 (ddd, J ~ 8.61 , 8.61 , 3.13 Hz, 1H), 6.83 - 6.72 (m, 2H), 4.38 (d, J = 7.04 Hz, 2H), 4.15 - 4.02 (m, 1 H.), 3.74 (s, 2H), 3.67 - 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.55 - 3.49 (m, 2H), 2.99 - 2.87 (m, 1H), 2.91 (s, 2H), 2.44 - 2.33 (m, 4H), 2.10 - 2.00 (m, 2H), 1.97 - 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.16 (s, CH3), 1.15 (s, CH3); MS (APCI+) m/z 522.2 (M+H) was detected.
Example 90
Preparation of 2-f2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-phenyl1-N-(4-morpholin-4- yl-phenvD-acetamide (16p) ' The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 16p is shown in
Figure 40.
Step A: 5-Bromo-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole (14p): K2CO3 was added to a solution of 5-bromoindazole and in DMF. The mixture was heated to 105 °C. After disappearance of 5-bromoindazole the reaction mixture was poured onto DCM/brine. The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2x) and checked by TLC. The combined organics were washed with H2O (2x) and brine and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified by chromatography with 9.5:0.5 hexane/EtOAc to provide desired product (14p). Step B: [2-(1 -Isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-phenyl]-acetic acid
(15p): To a degassed suspension of 2-hydroxybenzoic acid (2.4 g, 15.8 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (7.72 g, 23.7 mmol) in NMP (13 mL), 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl- heptane-3,5-dione (0.41 mL, 1.97 mmol) and compound 14p (2,0 g, 7.90 mmol) was added followed by small amount of NMP for rinsing. The resulting mixture was degassed again with nitrogen and then CuCI (0.39 g, 3.95 mmol) was added and reaction again degassed. The mixture was heated to 140- 150 °C. After mixing for 22 hours, the reaction mixture was poured into ether/H2θ. The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer (pH ~11) was washed with ether. The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 7 and extracted with ether (4x) and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The precipitate was formed gradually in a small volume of a mixed solvent of ether/hexane/DCM and collected through filtration to obtain the desired compound (15p) (0.93 g, 36% isolation yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.87 (br s, 1H), 7.38 -7.28 (m, 2H), 7.25 - 7.17 (m, 2H), 7.13 (d, J = 9.39Hz, 1 H), 7.10 - 7.03 (m, 1H), 6.79 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1 H), 4.15 (br s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 2H), 2.40 - 2.27 (m, 1H), 0.93 (s, 3H), 0.92 (s, 3H); MS (APCI+) m/z 325 ' (M+H), MS (APCI-) m/z 322.8 (M-H) and 646.8 (2M-H) detected.
Step C: 2-[2-(1 -Isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-phenyl]-N-(4- morphoIin-4-yl-phenyl)-acetamide (16p): To a solution of (15p) (0.04 g, • 0.123 mmol), PyBOP (0.135 g, 0.26 mmol) and DIEA (0.02 mL, 0.12 mmol) in CHCI3 (2ml), 4~morpholin-4-yl-pheny)amirae (0.044 g, 0.247 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours, treated with AP-trisamine resin (0.25 g, 2.49 mmol/g), and finally the solvent was removed under reduced pressure after filtration from the resin. The resulting residual was purified by chromatography (Sep-Pak, 10 g) with ether to provide the desired product (16p) (0.024 g, 40%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.50 (br s, 1 H), 7.45 (dd, J = 7.83, 1.57 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 9.39 Hz, 2H), 7.31 - 7.26 (m, 3H), 7.23 (dd, J = 7.83, 1.57 Hz, 1 H), 7.15 - 7.09 (m, 2H), 6.86 - 6.79 (m, 3H), 4.17 (d; J = 7.04 Hz, 2H), 3.86 -3.82 (m, 4H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 3.11 - 3.06 (m, 4H), 2.41 - 2.29 (m, 1H), 0.95 (s, CH3), 0.94 (s, CH3); MS (APCI+) m/z 485.2 (M+H) was detected. *'. ,
Example 91
Preparation of 1 -r5-cvclopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3vn-3- f5-fluoro-2-(1-methyl-1H-indazol-5-ylamino)-benzyπ-υrea (9q-1 ) and 1-(5-tert- butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-r2-(1-cvclobutylmethvi-1 H-iridazol-5- ylamino)-5-fluorobenzvn-urea (9q-2)
The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 9q-1 and 9q-2 is shown in Figures 41 A and B.
Step A: 2-Azido-5-fluorobenzonitrile (1 q): A mixture of NaN3 (1.17 g, 1.8 mmol) and difluorobenzonitrile (0.5 g, 3.6 mmol) in DMA (60 mL) was heated at 100 °C for 30 minutes. The mixture was next diluted with water (300 mL) and ether (300 mL). The organic layer was washed three times with 004/078116
water and brine. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4) and concentrated.. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography using etheπhexane (1:5) as eluent to give the desired product (1q) as white crystals (0.3 g, 53% isolated yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.38-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.18 (m, 1H).
Step B: 2-Amino-5-fluorobenzonitrile (2q): To a solution of CoBr2 (15 mg, 0.068 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) was added 2,2'-dipyridyl (10 mg, 0.068 mmol) at room temperature followed by addition of NaBH4 (40 mg, 1.02 mmol). The reaction mixture was cooled to -10 °C and then intermediate (2q) was added (0.22 g, 1.36 mmol) in ethanol (1 mL) dropwise over 10 minutes. The reaction mixture stirred for 15 minutes and was then quenched with acetic acid and methanol at.-10 °C. The residue was then dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried (MgSO ) and solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography using ether: hexane (1 :2) as eluent to, give compound (2q) as white crystals (0.16 g, 87% isolated yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.12-7.08 (m, 2H), 6.7 (dd, J - 10.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.3 (br s, 2H).
Step C: (2-Cyano-4-fluorophenyI)-bis(carbamic acid tert-butyl ester) (3q): To a solution of (2q) (33 mg, 0.24 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added Boc20 (200 mg, 0.72 mmol) and DMAP (5.9 mg, 0.048 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture refluxed for 2.5 hours and was then cooled to room temperature and the solvent evaporated at reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography using ether: hexane (1 :3) as eluent to give the product (3q) as white crystals (0.08 g, 98% isolated yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.4-7.26 (m, 3H), 1.45 (s, 18H).
Step D: (2-Amfnomethyl-4-fIuorophenyl)-bis(carbamJc acid tert- butyl ester) (4q): To a solution of (3q) (1 g, 2.97 mmol) in ethanol (30 mL) was added CoBr2 (27 mg, 0.12 mmol), 2,2'-dipyridyl (57 mg, 0.36 mmol) at room temperature followed by addition of NaBH4 (350 mg, 9.2 mmol). The reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and was quenched with acetic acid and methanol at 0 °C. The residue was then dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried (MgSO4) and solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The crude product (4q) was used directly in the next step (-1 g, 100% isolated crude yield).
Step E: 2-Aminomethyl-4-fIuorophenylamine HCl salt (5q): Crude intermediate (4q) (0.95 g, 2.8 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH/DCM (15 mL). Next, 4N HCl (10.5 mL, 42.0 mmol) in dioxane was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Solvent was removed' under reduced pressure and the residue (5q) was carried on to next step without further purification or characterization.
Step F: (2-Amino-5-fluorobenzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (6q): A solution of Boc anhydride (0.49 g, 2.5 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) was added dropwise to an ice bath cooled solution of (5q) (2.8 mmol, 1 eq.) in 5.7 mL of 1 M NaHCO3 (5.63 mmol) and dioxane (11.2 mL) (1 :2). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and continued stirring at room temperature for 18 hours. The next day, the mixture was diluted with Et2θ and washed with brine. The layers were separated. The aqueous layer (brine) was extracted with Et2O (3x) and the combined organic layers were extracted with 10% KHSO4 (3x), and washed with H O and brine'and dried over Na2SO4 After concentration, the obtained crude product was purified by chromatography (Sep-Pak) with hexane, hexane/EtOAc (9:1 ) to give the product (6q) (0.34 g, 50% isolated yield). • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 6.85-6.75 (m, 2H), 6.6 (dd, J = 7.8, 4.7 Hz, 1 H), 4.82 (br s, NH), 4.21 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (br s, NH2), 1 -45.(s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI+) m/z-241 (M+H) was detected. • . .
Step G: [5-Fluoro-2- (1-cycIobutyImethyl-1W-indazol-5-yIamino)- benzyl]-carbamic acid ferf-butyl ester (7q-2): To a flask containing boronic acid (0.175 g, 0.76 mmol), amine (6q) (0.22 g, 0.91-5 mmol), Cu(OAc)2 (0.135 g, 0.76 mmol) and 4 A sieves (0.2 g) in DCM, Et3N (0.52 mL, 3.7 mmol) was slowly added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. DCM was added to the reaction mixture and filtered. The filtrate was washed with H2O (2x), brine and dried over Na2SO . After concentration, the residue was purified by chromatography (Sep-Pak; 10 g) with hexane/Et2O'(3:1). The fractions containing the product were combined to afford (7q-2) (0.12 g, 37% yield). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.82 (s, 1 H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.6Hz, 1 H), 7.24 (br s, 1 H), 7. 3 (d, J = 8.6Hz, 1 H), 6.94 - 6.84 (m, 3H), 5.02 (br s, NH), 4.35 (d, J - 7.8 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (d, j = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.98 -2.85 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.79 (m, 4H), 1.44 (s, 9H); MS (APCI+) m/z 425 (M+H) was detected.. Step H: (2-Aminomethyl-4-fIuoro-phenyl)-(1-cycIobutylmethyl-1H- indazoI-5-yI)-amine (8q-2): Intermediate (7q-2) (0.076 g, 0.18 mmol) was dissolved in DCM/i-PrOH (5 mL, 1:1), 0.5 mL of HCl (1.97 mmol) in dioxane _ were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 days. The solvent was evaporated to give the product (8q-2) which was carried on to the next step, LC-MS (ESI+) m/z 308 (M- NH2) was detected. Both (7q-1 ) and (8q-1 ) were carried forth to the final step using the protocol for analogues 7q-2 and 8q-2.
Step I: 1-[5-Cyclopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethylphenyI)-2W-pyrazol- 3yl]-3-[5-fluoro-2-(1 -methyl-1 H-indazol-5-ylamino)-benzyl]-urea (9q-1 ): A solution of (8q-1) (0.15 g, 0.54 mmol) in DMF (4.5 mL) was treated with carbamate 10q (0.26 g, 0.6 mmol) followed by DIEA (0.35 mL, 2.0 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 18 hours and then the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up- in DCM and washed with 1 N HCl. The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper and evaporated to dryness. The-crude product was then purified by HPLC to provide the product (9q-1 ) (0.027 g, 9 % isolated yield). 1HNMR (500 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.88 (s, 1 H), 7.59 (d, J = 7.96 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 7.43 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (brs, NH), 7.37 (d, J = 8.49 Hz, 1H), 7.22 - 7.16 (m, 2H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 6.99 -6.91 (m, 2H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 2.01 - 1.93 (m, 1H), 1.14 -0.98 (m, 2H), 0.90 - 0.83 (m, 2H); MS (APCI+) m/z 564 (M+H) was detected.
Ste J: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyI-2H-pyrazol-3-yI)-3-|"2-(1- cyclobutyImethyI-1H-in azol-5-ylamino)-5-fluorobenzyl]-urea (9q-2):
Compound (8q-2) (0.18 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2.5 mL), carbamate 10q (0.08 g, 0.20 mmol) was added followed by DIEA (0.1 mL, 0.57 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 80 °C for 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was taken up in DCM and washed with 1N HCl. The organic layer was filtered through 1PS paper and evaporated under reduce pressure to an oil. The crude product was then purified by HPLC to provide the product (9q-2) (0.045 g, 44 % isolated yield). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.7 (br s, NH), 7.32 (d, J = 9.39 Hz, 1 H), 7.18 - 7.06 (m, 7H), 6.94 - 6.85 (m, 2H), 6.50 (s, 1 H), 4.37 - 4.30 (m, 6H), 2.96 - 2.81 (m, 1 H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.09 - 1.96 (m, 2H), .94 - 1.76 (m, 4H), 1.34 (s, 9H); MS (APCI+) m/z 580 (M+H) was detected.
Example 92
Preparation of 1 -(5-tert-butyl-2-p-chlorophenyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-f2-(1 - methyl-1 H-indazo-5-ylsuIfanyl)-5-fluorobenzvn-urea (6r-2)
The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 6r-2 is shown in Figure 42.
Step A: 5-Bromo-1H-indazoIe (1r): 4-bromo-2-methyl aniline (20 g, 107 rrimol), ammonium tetrafluoroborate (23 g, 215 mmol) and concentrated HCl (45 mL, 537 mmol) were .added to AcOH/H2O (350 mL, 2:1 ) and sonicated. Next, NaNO2 (8.9 g, 129 mmol) was added siowiy and the reaction mixture was sonicated for 10 additional minutes (reaction turned brown and a precipitate formed immediately). The reaction was allowed to stir overnight. No starting material was observed the next day. The mixture was evaporated on a speed vacuum at 65 °C, then azeotroped with toluene to dryness. The material was taken directly onto the next step without further purification. The above crude material, potassium acetate (42 g, 428 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (2.8 g, 11 mmol) were added to chloroform (300 L) and sonicated for 10 ' minutes The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. The material was passed through a filter funnel with silica gel/celite/sand and washed through repeatedly with CHCI3 (material not collected). Next, the column was washed with EtOAc, providing an orange material that was collected, pooled and evaporated to give about 16 g of material. The crude product was then flash chromatographed with silica gel using DCM:MeOH (5%) as eluent and dried on a high vacuum overnight to give the desired product (1 r) (8 g, 50% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 11.9 (br s, 1 H), 8.05 (s, 1 H), 7.9 (s, 1 H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 197.1 (M+H)+.
Step B: 5-Bromo-1 -methyl-1 H-indazole (2r): 5-Bromo-1 H-indazole ( r) (10 g, 51 mmol) in THF was added slowly to a cold solution of NaH (2.2 g, 60% wt in oil, 56 mmol) in THF under nitrogen. After 15 minutes, . iodomethane (10.8 g, 76 mmol) was added to the dark solution at 0 °C. After 2 hours, the mixture was poured into 1N HCl (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL), and the combined extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na2SO , filtered, and concentrated. Column chromatography (silica gel): hexane.ΕtOAc (10-40%) resulted in 8.2 g of final product (2r). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.9 (s, 1 H), 7.84 (s, 1 H), 7.43 (d, J - 8.8 Hz, 1 H), • 7.24 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.04. (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 213 (M+H) +.
Step C: 5-(TriisopropyIsllylsulfanyl)-1 -methyl-1 H-indazole (3r):
KH (1.3 g, 30% wt, 9.8 mmol) was washed with THF and then suspended in THF (10 mL) at 5 °C. Triisopropylsilylthiol (1.8 g, 9.3 mmol) was added over 15 minutes with vigorous evolution of hydrogen gas. The mixture was stirred at 5 °C for an hour and then at 25 °C for 1 hour. This solution- was added 1o a solution of 1-methyl-5-bromoindazole (2r) (2 g, 9.5 mmol) and (Ph3P) Pd (1.1 ' • g, 0.-93 mmol) in THF (15 mL). The yellow suspension was stirred for 1 hour at 70 °C. After cooling, ether was added and the solution was washed with brine, dried (Na SO2) and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel, 3 % EtOAc in hexane) to give 5-(triisopropylsulfanyl)-1 -methyl-1 H- indazole (3r) (1.8 g, 59 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1 H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H),- 7.25 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 1.28-1.19 (m, 3H), 1.08 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 18H). Step D: 2-(1 -methyl-1 H-indazol-5-yIsuIfanyl)-5-fluorobenzonitrile
(4r): Compound (3r) (0.65 g, 2 mmol), potassium carbonate (0.34 g, 2.4 mmol), CsF (0.46 g, 3 mmol), 2,5-difluorobenzonitrile (0.56 g, 4.1 mmol) and DMF (5'mL) were placed in a 60 mL reaction vial and the vial was sealed. The mixture was heated to 100 °C for 16 hours. Excess DMF was removed under reduced pressure. This material was taken up in DCM (50 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3x). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2x) and dried over MgSO4, filtered through a plug of celite/silica gel and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography with hexane/EtOAc (20 %) to give the final product as a viscous liquid (4r) (0.43 g, 75% isolated yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.99 (s, 1 H), 7.97 (s, 1 H), 7.46 (dd, J-= 16.8, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.07 (m, 1H), 7.05- . 7.01 (m, 1 H), 4.1 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 284.2 (M+H) +.
Step E: 2-(1 -Methyl-1 H-indazol-5-ylsuIfanyI)-5-fluorobenzylamine (5r): A solution of compound (4r), (0.43 g, 1.5 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was purged with nitrogen and treated with Pd(OH)2/C catalyst (15% wt, 280 mg, 0.3 mmol) followed by concentrated HCl (0.38 mL, 4.6 mmol). After purging more with nitrogen, a hydrogen-filled balloon was placed on top of the flask. After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, the LC showed no more starting material. Next, K2CO3 (0.5 g) was-added. The catalyst was filtered through a plug of silicagel/celite/sand and washed with CHCI3/Et3N and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting pale yellow foam (5r), (0.43 g, .87 % isolated yield) was stored under a nitrogen atmosphere. MS (ESI) m/z 287.9 (M+H) +.
Step F: 1 -(5-Cyclopropyl-2-p-chIorophenyl-2H-pyτazol-3-yl)-3-[2- (1 -methyl-1 H-indazo-5-yIsulfanyi)-5-fIuorobenzyl]-urea (6r-1): A solution of compound (5r), (70 mg, 0.21 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was treated with the corresponding carbamate (97 mg, 0.24 mmol) followed by DIEA (70 μL, 0.54 mmol). The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 18 hours under nitrogen atmosphere. The crude product was then purified by preparative thin layer chromatography using hexane/EtOAc (1 :1 ) as eluent (Rf = 0.6) to give the final product (6r-1) (80 mg, 68% isolated yield). H NMR (400 MHz, CQCI3) δ 7.85 (s, 1 H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.34-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.97 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.92-6.84 (m, 2H), 5.99 (s, 1 H), 5.7 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.4 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 1.89 (m, 1H), 0.95-0.9 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.71 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 547.1 (M+H) +. Step G: 1-(5-ferf-Butyl-2-p-chIorophenyI-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[2-(1- methyl-1 W-indazo-5-yIsulfanyl)-5'-fluorobenzyl]-urea (6r-2): A solution of amine (5r), (70 mg, 0.21 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was treated with the corresponding carbamate (100 mg, 0.24 mmol) followed by DIEA (70 μL, 0.54 mmol). The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 18 hours under nitrogen atmosphere. The crude product was then purified by preparative thin layer chromatography using hexane/EtOAc (1:1) as eluent (Rf = 0.6) to give the final product (6r-2) (80 mg, 66% isolated yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ
7.86 (s, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.26 (m, 5H) 7.21-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.98 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d(t), J = 8.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (s, H), 6.24 (s, 1H), 5.64 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.42(d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 1.3 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/z 563.1 (M+H) +.
Example 93
Preparation of 1 -(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-(2-ri -(3- isopropylamino-pro.pyl)-1H-indazol-5-ylamino1-benzyl}-urea (8s-2) The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8s-2 is shown in
Figures 43A-B.
Step A: 1-Allyl-5-brdmo-1H-indazoIe (1s): 5-Bromoindazole (Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 11:1153-1156 (2001)) (3.94 g, 20.0 mmol), allyl bromide (2.6 mL, 30 mmol) and potassium carbonate (4.15 g, 30.0 mmol) were heated in DMF (25 mL) at 100 °C for 18 hours. The reaction was cooled, filtered through celite, and the solids were washed with EtOAc. The solution was concentrated to near dryness and then partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3, dried (MgSO ), concentrated, and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 7% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide the /V1 isomer (faster eluting) 1 -allyl-5-bromo-1 H-indazole (1 s) (1.7 g, 36% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (dd, J = 8.6, .6 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.06-5.97 (m, 1H), 5.24 (dd, J = 10.2, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 5.01-5.00 (m, 2H); MS (ESI+) m/z 237, 239 (M+H, Br pattern) detected; HPLC (5 to 95%) 2.98 min. Step B: 3-(5-Bromoindazol-1-yl)-propan-1-ol (2s): 1-Allyl-5-bromo-
1 H-indazole (1s) (0.50 g, 2.1 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL THF and cooled to 0 °C. A solution of 9-BBN in THF (0.5 M solution, 8.9 mL, 4.4 mmol) was then added slowly via syringe under nitrogen and stirring. The reaction was warmed to room temperature over 6.5 hours. Then, a solution of aqueous H2O2 (30% wt. solution; 1.4 mL) in 1 N NaOH (14 mL, 14 mmol) was added slowly to the solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, resulting in the formation of a white precipitate. The reaction was diluted with H2O and Et2O. The layers were separated and the organic phase was washed with brine. The aqueous phases were extracted once with Et20. The organic phases were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material (2s) was carried on to the next step without characterization.
Step C: 5-Bromo-1 -[3-(tert-butyl-diphenyI-silanyIoxy)-propyl]-1 H- indazole (3s): Crude 3-(5-Bromoindazol-1'-yl)-propan-1-ol (2s) (2.1 mmol) and imidzaole (0.22 g, 3.2 mmol) were dissolved in 10 mL CH2Cl2. tert- Butyldiphenylsilyl chloride (0.58 g, 2.1 mmol) was added to the solution and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. Additional amounts of imidazole (0.07 g, 1.0 mmol) and tert-butyldiphenylsilyl chloride (0.16 g, 0.63 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with Et2O and washed sequentially with an aqueous 3% HCl solution and brine. The aqueous phases were extracted once with Et2θ. The organic phases were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified on silica gel with 1 :6 Et2O/hexane to afford (3s) ( .0 g, 96%. over two steps) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.92 (s, 1 H), 7.86 (s, 1 H), 7.61 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 4H), 7.44-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.36-7.33 (m, 5H), 4.53 (t, J = 10.2 Hz, 2H), 3.63 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 2.16-10 (m, 2H), 1.08 (s, 9H); ΗPLC (5 to 95%) 4.72 min.
Step D: 1 -[3-(tert-ButyI-diphenylsHanyIoxy)-propyI]-1 H-indazole-5- boronic acid (4s): 5-Bromo-1-[3-(tert-butyl-diphenylsilanyloxy)-propyl]-1 H- indazole (3s) (200 mg, 0.41 mmol) was dissolved in 4.0 mL THF and cooled to -78 °C. A solution of n-butyl lithium in hexanes (2.5M, 0.17 mL) was added slowly. The yellow solution was stirred for 30 minutes. Trimethyl borate (130 mg, 1.2 mmol) was added and the reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 30 min. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of a 0.3% aqueous HCl solution and the resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min. The reaction was diluted with Et2O and the layers were separated. The organic phase was washed with brine. The aqueous phases were extracted once with Et20. The organic phases were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was partially purified on silica gel with 3% MeOH/CH2CI2 to afford (4s) (97 mg, 52%). MS (ESI+) m/z 459 (M+H) +. HPLC (5 to .95%) 3.74 min. This mixture was carried on to the next step without further purification.
Step E: 1-(2-AminobenzyJ)-3-(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-urea (5s): 5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (10s) (4.8 g, 31 mmol) and carbonyl diimidazole (4.6 g, 32 mmol) were partially dissolved in DCE (100 mL) and heated at 70 °C for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled and 2-aminomethyl-phenylamine (9s) (4.2 g, 34 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred 14 hours. The reaction was concentrated to remove the solvent and then partitioned between EtOAc and 0.5N HCl (60 mL). The organic phase was washed with NH4CI and water and dried (MgSO4). The solution was concentrated and recrystallized from EtOAc (200 mL) to provide the desired product (5s) (4.6 g, 49% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) <5 8.31 (s, 1 H), 6.98 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.96 (dt, J = 7.8, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.63 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.59 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.48 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.93 (s, 1 H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.12 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 1.16 (s, 9H). Step F: 1-(2-{1-[3-(tert-Butyldiphenylsilanyloxy)-propyI]-1H- indazol-5-ylamino}-benzyl)-3-(5-tert-butyl-2-methyI-2H-pyra2:ol-3-yI)-urea (6s): Boronic acid 4 (240 mg, 0.52 mmol), 1-(2-amino-benzyl)-3-(5-tert-butyl- 2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-urea (5s) (170 mg, 0.58 mmol), copper (II) acetate (90 mg, 0.52 mmol), and 240 mg of 4 angstrom molecular sieves were suspended in 10 mL CH2CI2. Triethylamine (0.36 mL, 2.6 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight while exposed to air. An additional 3 mL of CH2CI was added and the mixture was filtered through Celite and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified on silica gel with 2-4% MeOH/CH2CI2 to afford (6s) (170 mg, 45% yield) as a brown tar. MS (ESI+) m/z 714 (M+H) +; HPLC (5 to 95%) 4.32 min. Step G: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-{2-[1-(3- hydroxy-propyl)-1 H-indazol-5-yIamino]-benzyl}-urea (7s): 1 -(2-{1 -[3-(tert- Butyldiphenyl-silanyloxy)-propyl]-1H-indazol-5-ylamino}-benzyl)-3-(5-tert- butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-y!)-urea (6s) (40 g, 0.056 mmol) was dissolved in 0.5 mL THF and treated with TBAF (1.0 M solution in THF, 0.11 mL, 0.11 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Additional TBAF was added (0.3 mL, 0.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred an additional 2 hours. The reaction was diluted with CH2CI2 and washed with H2O. The aqueous phase was extracted once with CH2CI2. The organic phases were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified on silica gel with 5% MeOH/CH2CI2 to afford the desired compound (7s).(8 mg, 30%, -90% pure by 1H NMR and HPLC). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.12 (m, 4.H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.81 (t, J = 10.6 Hz, 1H), 5.93 (s, 1H), 5.41-5.38 (m, 1H)r 4.49 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.43 (ti, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (t, J = 8.2 Hz, 3H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 2.13- 2.07 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 9H); MS (APCI) m/z 476 (M+H)+; HPLC (5 to 95%) 2.79 min.
Ste H: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-{2-[1-(3- dimethylamino-propyl)-1H-indazoI-5-yIamino]-benzyl}-urea (8s-1):
Methanesulfonic anhydride (12 mg, 0.070 mmol) was added to a solution of alcohol (7s) (24 mg, 0.050 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (20 mg, 0.15 mmol) at room temperature. The solution was stirred for 1 hour. Dimethylamine (2.0 M in THF, 0.25 mL, 0.50 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred overnight. Additional dimethylamine was added (2.0 M in THF, 0.25 mL, 0.50 mmol) and the reaction was stirred an additional 2 days. The mixture was then partitioned between CHCI3 and water. The aqueous phase was extracted once with CHCI3. The organic phases were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified on silica gel with 5% MeOH/CH2CI2 containing 1 % Et3N to provide the desired compound (8s-1) (11 mg, 43%.yield) as a dark foam. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.11 (m, 4H), 6.80-6.75 (m, 2H), 5.94 (s, 1 H), 5.55 (m, 1 H), 4.43 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.38 (t, J = 10.5 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (s, 3H), 2.24 (t, J = 10.5 Hz, 2H), 2.19 (s, 6H), 2.08-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.24 (s, 9H); MS (ESI+) m/z 503 (M+H)+; HPLC (5 to 95%) 2.59 min.
Step I: 1-(5-tert-ButyI-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-{2-[1-(3- isopropylaminopropyl)-1 H-indazol-5-yIamino]-benzyl}-urea (8s-2):
• Methanesulfonic anhydride (18 mg, 0.11 mmol) was added to a solution of alcohol (7s) (36 mg, 0.076 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (29 mg, 0.23 mmol) at room temperature. The solution was stirred for 1 hour. Isopropylamine (0.13 mL, 1.50 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 60 hours. The volatiles were removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified on silica gel with 5% eOH/CH2d2 containing 1% Et3N and then on Cι8 silica with CH3CN/H2O to afford the desired compound (8s-2) (8 mg, 20% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.17-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.93-6.89 (m, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.52 (t, J = 10.2 Hz, 2H), 4.41- (s, 2H), 3.57 (s, 3H), 3.35-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.03 (t, J = 1 .7 Hz, 2H), 2.29-2.22 (m, 2H), 1.29 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6H), 1.26 (s, 9H); MS (ESI+) /z 517 (M+H)+; HPLC (5 to 95%) 2.61 min.
Example 94
Preparation of 1 -(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-r5-fluoro-2-(1 -methyl 1H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzvnurea (7t-1) and 1-f5-tert-butyl-2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-
2H-pyrazol-3-vπ-3-f5-fluoro-2-(1 -methyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyllurea (7t-2
The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 7t-2 is shown in Figure 44.
Step A: 5-Methoxy-1-methyI-1 H-indazole (2t): A solution of 6- methoxy indazole (1t) (5 g, 33.75 mmol; see Tet Lett., 43(15): 2695 (2002)) in DMF (200 mL) was treated with potassium carbonate (6.06 g, 43.87 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at for 15 minutes, methyl iodide (2.33 mL, 37.12 mmol) Was added. The resulting mixture was heated at 110 °C for 18 hours. LC showed minor starting material left. Additional methyl iodide was added (2.33 mL) and stirring continued for an additional 18 hours. LC showed a 2:1 mixture of the H1 to Λ 2 alkylated isomers. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue taken up in DCM and washed with 1N HCl. The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper, evaporated in vacuo and purified on the Biotage eluting with 4:3, 3:1 hexane/Et2O. The desired combined fractions (Λ/1 isomer) were evaporated in vacuo to provide the desired product (2t) as a yellow oil (2.57 g; 47%). "Η NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.38 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.18 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.44 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.36 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 1H); MS (ESI+) m/z 163 (M+H) detected.
Step B: 1 -Methyl-1 H-indazol-5-oI (3t); To a solution of (2t) (0.99 g, 6.1 mmol) in toluene (30 mL) was added AICI3 (2.44 g, 18.3 mmol) at room temperature, upon which a purple colored mixture formed. After refluxing for 20 minutes, an olive colored mixture formed. The mixture was refluxed for 2 hours, allowed to cool to room temperature and poured into an ice-water bath, . The insoluble solids were collected by filtration (398 mg). The filtrate was extracted with DCM, filtered through 1PS paper, evaporated in vacuo and purified on the Biotage eluting with (1 :9) then (3:7) Et2O/DCM and finally (1:1) DCM/Et2O. The product fractions were evaporated in vacuo affording compound (3t) as a brown foam (122 mg). Total combined yield 520 mg (58%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7,38 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.18 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.44 (m, 1 H), 4.43-4.36 (m, 1 H), 2.53-2.45 (m, 1 H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI+) m/z 149 (M+H) detected. Step C: 5-Fluoro-2-(1 -methyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzonitrile (4t):
A solution of (3t) (0.70 g, 4.74 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was cooled to 0 °C and treated with 60% by weight sodium hydride (0.28 g, 7.11 mmol). After stirring at this temperature for 20 minutes, the aryl fluoride (0.79 g, 5.69 mmol) was added at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was then cooled to 0 °C and treated with water (50 mL), extracted with Et2O (3 x 150 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x'20 mL), brine (2 x 20 mL), dried over MgSO and evaporated in vacuo to an oil. This material was purified by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexane = 2:3; loaded in warm toluene and DMF mixture). The desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo and azeotroped with toluene. The compound (4t) was obtained as white crystals, 1.09 g (86% isolated yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.38 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.18 (m, 1H), 4.51- 4.44 (m, 1 H), 4.43-4.36 (m, 1 H), 2.53-2.45 (m, 1 H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI+) m/z 268 (M+H). detected. '
Step D: 5-Fluoro-2-(1 -methyl-1 W-indazol-5-yIoxy)-benzyfamine hydrochloride (5t): A solution of (4t) (0.32 g, 1.22 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) was purged with nitrogen and treated with 20% Pd(OH)2/C catalyst (15% wt, 180 mg) followed by concentrated HCl (0.3 mL, 3.6 mmol). After purging further with nitrogen, a balloon containing hydrogen was placed on top of the flask. After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, the LC indicated no more starting material was present. The catalyst was filtered through a plug of silica gel/celite/sand and washed with MeOH. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue co-evaporated from ether. The resulting pale yellow foam (5t) was stored under N2, 0.34 g (91% isolated yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.38 (d-, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.18 (rη, .1H), 4.51-4.44 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.36 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.45 (m, 1 H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 1H); MS (ESI+) m/z 272 (M+H) detected. Step E: 1-(5-tert-ButyI-2-p-toIyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[5-fIuoro-2-(1- methyl-1 W-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl]urea (7t-1): A solution of (5t) (70 mg, 0.23 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was treated with the corresponding carbamate (6t- 1) (100 mg, 0.25 mmol) followed by DIEA (99 μL, 0.57 mmol). The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 18 hours under nitrogen purge. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue taken up in DCM and washed with 1N HCl. The'organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper and evaporated in vacuo to an oil that was purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with 10:1 DCM/Et2O. The desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to provide the desired compound (7t-1) as a pale yellow oil (80 mg; 67% isolated yield). . 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) § 7.38 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.6 . Hz, 1H), 7.13 '(d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.18 (m, 1H),4.51-4.44 (m, 1H), 4.43- 4.36 (m, 1 H), 2.53-2.45 (m, 1 H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI+) m/z 527 (M+H) detected.
Step F: 1 -[5-terf-Butyl-2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-yI]-3-[5- fluoro-2-(1-methyMW-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl]urea (7t-2): A solution of (5t) (74 mg, 0.57 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was treated with the corresponding ' carbamate (6t-2) (110 mg, 0.25 mmol) followed by DIEA (99 mL, 0.57 mmol). • The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 18 hours, under nitrogen-purge. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue taken up in DCM and washed with 1 HCl. The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper and - evaporated in vacuo to an oil that as purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1) DCM/Et2O. Desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to provide the desired compound (7t-2) as a pale yellow oil (80 mg; 64% isolated yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.38 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), ' 7.17 (dd, J = 7.8, .6 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.18 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.44 (m, 1 H), 4.43-4.36 (m, 1 H), 2.53-2.45 (m, 1 H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 1 H); • MS (ESI+) /77/z 547 (M+H) detected.
In a similar manner the following compounds were synthesized.
Example 95
Preparation of cvclopropanecarboxylic acid 2-(1-cvclobutylmethyl-1H-indazol)- . 5-fluorobenzylamide (9t)
Figure imgf000151_0001
8t 9t
A solution of (8t) (20 mg, 0.06 mmol; prepared as in Example 94, Steps A-E) in DCM (0.5 mL) was treated with base (13 μL, 0.09 mmol) followed by cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (6 μL, 0.07 mmol) at room temperature, under nitrogen purge. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and then purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1) DCM-Et2O. The desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to afford the product (9t) as a pale yellow oil, 10.2 mg (42% isolated yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 394 (M+H) detected.
Example 96
Preparation of N-r5-fluoro-2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzvπ-3- trifluoromethyl benzamide (1 t)
Figure imgf000151_0002
10t 11t
A solution of compound (10t) (14 mg, 0.05 mmol; prepared as in Example 94, Steps A-E) in DCM (0.5 mL) was treated with base (11 μL, 0.06 mmol) followed by 3-trifluorornethylbenzoyl chloride (12 mg, 0.075 mmol) at room temperature, under nitrogen purge. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 hours and then purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1) DCM-Et2θ. The desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to afford the product (11t) as a- yellow oil, 16.6 mg (53 % isolated yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.38 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.18 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.44 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.36 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 1H); MS (ESI+) m/z 468 (M+H) detected.
Example 97
Preparation of N-f2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzvn-2-f3- trifluoromethylphenyl)-acetamide (14t)
Figure imgf000152_0001
10.
Preparation of N-f2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzvπ-2-(3- trifluoromethylphenvD-acetamide (14t)
A solution of (3-trifluoromethyiphenyl) acetic acid (12t) (10 mg, 0.051 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was treated with 1 ,1 -carbonyldiimidazole (GDI, 9 mg,
15 0.055 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, under nitrogen purge, the benzylamine (13t) (17 mg, 0.05 mmol; prepared as in Example 94, Steps A-E) was added at room temperature. Stirring was continued for an additional 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue taken up in DCM and purified on a silica
20 gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1 ) DCM-Et2O. Desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to afford the product (14t) as a pale yellow oil (10 mg; 42% isolated yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 482 (M+H) detected.
Example 98
Preparation of 5-tert-butyl-1-pyridin-2-yl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid 5-
25 fluoro-2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzylamide (16t)
Figure imgf000153_0001
A solution of 5-tert-butyl-1-pyridin-2-yl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid (15t) (12 mg, 0.05 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was treated with 1,1- carbonyldiimidazole (CDI, 9 mg, 0.05 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, under nitrogen purge, benzylamine (13t) (15 mg, 0.05 mmol; prepared as in Example 94, Steps A-E) was added at room temperature. Stirring was continued for an additional 18 hours . The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue taken up in DCM and purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with 2-10% MeOH in DCM. The desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to afford the product (16t) as a yellow oil, 5.2 mg (23% isolated yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 541 (M+H) detected.
Example 99
Preparation of 2-cvclopropyl-N-r5-fluoro-2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)- benzyll-acetamide (18t)
Figure imgf000153_0002
(17t)
A solution of compound (13t) (15 mg, 0.05 mmol; prepared as in Example 94, Steps A-E) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added to the corresponding TFP acid (17t) (1 mmol/g) at room temperature. The mixture was shaken for 18 hours. The resin was washed with DCM. The combined filtrates were concentrated in vacuo and purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1 ) DCM-Et O. The desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to afford the product (18t) as a yellow oil (12.6 mg; 66% isolated yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 400 (M+H) detected.
Example 100
Preparation of 3-chloro-N-r5-fluoro-2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl]- benzamide (20t)
Figure imgf000154_0001
A solution of (13t) (15 mg, 0.05 mmol; prepared as in Example 94, Steps A-E) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added to the corresponding TFP acid (19t) (1 mmol/g) at room temperature. The mixture was shaken for 18 hours. The resin was washed with DCM. The combined filtrates were concentrated in vacuo and' purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1) DCM- Et2O. The desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to provide the product (20t) as a yellow oil (14.4 mg;,66% isolated yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 452 (M+H) detected.
Example 101
Preparation of N-r5-fluoro-2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzvπ-4- trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonamide (21t)
Figure imgf000155_0001
A solution of compound (13t) (15 mg, 0.04 mmol; prepared as in Example 94, Steps A-E) in pyridine (0.5 mL) was treated with 4- trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (13 mg, 0.05 mmol) at room temperature under nitrogen purge. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo, taken up in DCM and washed with 1N HCl. The organic layer was filtered through 1PS paper, concentrated in vacuo and purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1) DCM-Et2O. The desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to provide the product (21t) as a yellow oil, 15.6 mg (70% isolated yield). MS (ESI+) /z 522 (M+H) detected.
Example 102
Preparation of N-[5-fluoro-2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzvn- methanesulfonamide (22t)
Figure imgf000155_0002
13t 14t
A solution of compound (13t) (15 mg, 0.043 mmol; prepared as in
»
Example 94, Steps A-E j in pyridine (0.5 mL) was treated with methanenesulfonyl chloride (4 μL, 0.05 mmol) at room temperature, under nitrogen purge. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo, taken up in DCM and washed with 1N HCl. The organic layer was filtered through 1PS paper, concentrated in vacuo and purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1 ) DCM-Et2O. The desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to a yellow oil (22t), 13.1 mg (78% isolated yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 392 (M+H) detected.
Example 103
Preparation of 5-fluoro-2-(1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzonitrile (26t) The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26t is shown in
Figure 45.
Step A: 5-Fluoro-2-hydroxybenzonitrile (23t): 2,5- Difluorobenzonitrile (14.9 g, 107 mmol) and. benzyl alcohol (11.1 mL, 11.6 g, 107 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (330 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. Sodium hydride (60% in oil, 6.40 g, 161 mmol) was added to the solution at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room-temperature. After stirring for 1 hour at room temperature, the reaction solution was cooled to 0 °C and water (330 mL) was gradually added to the solution. The mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and extracted 3 times with 500 mL of Et O. The combined organic layer was washed with 10G mL of water twice, brine once, then dried over MgSO . After filtration, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude pale yellow solid. The crude solid was dissolved in MeOH (500 mL). To the solution was added -10% palladium on activated carbon under a nitrogen atmosphere. Replacing nitrogen gas with hydrogen gas, reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature (if the ' reaction did not proceed in 30 minutes, the palladium on carbon wa.s filtered off and set up again). After 2 hours of stirring, the palladium on carbon was filtrated off and washed with MeOH. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a pale yellow solid. The solid was recrystallized from hot toluene (100 mL) by addition of hexane (10 mL) followed by cooling to 0 °C. The obtained white needles were washed with 1:1 mixture of toluene and hexane (7.23 g, 49 % yield). The mother liquor was concentrated and purified on silica gel with .Et2O/hexane (2:3-1:1) to afford desired compound (23t) (6.94 g, 47% yield). Total 14.2 g (96% yield) over 2 steps. 1HNMR (400 MHz, oVDMSO) £ 11.09 (s, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J= 8.4, 3.2 Hz, 1H),-7.40 (td, J=8.6, 3.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.03 (dd, =9.2, 4.4 Hz, 1 H) ppm.
Step B: 5-Fluoro-2-(3-methyI-4-nitrophenoxy)-benzonitrile (24t):
Intermediate (23t) (10.0 g, 72.9 mmol), 4-fluoro-2-methyl-1 -nitrobenzene (13.6 g, 87.5 mmol) and potassium carbonate (11.1 g, 80.2 mmol) were dissolved in dimethyl acetamide (DMA 400- mL), and then the mixture was heated to 100 °C under vigorous stirring. After 16 hours of stirring, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature then 400 mL of water was added to the mixture. The mixture was extracted three times with 500 mL of Et2O. The combined organic layer was washed three times with 100 mL of water and once with brine. The solution was then dried over MgSO , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained orange crude solid was washed with 100 mL of warmed (about 50 °C) hexane and further, with 400 mL of hexane (not warmed) to afford pale yellow solid (16.4 g). The orange filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified on silica gel with Et2O/hexane (1:4 - 1:3) to afford slightly orange solid which was washed with mixture of Et2O and hexane (1 :3) (1.2 g) Two batches of pale yellow solid were combined to afford compound (24t) (17.6 g, 89% yield). HNMR (400 MHz,'CDCI3) δ 8.08 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J = 7.6, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (ddd, J = 9.7, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J = 9.5, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 6.95-6.87 (m, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H) ppm. Step C: 2-(4-Amino-3-methylphenoxy)-5-fluorobenzonitrile (25t):
Intermediate (24t) (14.3 g, mmol) and zinc dust (17.2 g, 263 mmol) were suspended in mixed solvent of MeOH/THF (1:11 125 mL) and saturated NH CI (125 mL) was added.. The reaction mixture became warm. There was an obvious change in the zinc suspension. The reaction was finished in 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered through a silica plug and diluted . with EtOAc and saturated NaHCO3. The layers were separated and the combined organics dried over MgS0 and concentrated under reduced pressure.- The crude residue (25t) was pure enough on NMR spectra. 1HNMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 7.83 (dd, J = 8.5, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (td, J = 8.9, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 6.83-6.77 (m, 2H), 6.74 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.88 (s, 1 H), 2.06 (s, 3H) ppm.
Step D: 5-FIuoro-2-(1H-indazoI-5-yloxy)-benzonitriIe (26t):
Intermediate (25t) ( 3.2 g, 54.5 mmol) and NH4BF were dissolved in 550 mL of mixed solvent of AcOH and water (2:1) and cooled to 0 °C. Added concentrated HCl (12N, 23 mL, 272 mmol) and NaNO2 (4.14 g, 59.9 mmol) to the solution at 0 °C, then the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred. After 3 hours of stirring, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and azeotroped with toluene 4 times to dryness to obtain a pale yellow crude solid. The solid was dissolved in 600 mL of EtOAc and KOAc was added to the solution then the mixture was stirred under room temperature. In 30 minutes, the yellow solution became orange and was stirred further. After overnight stirring, the orange suspension was filtered and washed with EtOAc a few times to 1000 mL total • volume. The organic solution was transferred to a separator/ funnel and washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine, dried with MgSO , filtered and evaporated. The obtained crude orange solid was purified on silica gel with EtOAc /hexane (1:2-1:1) to afford an orange solid (13.2 g), which was washed with toluene. The orange colored toluene solution was concentrated and •washed with toluene again. Repeating the same. toluene washing afforded compound (26t) as a slightly orange colored solid (11.7 g, 84% yield over 2 steps). 1HNMR (.400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 12.12 (s, 1 H), 8.03 (s, 1 H), 7.58 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.40 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (dd, J = 7.9, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (ddd, J = 9.4, 7.9, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (dd, J = 9.3, 3.9 Hz, 1H) ppm.
Example 104 Preparation of 3-(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3rvO-1 -f5-fluoro-2-(1 ^methyl-
1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzvn-1-methylurea (28t) The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 28t is shown in Figure 46.
Step A: 5-f luoro-2-(1 -methyl-1 H-indazol-5-yIoxy)-benzylamine hydrochloride (5t): Intermediate (4t) (1.13 g, 4.23 mmol;' prepared as in Example 94, Steps A-C) was dissolved in methanol (50 mL) and 20% palladium hydroxide on activated carbon (0.50 g, 0.71 mmol) was added to the solution under nitrogen atmosphere. After the addition of concentrated HCl (12 N, 5.0 mL, 60 mmol), the mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere overnight (18 hours). The mixture was filtered and palladium hydroxide was washed with MeOH. After evaporation, the crude residue was azeotroped with a mixture of toluene and EtOH to dryness to compound (5t) as a white powder (1.29 g, 99 % yield) 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.72 (br, 3H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J = 9.4, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (td, J - 74.8, 3.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.02 (dd, J = 195.1, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H) ppm. •
Step B: [5-FIuoro-2-(1-methyI-1H-indazol-5-yIoxy)-benzyf|- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (26t): Intermediate (5t) (134 mg, 0.43 mmol) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (5 mL) and diisopropylethylamine (151 μL, 112 mg, 0.87 mmol) and di-tert-butyldicarbonate (94.7 mg, 0.43 mmol) were added to the solution. After overnight stirring (12 hours), the reaction mixture was diluted with' ethyl acetate (100 L), washed with 0.2N HCl (5 mL), saturated NaHCO3 (5 mL) and brine, dried over MgSO and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain an yellow crude oil, which was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (1:2) to obtain the product (26t) as a colorless oil (150 mg, 93% yield). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) cJ'7.85 (s, 1 H), 7.35 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.08 (m, 3H), 6.87 (t, J = 9.4 Hz,' 1H), 6.75 (dd, J = 8.7, 4.7 Hz, IH), 5.09 (br, 1H), 4.35 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 1.42 (s, 9H) ppm.
Step C: [5-FIuoro-2-(1 -methyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzylJ- methylcarbamic acid tert-butyl ester (27t): Intermediate (26t) (50 mg, 0.135 mmol) Was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. Sodium hydride (60%, 8.1 mg, 0.20 mmol) and methyl iodide (42 μL, 95.5 mg, 0.67 mmol) were added to the solution at 0 °C and then the mixture was" allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1 hour of stirring, the mixture was poured into saturated NH CI solution and extracted 3 times with 30 mL of ether. The combined organic layer was washed with 5 mL of water twice and brine one, dried over MgSO and evaporated under reduced pressure. The pale yellow residue was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (1:2) to obtain compound (27t) as a colorless oil (52 mg, quantitative). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.35 (s, 0.4H), 7.33 (s, 0.6H), 7.11 (s, 0.6H), 7.08 (s, 1.4H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.92-6.81 (m, 1 ), 6.81-6.73 (m, 1H), 4.49 (s, 0.8H), 4.45 (s, 1.2H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 2.89 (s, 1.8H), 2.85 (s, 1.2H), 1.45 (s, 3.6H), 1.41 (s, 5.4H) ppm.
Step D: 3-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yI)-1 -[5-fluoro-2-(1 - methyI-1H-indazol-5-yIσxy)-benzy!J-1 -methyl-urea (28t): Intermediate (27t) (52 mg, 0.135 mmol) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (2 mL) and TFA (1 mL) was added to the solution at room temperature. After 1 hour of stirring, the reaction solution was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude pale yellow oil was dissolved in DMA (2 mL). The carbamate (6t-1) and diisopropylethyl amine were added to the solution and heated to 80 °C in a sealed tube. After 16 hours of stirring, reaction mixture was diluted with Et.20 (50 mL) and washed with 5 mL of. water three times and brine once, dried over MgSO and evaporated under the reduced pressure. The crude oil was purified by flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane 1 :1) to obtain compound (28t) as a white foam (63.8 mg, 87% yield over 2 steps). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.83 (s, 1 H), 7.32 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.22 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H)V 7.13 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (s, 1 H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H); 6.89 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J = 7.7, 4.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 6.39 (s, 1H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 2.94 (s, 2H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 1.30 (s, 9H) ppm. Example 105 .
• Preparation of 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-r5-fluoro-2-(1-methyl- 1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzylT-1-methylurea (32t) . The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 32t is shown in Figure 47.
Step A: [5-Fluoro-2-(1 -methyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl]-(4- methoxybenzyl)-amine (29t): Intermediate (5t) (136 mg, 0.442 mmol; prepared as in Example 106, Step A) was dissolved in EtOAc (100 L) and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 then washed with brine, dried over MgSO and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain the free amine. The free amine was dissolved in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (5 mL) and p-anisaldehyde was added to the solution at room temperature. After 2 hours of stirring, the solution was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (5 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. Sodium borohydride was added to the solution at 0 °C. After 40 minutes of stirring at 0 °C, the reaction mixture was quenched with several drops of acetic acid at 0 °C, then the reaction mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 and washed with brine, dried over MgSO and evaporated to obtain a crude oil, which was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (1:1) with 1% Et3N to afford compound (29t) as a color less oil (139 mg, 80% yield). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.3,4 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.92-6.85 (m, 2H), 6.84-6.78 ( , 2H), 4.61 (s, 1 H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 2H) ppm.
Step B: 3-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-toIyI-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1-[5-fluoro-2-(1- methyl-1 H-indazoI-5-yIoxy)-benzyI]-1 -(4-methoxybenzyl)-urea (30t):
Intermediate (29t) (135 mg, 0.354 mmol), trichloroethylcarbamate (6t-1) (154 mg, 0.379 mmol) and diisopropylamine (120/ L, 89mg, 0.69 mmol) were dissolved in DMA (5 mL) arid heated to 80 °C. After 12 hours of stirring at 80 °C, the reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature, diluted with ether (50 mL) and washed with 5 mL of water there times and with brine once, dried over MgSO , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude oil was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (2:3) to afford compound (30t) as a colorless oil (180 mg, 83% yield). 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCls) δ 7.82 (s, 1 H), 7.07-6.95 (m, 8H), 6.94-6.89 (m, 1 H), 6.89-6.84 (m, H), 7.29 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.69 (dd, J = 8.9, 4.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.60 (s, 1 H), 6.41 (s, 1 H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.44 (s, 2H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 1 H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.30 (s, 9H) ppm.
Step C: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[5-fIuoro-2-(1- methyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl]-3-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1 -methyl-urea
(311) : Intermediate (30t) (150 mg, 0.23 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. Sodium hydride (60% in oil, 14 mg, 0.36 mmol) and . methyl iodide (73.8 μL, 168 mg, 1.19 mmol) were added to the solution at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of 5 mL'of water at 0 °C, and then extracted three times with 50 mL of Et2θ. The combined organic layer was washed with 5 mL of water twice and with brine once, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (1 :2) to obtain compound (311) as a pale yellow amorphous (134 mg, 87% yield). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d', J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J = 9:4 Hz, 1 H), 7.15-7-.02 (m, 2H), 7.00-6.81 (m, 6H), 6.80-6.60 (m, 3H), 5.85 (s, 1 H), 4.21 (s, 2H), 4.20 (s, 2H), 4.05 (s, . 3H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.98 .(s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 9H) ppm. Step D: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-toIyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[5-fluoro-2-(1-
' " methyl-1 H-indazol-5-yIoxy)-ben2yl3-1-methyIurea (32i): Intermediate (31 ) (85 mg, 0.131 mmoiywas dissolved in 5 mL of solution of 2 % (v/v) anisole in trifluoroacetic acid and stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hour. After evaporation the crude residue was dissolved in EtOAc (80 mL) and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude oil was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (2:3) to obtain compound (32t) as a white amorphous (68.6 mg, 99% yield). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.84 (s, 1 H), 7.32 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (t, J - 10.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.20-6.96 (m, 1 H), 6.93 (td, J = 8.6, 3.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.85 (td, J = 8.6, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (dd, J - 8.6, 4.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 5.31 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 0.8 H), 5.17 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 0.2H), 4.48-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 2.4H), 2.32 (s, 0.6H), 1.36 (s, 1.8H), 1.29 (s, 7.2H) ppm.
Example 106 Preparation of 1 -(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-Pyrazol-3-yl)-3-f5-fluoro-2-(1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazolor3,4-clpyridin-5-yloxy)-benzvπ-urea (4u)
The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 4u is shown in Figure 48.
Step A: 5-Fluoro-2-hydroxybenzonitrile (23t): 2,5- Difluorobenzonitrile (14.9 g, 107 mmol) and benzyl alcohol (11.1 mL, 11.6 g, 107 mmol) were dissolved in-DMF (330 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. Sodium hydride (60% in oil, 6.40 g, 161 mmol) was added to the solution at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring for 1 hour at room temperature, the reaction solution was cooled to 0 °C and water (330 mL) was gradually added to the solution. The mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and extracted three times with 500 mL of Et2θ. The combined organic layer was washed twice with 100 mL of water, brine once, then dried over MgSO4. After filtration, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude pale yellow solid. The crude solid was dissolved in MeOH (500 mL). To the solution was added 10% palladium on activated carbon under a nitrogen atmosphere. Replacing nitrogen gas with hydrogen gas, reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature (if the reaction did not proceed in 30 minutes, the Rd/C was filtered off and the reaction was set up again). After 2 hours of stirring, the palladium on carbon was filtrated off and washed with MeOH. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a pale yellow solid. The solid was recrystallized from hot toluene (100 mL) by addition of hexane (10 mL) followed by cooling to o °C. The obtained white needles were washed with 1:1 mixture of toluene and hexane (7.23 g,'49 % yield). Mother liquor was concentrated and purified on silica gel with Et2O/hexane (2:3-1 :1 ) to afford the desired compound (23t) (6.94 g, 47% yield). Total 14.2 g (96% yield) over 2 " steps. 1HNMR (400 MHz, cfe-DMSO) £ 11.09 (s, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J= 8.4, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (td, J=8.6, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J=9.2, 4.4 Hz, 1H) ppm.
Step B: 5-Fluoro-2-(4-methyl-5-nitro-pyridin-2-yloxy)-benzonitrile (1u): Intermediate (23t) (1.78 g, 13.0 mmol), 2-chloro-4-methyl-5-nitropyridine (2.31 g, 13.0 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.80 g, 13.0 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (120 mL). When the mixture was warmed to 60 °C, the colorless solution turned blue in 10 minutes. After 16 hours of stirring at 60 °C, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to room temperature and then diluted with 100 mL of Et O. The inorganic precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with Et2O. The combined organic solution (600 mL total) was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with 60 mL of water three times and with brine one time. The solution was dried over MgSO4 and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude brown solid. The crude solid was dissolved in MeOH (240 mL). To the solution was added 10% palladium on activated carbon under nitrogen atmosphere. Replacing nitrogen gas with hydrogen gas, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature (if the reaction did not proceed in 30 minutes, filtrated the Pd/C was filtered off and the reaction was set up again. After 1.5 hours of stirring, palladium on carbon was filtered off and washed with MeOH. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a pale yellow solid. The crude compound was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (1/1-3/2) to afford (1u) as a white solid (2.21 g, 70% yield over.2 steps). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.57 (s, IH), 7.33 (ddd; J= 7.8, 3.1, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.23 (s, OH), 7.15 (ddd, J = 9.3, 4.7, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H) ppm.
Step C: 5-Fluoro-2-(1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-5-yloxy bepzonitrile (2u): Intermediate (1u) (0.25 g, 1.03 mmol) and NH4BF (0.22 g, 2.06 mmol) were dissolved in 10 mL of mixed solvent of AcOH/water (2:1) and. cooled to 0 °C, and followed by addition of concentrated HCl (0.43 mL, 5.16 mmol) and NaNO2 (0.078 g, 1.13 mmol) to the solution at 0 °C. The color of the solution immediately turned into yellow as sodium nitrate was added. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring 2 hours, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and azeotroped with toluene three times to removed the water, to give a pale yellow crude solid. The solid was dissolved in 10 mL of EtOAc and KOAc was added to the solution. The color of suspension turned into deep orange in 30 minutes and then stirred an additional hour. The white inorganic salt was removed by filtration and washed with EtOAc. The combined filtrate was diluted with EtOAc to .100 mL of total volume and transferred to a separatory funnel, washed with sat. NaHCO3 (10 mL) and brine, dried over MgS0 , filtered and evaporated to obtain a deep orange colored solid. The crude solid was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (2.:3) to afford an orange yellow colored solid (2u) (0.23 g, 88% yield over 2 steps). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.30-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.12 (dd, J = 9.4, 4.7 Hz, 1H) ppm. . Step D: 5-Fluoro-2-(1 -methyl-1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-cJpyridin-5-yloxy)- benzonitrile (3u): The intermediate (2u) (0.23 g) was dissolved in DMF (9 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. Sodium hydride (60% in oil, 0.054 g, 1.36 mmol) and methyl iodide (0.28 mb, 642 mg, 4.52 mmol) were added to the solution at 0 °C and then the reaction mixture was stirred for an hour.at 0 °C. The mixture was quenched with 10 mL of water and extracted three times with 30 mL of ether. The combined organic layer was washed with 5 mL of water twice and brine once, dried over MgSO , filtered, and concentrated under reduce pressure. The crude oil residue was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane . (1 :1 ) to afford colorless oil (3u) (0.124 g, 51 % yield). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.56 (s, 1 H), 8.02 (s, 1 H), 7.40-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.05 (m, 1H, 4.17 (s, 3H) ppm.
Step E: 1 -(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[5-fluόro-2-(1 - methyl-1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-5-yloxy)-benzyI]-urea (4u): The intermediate (3u) was dissolved in 10 mL of MeOH, and then concentrated HCl (12N, 1.0 mL, 12 mmol) and 10% palladium on activated carbon were added to the solution. The mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere. After 24 hours stirring, the palladium on activated carbon was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was azeotroped with a mixture of toluene and ethanol a couple of times to dryness to afford the crude hydrochloride salt of the amine. The crude salt was dissolved in 5 mL of DMF. Diisoproylethylamine and trichloroethylcarbamate were added to the solution and heated to 80 °C. After 16 hours of stirring, DMF was evaporated off under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with 50 mL of EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHC03 • and brine, dried over MgS0 , filtered-and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude oil was purified by preparative TLC with EtOAc/hexane (2:1 ) and then 100% of CH2CI2 to afford a colorless oil (4u) (9.0 mg, 4 % yield). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.06-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.91 (td, J = 8.3, 3.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.82 (dd, J = 8.9, 4.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.46 (br, 1 H), 6.18 (s, 1 H), 5.84 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.36 (s, 1 H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.28 (s, 9H) ppm.
Example 107
Preparation of 1 -(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-r5-fluoro-2-(3- pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzofd1ispxazol-6-yloxyVbenzyπ-urea (7v) and 1-(5-tert- butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-θ-yl)-3-r5-fluoro-2-(3-pyrrolidin-1- ylmethylbenzordlisoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzynrurea (8v)
The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 7v and 8v is shown in Figure 49.
; Step A: 5-fluoro-2-(3-methyl«benzo[d]isoxazoI-6-yloxy)- benzonitrile (3v): 3-Methyi-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-ol (1v) (reference for~ synthesis, see Indian J. Chem. Sect.B; '19:571-575 (1980)) (1.58 g, 10.6 mmol) and 2,5-difluoro-benzonitrile (2v) ( .47 g, 10.6 mmol) were combined with potassium carbonate (1.46 g. 10.6 mmol) in 15 L of dry DMA-. The reaction was heated in a 100 °C bath for 6 hours. The reaction was cooled and diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed three times with water, NH4CI, NaHCO3, and brine. The organic solution was dried' over MgSO and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, 70-80% CH2Cl2/hexane) to provide compound (3v) (1.65g, 58% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.63 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.33- 7.26 (m, 1 H), 7.10 -7.06 (m, 2H), 7.03 (dd, J = 8.2, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 2.59 (s, 3H); MS (ESI+).m/z 269 (M+H) detected. Step B: 2-(3-bromomethyIbenzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-5- fluorobenzonitrile (4v): 5-fluoro-2-(3-methyl-benzb[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)- benzonitrile (3v), (0.87 g, 3.2 mmol), H-bromosuccinimide (0.82 g, 4.6 mmol), benzoyl peroxide (0.12 g, 0.49 mmol) and o-dichlorobenzene (6 mL) were ' combined in a 15 mL pressure tube. The mixture was stirred and heated in a 150 °C bath. After 2.5 hours the reaction was cooled and the residue was purified directly by column chromatography (silica, 70% CH2CI2/hexanes) to provide compound (4v) (0.29 g, 26% yield) plus recovered starting material ' (3v) (0.57 g, 65%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.84 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 1 H), 7.16 -7.13 (m, 2H), 7.08-7.05 (m, 1H), 4.72 (s, 2H).
Step C: 5-fluoro-2-(3-pyrroKdin-1-ylmethyl-benzo[d]iso3 azoI-6- yloxy)-benzonitrile (5v): 2-(3-BromomethyIbenzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-5- fluorobenzonitrile (4v) (0.295 g, 0.850 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane and pyrrolidine was added dropwise (0.18 g, 2.5 mmol). After 2 hours, the reaction was concentrated and partitioned between
NaHCOs (15 mL) and EtOAc (30 mL). The aqueous layer was back extracted with EtOAc and the organic-fractions were combined, washed with brine and dried (MgSO4) to provide compound (5v) (0.27 g, 94%) which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.90 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, H), 7.42 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.30-7.26 (m, 1 H), 7.11 (s, 1 H), 7.07-7.02 ( , 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 2.62 (s, 4H), 1.82 (s, 4H); MS (ESI+) m/z 338 (M+H) detected.
Step D: 5-fluoro-2-(3-pyrroIidin-1 -yImethyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6- yloxy)-benzylamine (6v): 5-Fluoro-2-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl- benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzonitrile (5v) (0.20 g, 0.59 mmol) was dissolved in THF (4 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. A solution of lithium aluminum hydride in THF (1.0 mL, 1.0 mmol) was added slowly and the. reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1h, the reaction was cooled to 0 °C and an additional portion of LAH in THF was added (0.9 mL, 0.9 mmol). The reaction was allowed to stir 20 minutes. The reaction was then quenched by the portion-wise addition of sodium sulfate decahydrate at 0 °C until gas evolution ceased. THF was added and the mixture was filtered through celite and eluted with EtOAc. The solution was concentrated to provide 5-fluoro-2-(3- pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yIoxy)-benzylamine (6v) (0.15 g) which was used in the next step without further purification. MS (APCI+) m/z 342 (M+H) detected.
Step E: 1 -(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[5-fluoro-2-(3- pyrroIidin-1 -y!methyl-benzo[d]isoxazoI-6-yloxy)-benzyl]-urea (7v): 5-
Fluόro-2-(3-pyrrolidin-1-y!methyI-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzylamine, (6v) (50 mg, 0.15 mmol), (5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazoI-3-yl)-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl ester (a), (68 mg, 0.21 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.038 mL, 0.22 mmol) were combined in DMF (1.5 mL) and heated at 85 °C for 3 hours. The reaction was cooied and concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography (silica, '4% MeOH/CH2Cl2/0.5% Et3N) to provide 1- (5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[5-fiuoro-2-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl- benzo[d]isoxazoI-6-yloxy)-benzylj-urea (7v) (30 mg, 39%). H NMR (400
MHz, CpCI3) δ 7.79.(d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.03-6.80 (m, 4H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 5.93 (s, 1H), 5.25 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (d, J = 6,3 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.61 (s, 4H), 1.81 (s, 4H), 1.26 (s, 9H); MS (APCI+) m/z 521 (M+H) detected; HPLC (5 to 95%) 2.61 min. Step F: 1 -(5-tert-butyl-2-p-toIyI-2H-pyrazoI-3-yl)-3-[5-fiuoro-2-(3- pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzo[d]isoxazoI-6-y1oxy)-benzyl]-urea (8v): 5-
Fluoro-2-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzyIamine (6v) (50 mg, 0.15 mmol), (5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl ester (b) (75 mg, 0.18 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.038 mL, 0.22 mmol) were combined in DMF (1.5 mL) and heated at 85 °C for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled and concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography (silica, 40 to 60% EtOAc/hexanes/0.25% Et3N) to provide -1 -(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol'3-yl)-3-[5-fluoro-2-(3-pyrrolidin-1 - ylmethyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzyl]-urea (8v) (30 mg, 34% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.78 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), • 7.20 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.02-6.88 (m, 5H), 6.17 (s, 1 H), 6.02 (s, 1 H), 5.30 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.36 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (s, 2H), 2.60 (s, 4H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.80 (s, 4H), 1.32 (s, 9H); MS (ESI+) m/z 597 (M+H) detected; HPLC (5 to 95%) 2.93 min.
Example 108 Preparation of 1 -f5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-f5-fluoro-2-(3-methyl- benzofdlisoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzyll-urea (1 Ov)
The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 10v is shown in Figure 50.
Step A: 5-fluoro-2-(3-methyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)- benzylamine (9v): 5-fIuoro-2-(3-methyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)- benzonitrile (3v) (84 mg, 0.31 mmol; prepared as described in Example 108) was dissolved in THF (3 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. A solution of lithium aluminum hydride in THF (0.35 mL, 0.35 mmol) was added slowly and the reaction was allowed to warm to 'room temperature. After 1 hour the reaction was quenched by the portion-wise addition of sodium sulfate decahydrate at 0 °C untif gas evolution ceased. THF was added and the mixture was filtered through celite and eluted with EtOAc. The solution was concentrated to provide crude product (9v) (66 mg) which was used without further purification. Step B: 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyI-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[5-fluoro-2-(3- methyl-benzo[d]isσxazoI-6-yloxy)-benzyl]-urea (10v): 5-Fluoro-2-(3- methyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzylamine (9v) (60 mg, 0.22 mmol), (5- tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl ester (12v) (89 mg, 0.22 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.058 mL, 0.33 mmol) were combined in DMF (2 mL) and heated at 75 °C for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled and concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography (silica, 30 to 40% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide compound (10v) (90 mg, 77% yield). H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.51 (d, J = 8.6 Hz< 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.02-6.88 (m, 5H), 6.15 (s, 1H), 5.99 (s, 1H), 5.28 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.36 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.31 (s, 9H); MS (ES1+) /z 528 (M+H) detected; HPLC (5 to 95%) 3.49 min.
Example 109
Preparation of 5-bromo-1 -cvclopropylmethyl-1 H-indazole
Figure imgf000170_0001
To a solution of 5-bromoindazole (15 g, 76.1 mmol) and (bromomethyl)cycloproρane (8.12 mL, 83.7 mmol) in 75 mL of DMF, K2CO3 (16 g, 114.0 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 105 °C. After24 hours, starting material was still observed. Additional
(bromomethyl)cyclopropane (5.7 mL, 57.0 mmol) was added and reaction was heated to 105 °C for an additional 24 hours. 5-Bromoindazole was again observed so additional (bromomethyl)cyclopropane was added (4 L, 38 mmol) and the reaction was heated at 95 °C for an additional 48 hours. After' disappearance of 5-bromoindazole, the reaction mixture was poured onto DCM/brine. The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2x) and checked by TLC. No product was observed in aqueous layer. The combined organics were washed with H2O (2x) and brine and dried over Na2SO . After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified by chromatography with 9.5:0.5 hexane/EtOAc • to provide 5-bromo-1-cyclopropylmethyl-1 H-indazole (8.74 g, 45% isolated yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz CDCI3) δ 7.93 (s, '1 H), 7.86 (d, J = 1.57 Hz, 1 H), 7.43 (dd, J = 8.61 , 1.57 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (d, J = 6.26 Hz, 2H), 1.37 - 1.26 (m, 1H), 0.62 - 0.55 (m, 2H), 0.43 -0.37 (m, 2H); MS (APC1+) m/z 251/253 (M/M+2H, 1 :1 ) was detected.
Example 110
, Preparation of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carbonitrile
(17d] The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 17d according to this Example is shown in Figure 51.
Step A: 1,2-Dibromo-4-methyl-5-nitrobenzene: 3,4-dibromotoluene (108.11 mL, 800 mmol) was added dropwise over 4 hours to nitric acid (90%, 280 mL, 6000 mmol) that was cooled to 0°C under a nitrogen atmosphere with mechanical stirring. The internal temperature of the mixture was maintained below 10°C during the addition and was stirred for 1 hour at 0°C after completion of addition. Water (840 mL) was added drop-wise to the mixture maintaining the internal temperature below 10°C. The crude product Was collected by filtration and was washed with water (5 X 500 mL) to remove the excess nitric acid. The solids were dried under high vacuum and purified by recrystallization from ethanol (800 L) to produce 180.9 g (77% yield) of the desired product as a solid. 1H NMR (400 mHz-, CDCI3) δ 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H)
Step B: 1-Bromo-2-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-4-methyI-5-nitrobenzene: A mixture of 1 ,2-dibromo-4-methyl-5-nitrobenzene (84.3 g, 286 mmol), 2,4- difluorophenol (37.2 g) 286 mmol), and K2CO3 (43.5 g, 315 mmol) were heated to 100°C for 45 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then stored in a 5°C refrigerator overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into 1200 mL of ice water all at once. The resulting damp solid was collected, partially ground up, and stirred in 900 mL H2O for 45 minutes. The solid was collected by filtration and rinsed with 700 mL of water portion-wise. The resulting solid was dried under high vacuum overnight to yield 93.5 g of a brown solid (95%yield). 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCI3) δ 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.18 (m, 1H), 7.03 (m, 1H), 6.97 (m, 1H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H). ' Step C: 5-Bromo-4-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-2-methylphenyIamine:
1-Bromo-2-(2,4-difluoro-phenoxy)-4-methyl-5-nitro-benzene (87.0 g, 253 mmol) was dissolved in THF (300 mL) and diluted with MeOH (900 mL). Zinc dust (82.7 g, 1.26 mol) was added and 1 L of saturated NH4CI was added slowly so that the reaction temperature never exceeded 42°C. The reaction ' was mechanically stirred vigorously for 16 hours. The reaction was filtered through Celite and the filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was then concentrated with 1.2 L of saturated NH OAc. When the
THF/MeOH was removed, the solids were collected and washed with water. The solids were then stirred in 1 L water for 30 min, then collected via filtration and rinsed with water (1 L) in three portions. The resulting solid was dried under high vacuum for 48 hours to produce 64 g of the desired product (81%yield). MS (ESI +) m/z 314,316 (M+1, Br pattern) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCIs) δ 6.92 (m, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 6.75 (m, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 3.57 (br. s, 2H), 2.08 (s, 3H).
Step D: 6-Bromo-5-(2,4-difljuorophenoxy)-1 H-indazole (14d): 5-bromo-4-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-2-methylbenzenediazonium tetrafluoroborate: 5-Bromo-4-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-2-methyIphenylamine (30.0 g, 96 mmol) was dissolved in 2:1 AcOH/H2O (960 mL). NH4BF4 (20.0 g, 191 mmol) was added and the mixture was coojed to 3°C (~30 min). Concentrated HCl (40 mL) was then added all at once and the mixture warmed to 6°C.. The mixture was cooled to 2°C and then NaNO2 (7.25 g, 105 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred in the ice bath for 5 minutes and then allowed to stir for A hour at room temperature. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped with toluene (3 X 400 mL). The crude material (5-bromo-4-(2,4-difluoro- phenoxy)-2-methyl-benzenediazonium tetrafluoro borate) was used in the next reaction without further purification.
6-Bromo-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 H-indazole: The crude 5-brømo-4- (2,4-difluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-benzenediazonium tetrafluoroborate was suspended in ethyl acetate (650 mL) and treated with 10 equivalents of KOAc. , The mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 1.5'hours and then filtered and diluted to a 1 L total volume with ethyl acetate. The mixture was washed with saturated NaHCO3/ brine (800 mL, 1:1). The aqueous phase, was extracted with ethyl acetate (400 mL). The organics were combined, • dried (MgS04) and concentrated to a brown solid (31 g, 99% yield). 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCI3) δ.10.55 (br. s, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.99 (m, 1 H), 6.94 (m, 1 H), 6.84 (m, 1 H).
Step E: 6-Bromo-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole (15d): 6-Bromo-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 H-indazole (60.0 g, 185 mmol) was dissolved in DMF and treated with K2CO3 (76.5 g, 554 mmol) and with isobutyl bromide (1-26.4 g, 923 mmol). The mixture was stirred and heated to 80 °C for 16 hours. An additional 15 g of K2CO3 were added and the mixture was vigorously stirred for 24 hours more. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and dissolved in ether (1 L). The mixture was washed with 1:5 brine/water (2 X 600 mL). The aqueous phases were extracted with ether (300 mL) and the combined organics were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was chromatographed on a Biotage Flash.75 in two batches (about 35 g each) eluting with 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes. The combined purified products yielded 30.1 g of the desired product as a solid (43% yield). MS. (ESI +) m/z 381, 383 (M+1, Br . pattern) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCI3) δ 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 6.98 (m, 1H), 6.92 (m, 1H), 6.82 (m, 1H), 4.12 (d, 2H), 2.34 (m, 1H), 0.94 (d, 6H).
Step F: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyI-1H-indazole-6- carbonitrile (1.6d): 6-Bromo-5-(2,4-difluorσphenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole (31.2 g, 82 mmol) and Cu(l)CN (13.9 g, 156 mmol) were dissolved in DMA and degassed with nitrogen under vacuum. The reaction mixture was heated to 150°C for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate before washing twice with 7M NH4OH. The organics were washed with brine and degassed with nitrogen before being dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was chromatographed eluting with 10 % ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford 25.1 g of product (95%> yield).
Step G: 5-(2,4-DifIuorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6- carboxylic acid (17d): 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6- carbonitrile (25.1 g, 77 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (620 mL) and KOH (2.5 M, 310 mL) and heated to reflux for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure to remove the ethanol. The resulting aqueous solution was diluted with water and washed with ether. The aqueous layer was acidified with concentrated HCl to pH 1 and extracted with ethyl acetate several times. The organic layers were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 25.5 g of the product (96% yield). 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCI3) δ 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 7.04 (m, 1H), 6.95 (m, -1H), 4.24 (d, 2H), 2.36 (m, 1H), 0.94 (d, 6H).
Example 111 Preparation of f3-r5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-yloxyl- propyD-dimethylamine (20d) The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 20d according to ' this example is shown in Figure 52.
Step A: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-oI (15d; prepared according to Example 110, Steps A-E: 6-Bromo-5-(2,4- difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazόle (1.36 g, 3.6 mmol) was dissolved in dry ether (17.5 mL) and cooled to -78°C. n-Butyl lithium (1.7 mL of 2.5 M in hexane) was added dropwise over 10 minutes and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Trimethylborate (6 mL, 53.5 mmol) was added drop-wise over 10 minutes and the reaction mixture was -allowed to-warm to room temperature and stir for 18 hours. The mixture was cooled to -10°C and 2N NaOH (3.6 L) and water (3 mL) were added followed by H2O2'(3.6 mL) and 2N NaOH (3.6 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours when white precipitate fo'rmed. Water (3 mL), 4N NaOH (4 mL), and H2O2 (1 mL) was added and the mixture stirred for another 20 minutes. The mixture was then diluted with ether and the layers separated. The aqueous layer was washed with ether, acidified and then extracted with ethe'r (2X). The combined ether extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 0.465 g product (41% yield). Step B: 6-(3-Chloropropoxy)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl- 1 H-indazole (19d): To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H- indazol-6-ol (0.015 g, 0.05 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added Cs2CO3. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes before the addition of 1-bromo-3- chloropropane (0.01 g, 0.08 mmol) and then was heated to 80°C for 25 hours. After cooling the mixture to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and ether and the layers separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether and the combined organic layers were washed with 1N" NaOH, water, and brine. The crude mixture was dried over'Na2SO and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the product with a small impurity. The crude mixture was used in the next reaction without further purification. • •
Step C: {3-[5-(2,4-Dif luorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-yloxy]- propy -dimethylamine (20d): To a solution of 2N dimethylamine in THF (1.4 mL) was added 6-(3-chloropropoxy)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl- . 1 H-indazole (0.019 g, 0.05 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 62 hours and then heated to 45°C for 3 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and 0-.1N NaOH. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3X). The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine and then dried over Na2SO . The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude mixture that was purified by reverse phase HPLC. The desired fraction was concentrated to the TFA salt (7.mg, 3.7% yield). MS (ESI +) /z 404 (M+1) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCI3) δ 7.88 (s, 1 H), 7.34. (s, 1 H), 6.97 (m, 1 H), 6.82 (s, 1 H), 6.78 (m, 2H), 4.14 (m, 2H), 4.11 (d, 2H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.76 (s, 6H), 2.35 (m, 1 H), -2:22 (m, 2H), 0.95 (d, 6H).
Example 112 Preparation of 5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-6-(piperidin-4-ylmethoxy)- 1 H-indazole (21 d)
To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-ol (0.06 g, 0.19 mmol) and 4-(toluene-4-sulfonyloxymethyl)-piperidine-1- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.08 g, 0.20 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added . Nal (0.014 g, 0.009 mmol) and K2C03 (0.08 g, 0.56 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 70°C for 20 hours. The mixture was diluted with ether and water and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2X) and the combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, and dried over Na2SO . The crude mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by reverse phase HPLC. The desired fraction was concentrated to 0.037 g that was then treated with HCl (4N in dioxane) for 7 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the final product was dried under high vacuum to obtain 0.031 g solid (37% yield). MS • (APCI +) m/z 416(M+1) detected.
Example 113
Preparation of 5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy -1 -isobutyl-6-f3-piperazin~1 -yl-propoxy)- 1 H-indazole (22d)
To a solution of 6-(3-chloropropoxy)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl- 1 H-indazole (0.025 g, 0.063 mmol) and Nal (0.019 g, 0.13 mmol) in DMA (0.5 mL) and THF (5 mL) was added piperazine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.059g, 0.32 mmol). The reaction-mixture was heated in a sealed reaction vessel to 65°C for 20 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between water, brine, and ether. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2X). The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine and dried over a2SO . The crude mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and- treated with HCl (4N in dioxane) for 3 hours. The resulting mixture was concentrated and purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 0.025 g of the TFA salt (51% yield). MS (APCI +) m/z 445 (M+1) detected; 1H NMR (400 . . mHz, CD3OD) δ 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.14 (m, 1H), 6.89 (m, 2H), 4.23 (t, 2H), 4.18 (d, 2H), 3.52 (m, 4H), 3.41 (m, 4H), 3.14 (t, 2H), 2.31 (m, 1 H), 2.19 (m, 2H), 0.92 (d, 6H).
Example 114 Preparation of 5-(2:4-difluorophenoχy)-1 -isobutyl-6-(morpholin-2-ylmethoxy)-
1 H-indazole (23d) Step A: 2-Hydroxymethylmorpholine-4-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: Tσ a solution of (4-benzylmorpholin-2-y!)-methanol (0.66 g, 3.18 mmol, Synth. Comm. 1980, 10, 59-73) in MeOH (20 mL) was added Boc anhydride (0.83 g, 3.82 mmol) followed by Pd/C (0.66 g, 6.20 mmol). The mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere for 60 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford ' the. product as colorless oil (0.69 g, 99% yield). Step B: 2-Bromomethylmorpholine-4-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: To a cooled (0°C) solution of 2-hydroxymethylmorpholine-4-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (1.04 g, 4.79 mmol, see Step 1) in dichloromethane (20 L) was added CBr (1.98 g, 5.98 mmol). After stirring the mixture for 10 minutes, triphenylphosphine (2.20 g, 8.38 mmol) was added portion-wise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 6 hours and then allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 60 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and then diluted with ether. The crude mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford the crude product, which was chromatographed on Biotage eluting with dichloromethane. The desired fractions were combined and concentrated to yield 0.50 g pf product (37% yield).
Ste C: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-6-(morpholm-2- • ylmethoxy)-1 H-indazole: To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-. 1H-indazol-6-ol (0.035 g, 0.11 mmol) in DMA (3,5 mL)'was added Cs2CO3 (0.11 g, 0.33 mmol). The mixture stirred at room temperature for 1 hour before the addition of 2-bromomethylmorpholine-4-carboxylic acid tert-butyl, ester ■ (0.062 g, 0.22 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ether and water and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3X) and the combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The crude mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the desired product. MS (APCI +) m/z 18 (M+1) detected; H NMR (400 mHz, CD3OD) δ 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1 H), 7.11 (m, 1 H), 6.84 (m, 2H), 4.22 (m, 2H), 4.18 (d, 2H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 3.31 (m, 3H), 3.03 (m, 2H), 2.31 (m, 1 H), 0.92 (d, 6H)
Example 115 Preparation of 1-l5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-yloxyj-3- pyrrolidin-1 -yl-propan-2-ol (24d) Step A: 5-(2,4-DifIuorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyI-6-oxiranylmethoxy-1 H- indazole: To a solution of 5-(2,4-dif)uorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-ol (0.15 g, 0.47 mmol) in DMA (5 mL) was added Cs2CO3 (0.46 g, 1.41 mmol). After stirring the mixture for 3 hours, 2-bromomethylόxirane (0.13 g, 0.94 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was diluted with ether and water and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3X) and the combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The crude product was concentrated under reduced pressure and used in the next reaction without further purification (0.135 g, 77% yield).
. Step B: 1 -[5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobuty H-indazol-6-yIoxy]- 3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propan-2-ol: To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1- isobutyl-6~oxiranylmethoxy-1 H-indazole (0.035 g, 0.093 mmol, see Step 1 ) in MeOH (3 mL) was added pyrrolidine (0.007 g, 0.093 mmol). The mixture was ' stirred at room temperature for 36 hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLCto afford the final product as a TFA salt (0.037 g, 59% yield). MS (APCI +) m/z 446 (M+1 ) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCI3) δ 7-.92 (s, 1 H), 7.33 (s, 1 H), 6.96 (m, 1 H), 6.88 (s, 1 H), 6.79 (m, 2H), 4.34 (m, 1 H), 4.25 (m, 1 H), 4.14 (d, 2H), 3.95 (m, 1H),-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.17 (m, 1H), 3.08.(m, 1 H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 2.78 (m, 1 H), 2.33 (m, 1 H), 2.12 (m, 4H), 0.94 (d, 6H).
Example 116 Preparation of 5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-sulfonic acid. (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-amide (26d) •
The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26d according to this example is shown in Figure 53. Step A: 5-(2,4-Difluαro-phenoxy)-1-isobutyMH-indazoIe-6-sulfonyl .chloride (25d): To a cooled (-78°C) solution of 6-bromo-5-(2,4- difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole (15d; prepared as in Example 110, Steps A-E) (2.0 g, 5.2 mmol) in THF (50 mL) under N2 atmosphere was added n-butyl lithium (1.5 ml of 2.5 M) dropwise: The resulting solution was stirred at -78°C for 5 minutes and then transferred via cannula to a cooled (-78°C) suspension of SO2 (0.34 g, 5.25 mmol) in THF (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at -78°C for 2 hours and then diluted with ether (20 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The suspension was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was stirred in an ice bath with saturated NaHCO3 . (15 mL) and NCS (0.77 g, 5.8 mmol) for 45 minutes. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3X) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over Na2SO . The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a highly viscous liquid that was used in the -next reaction without further purification.
Step B: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-sulfonic acid (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-amide (26d): To a cooled (0°C) solution of 5- (2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-sulfonyl chloride (0.20 g, 0.50 mmol) in dichloromethane under N2 atmosphere was added 3- (dimethylamino)propylamine (0.05 g, 0.50 mmol) and triethylamine (0.15 g, 1.5 mmol) drop-wise. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours and then diluted with dichloromethane (20 mL), washed with water, saturated NaHCO- and brine and then dried over MgSO . The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and chromatographed on preparatory TLC plates eluting with dichloromethane/ MeOH/Et3N (95:4:1 ) to afford the 93 mg of final product (40% yield). MS (APCI -) m/z 466 detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCI3) δ . 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.90 (m, 1H), 4.22 (d, 2H), 3.12 (t, 2H), 2.35 (m, 3H), 2.13 (s, 6H), 1.70 (m, 2H)S 0.94 (d, 6H). Example 117
Preparation of (S)-methyl 2-(5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6- sulfonamidoV4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (27d) Prepared as in Example 116, Steps A and B, substituting 2-amino-4- dimethylaminobutyric acid methyl ester dihydrochloride for 3- (dimethylamino)ρropylamine. The crude product was chromatographed on preparatory TLC plates eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate/Et3N (50:50:5) to afford the final product (37% yield). MeOH/Et3N (95:4:1 ) to afford the 93 mg of final product (40% yield). MS (APCI -) m/z 523 (M-1) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCI3) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.89 (m, 1H),.4.32 (t, 1H), 4.21 (d, 2H), 3.45 (s, 3H), 2.37 (m, 3H), 2.15 (s,-6H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.90 (m,- 1H), 0.92 (dd, 6H). Example 118
Preparation of 5-f2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-sulfonic acid f2-(1 -methylpyrroltdin-2-yl)-ethvn-amide (28d) Prepared as in Example 116, Steps A and B, substituting 2-(1 - methylpyrrol.idin-2-yl)-ethylamine for 3-(dimethylamino)propylamine. The crude product was chromatographed on preparatory TLC plates eluting with hexanes/ ethyl acetate/ Et3N (1:1:0.1) to afford the final product (24% yield). MS (APCI +) m/z 493 (M+1) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCI3) δ 8.14 (s, H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.19. (m, 1H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.90 (m, 1H), 4.23 (d, 2H), 3.12 (m, 3H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 2.36 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.24 (m, 1H), 1.92 (m, 1 H), 1.77 (m, 4H), 1.51 (n% 1 H), 0.94 (d, 6H).
Example 119 <
Preparation of 5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-sulfonic n-k\
(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-amide (29d) Prepared as in Example 116, Steps A and B, substituting 2- dimethylaminoethylamine for 3-:(dimethylamino)propylamine. The crude product was chromatographed on preparatory TLC plates eluting with . hexanes/ ethyl acetate/ Et3N (1 :1 :0.1 ) to afford the final product. MS (APCI +) • m/z 453 (M+1). detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCI3) δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7;18 (m, 1H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.89 ( , 1H), 4.23 (d, 2H), 3.07 (t, 2H), 2.41 (t, 2H), 2.36 (m, 1 H), 2.15 (s, 6H), 0.94 (d, 6H).
Example 120 Preparation of (SVmethyl 2-(5-(2.4-difluorophenoxyV1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-. carboxamido)-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (30d)
Figure imgf000181_0001
Step A: (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-hydroxybutanoic acid: To a solution of L-homoserine (49.9 g, 419 mmol) in 1N NaOH (460 mL) and EtOH (400 mL) was added a solution of Boc anhydride (100.6 g, 461 mmol) in THF (400 mL) over 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was then washed with ether (3 X 500 mL), acidified with 1N HCl to pH 2 and extracted with ethyl acetate (6.X 250 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (2 X 250 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 72.6 g of white solid (79 % yield). Step B: (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-hydroxybutanoic acid- dicyclohexylamine complex; To. a solution of (S).-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyI)-4- hydroxybutanoic acid (72.6 g, 331 mmol) in EtOH (500 mL) was added dropwise dicyclohexylamine (73 mL, 364 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The white solid was dried under high vacuum and then triturated, with ether (1000 mL). The fine white powder was collected by filtration, washed with ether and dried under high vacuum (125.6 g, 95% yield).
Step C: (S)-2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-4-hydroxybutyric acid methyl ester: To a suspension of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4- hydroxybutanoic acid-dicyclohexylamine complex (110 g, 275 mmol) in DMF (900 mL) was added idodomethane (20.5 mL, 330 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The clear solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and azeotroped with toluene (5 X 200 mL). The residue was diluted with water (500 mL) and ethyl acetate (500 mL) and stirred for 2 hours before the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (9 X 250 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine (250 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide yellow oil. The crude oil was chromatographed on silica eluting with ether/ hexanes (3:1) to afford 53 g colorless oil (83% yield). Step D: (S)-4-Bromo-2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminobutyric acid methyl ester: To a cooled (0°C) solution of (S)-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino- 4-hydroxy-butyric acid methyl ester (28.7 g , 123 mmol) in dichloromethane (500 mL) was added CBr (51.0 g, 154 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 5 minutes before' the portion-wise addition of triphenylphosphine (48.41 g, 185 mmol). The mixture continued to stir at 0°C for 1 hour and was then allowed to warm to room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and was then diluted with ether (500 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with ether/ hexanes (1 :2) to afford 27.5 g of white solid (76% yield).
Step E: (S)-2-terϊ-Butoxycarbonylamino-4-dimethylaminobutyric acid methyl ester: To a solution of (S)-4-bromo-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino- butyric acid methyl ester (27.5 g, 93 mmol) in THF (100 mL) in a pressure reaction vessel*was added triethylamine (26 mL) and dimethylamine (93 mL of 2.0 M in THF). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated to 60°C for 16 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and then dissolved in dichloromethane (500 mL). The solution was washed with water (3 X 200 mL) and brine (200 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered through Celite and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dried under high vacuum to afford 23.4 g of yellow oil (97% yield). Step F: (S)-methyl 2-ammo-4~(dimethylamino)butanoate dihydrochloride: To a cooled (0°C) solution of (S)-2-tert- butoxycarbonyIamino-4-dimethylaminobutyric acid methyl ester (23.4 g, 90 mmol) in dioxane (100 mL) was added drop-wise HCl (225 mL, 4M in dioxane). The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3 hours. The solid was filtered, washed with ether (3 X 100 mL), and dried under high vacuum to afford 20.2 g of product (96% yield).
Step G: (S)-methyl 2«(5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H- indazole-6-carboxamido)-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (30d): 5-(2,4- Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (17d; prepared according to Example 110) (0.396 g, 1.14 mmol) was stirred with HOBt (0.192 g, 1.26 mmol) arid EDCI (0.241 g, 1.26 mmol) in dichloroethane (2 mL) for 10 minutes at room temperature. This mixture was then added to a suspension of (S)-methyl 2-amino-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate dihydrochloride (0.280 g, 1.20 mmol) and triethylamine (1 mL, 6.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours and then was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with chloroform (50 mL) and washed with "1 N HCl (2 X 25 mL), saturated K2OO3 (2 X 50 mL), water (25 mL), brine (25 mL), and dried over MgSO4. The filtered solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide yellow oil. The oil was chromatographed eluting with 5% MeOH in dichloromethane to afford a viscous colorless oil that solidified upon drying under high vacuum (0.393 g, . 71 % yield). MS (ESI +) m/z 489 (M+1) detected; H NMR (400 mHz, CD.CI3) δ 8.91 (d, 1H), 8.36 (s> 1H), 7.86 (β, 1H), 7.16 (m, 1H), 7.03 (m, 1H), 7.00 (s, .1 H), 6.93 (m, 1 H), 4.88 (m, 1 H), 4.21 (d, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.34 (m, 3H), 2.06 (s, 6H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 0.92 (d, 6H).
Example 121
Preparation of (S)-5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-N-(4-(dimethylaminoV1 - hvdroxybutan-2-yl)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxamide (31 d) A mixture of (S)-methyl 2-(5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H- indazole-6-carboxamido)-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (30d; Example 120, Steps A-E) (0.370 g, 0.76 mmol) and NaBH4 (0.114 g, 3.04 mmol) in THF/EtOH(20 mL, 3:2) was heated to 60°C for 7 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and diluted with dichloromethane. The slurry was chromatographed on Biotage eluting with 10% MeOH in dichloromethane with 1% triethylamine. The product was obtained as 0.337g of viscous oil (97% yield). MS (ESI +') m/z 461 (M+1 ) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCIs) δ 8.34 (d, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.13 (m, TH), 7.02 (s, IH), 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.90 (m, 1H), 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.22 (d, 2H), 3.64 (m, 2H) 2.37 (m, 1H), 2.17 (s, 6H), 2.10 (m, 1H), 1.82 (m, 1H), 1.07 (m, 2H), 0.93 (d, 6H).
Example 122 Preparation of fS)-5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboχylic acid (1-hvdroxymethyl-3-isopropylaminopropyl)-amide (32d) Step A: Isopropyl-(4-methoxybenzyl)-amine: A mixture of 4- methoxybenzylamine (1.37 g, 10 mmol) and acetone (0.81 mL, 11 mmol) in dry dichloroethane (20 mL) were stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. To the solution was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (3.18 g, 15 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 17 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with 1 N NaOH (50 mL) and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 X 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with 10% MeOH in dichloromethane with 1 % triethylamine to provide 1.53 g of oil (85% yield).
Step B: (S)-methyl 4-bromo-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)butanoate: To a cooled (0°C) solution of (S)-methyl'2-amino-4-bromobutanoate (1.80 g, 6.5 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added triethylamine (4.53 g, 32.5 mmol) and Boc anhydride (1.49 g, 6.83 mmol, solution in 20 mL THF). The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 minutes and then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with 1N HCl (50 mL) and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2 X 20 mL) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide pale yellow oil. The oil was chromatographed eluting with ether; hexanes (1 :2) to provide 1.45 g of colorless oil that solidified under high vacuum (75% yield).
Step C: (S)-methyl 4-((4-methoxybenzyl)(isopropyl)amino)-2-(tert- butoxycarbonyljbutanoate hydrochloride: A mixture of isopropyl-(4-. methoxybenzy!)-amine (0.111 g, 0.62 mmol), (S)-methyl 4-bromo-2-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)butanoate (0.150 g, 0.51 mmol), and triethylamine (0.21 mL, 1.52 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was heated to reflux for 65 hours. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue .was chromatographed eluting with 5% MeOH in dichloromethane to provide 0.026 g of colorless oil (13 % yield). The compound was then. treated with HCl (1 mL of 4N in dioxane) at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dried under high vacuum.
Step D: (S)-methyl 4-((4-methoxybenzyl)(isopropyl)amino)-2-(5- (2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxamido)butanoate: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (17d; prepared according to Example 110) (0.022 g, 0.064 mmol) was stirred with HOBt (0.011 g, 0.070 mmol) and EDCI (0.014 g, 0.070 mmol) in dichloroethane (1 mL) for 10 minutes at room temperature. To this mixture was then added a suspension of (S)-methyl 4-((4- methoxybenzyl (isopropyl)amino)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)butanoate hydrochloride (0.025 g, 0.067 mmol) and triethylamine (0,054 mL, 0.384 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solution was filtered through Celite and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude oil was chromatographed eluting with 2% MeOH in dichloromethane wit 1% triethylamine to provide 0.035 g of viscous pale yellow oil (89% yield).
Ste E: (S)-N-(4-{(4-methoxybenzyl)(isoproρyl)amino)-1- hydroxybutan-2-yI)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazoIe-6- carboxamide: (S)-methyl 4-((4-methoxybenzyl)(isopropyl)amino)-2-(5-(2,4~ difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxamido)butanoate (0.035 g, 0.057 mmol) and NaBH4 (0.022 g, 0.57 mmol) were dissolved in THF/MeOH {5 L, 3:2) and heated to 50°C for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with 5% MeOH in dichloromethane with 1 % triethylamine to provide 0.020 g of gel (59% yield). Step F: (S)-5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6- carboxylic acid (1-hydroxymethyI-3-isopropylaminopropyl)-amide (32d): To a solution of (S)-N-(4-((4-methoxybenzyl)(isopropyl)amino)-1- hydroxybutan-2-yl)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6- carboxamide (0.020 g, 0.033 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added wet Pd/C (0.020 g, 10% by weight). The mixture was purged with hydrogen several times and then stirred at room temperature under-H2 atmosphere for 5 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure/The residue was chromatographed eluting with 10% MeOH in dichloromethane with 2% triethylamine to provide 9.4 mg colorless gel (60% yield). MS (ESI +) m/z 475 (M+1 ) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCI3) δ 8.40 (d, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.13 (m, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 7.01 ( , 1H), 6.91 (m, 1H), 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.22 (d, 2H), 3.69 (m, 2H), 2.69 (m, 2H), 2.37 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 2H), 1.09 (d, 3H), 1.01 (d, 3H), 0.93 (d, 6H).
Example 123 Preparation of (S)-2-{f5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6- carbonyn-aminoV4-dimethylaminobutyric acid (33d) Step A: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-S- carboxylic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl ester: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1- . isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (17d; prepared according to Example 110) (25.0 g, 72.2 mmol), EDCI (18.0 g,.93.8 mmol), and 1- hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione (9.97 g, 86.6 mmol) were suspended in dichloromethane and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (500 mL) and washed with saturated NH CI- (2 X 200 mL), saturated NaHCO3 (2 X 200 mL) and brine (200 mL). The organics were dried over MgSO and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product as yellow foam. Step B: (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyI-1H-indazoIe-6- carbonyl]-amino}-4-dimethylaminobutyric acid methyl ester: To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorύphenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxyIic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl ester (32.0 g, 72.2 mmol) and 2-amino-4- dimethylaminobutyric acid methyl ester dihydrochloride (19.35 g, 83.0 mmol) in dichloromethane was added triethylamine (35 mL, 253 mmol) and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and diluted, with dichloromethane (400 mL). The solution was washed with saturated NH CI (2 X 200 mL), saturated NaHCO3 (2 X 200 mL) and brine (200 mL). The organics were dried over MgSO and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product. Step G: (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6- . carbonyl]-amino}-4-dimethyϊaminobutyric acid (33d): Potassium trimethylsilanolate (1.77 g, 13.8 mmol) was added to a solution of (S)-2-{[5- (2,4-diflϋorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carbonyl]-amino}-4- dimethylaminobutyric acid methyl ester (3.36 g, 6.88 mmol) in THF (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. HCl (17 mL of 4M in dioxane) was added to the mixture before it was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in dichloromethane and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 2.23. g of product (68% yield). MS (ESr+) m/z 475 (M+1) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, DMSO-D6) δ 8.81 (d, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.11 (m, 1H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.28 (d, 2H), 3.17 (m, 1H), 3.04 (m, 1H), 2.70 (s, 6H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.13 ( , 1H), 0-.87 (d, 6H). • Example 124
Preparation of (S)-5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carb.oxylic acid (1-hvdroxymethyl-3-piperidin.-1-yl-propyl)-amide (34d) Step A: (S)-2-tert-ButoxycarbonyIamino-4-piperidin-1-yI-butyric acid methyl ester: (S)-4-Bromo-2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminobutyric acid methyl ester (0.10 g, 0.34 mmol) (prepared as in Example 120, Steps A-D) arid piperidine (1 mL) were heated to 50°C for 16 hours and then cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was azeotroped with toluene (3 X 10 mL) and then chromatographed eluting with MeOH/ dichloromethane (1:9) to provide 93 mg of colorless oil (97% yield).
Step B: (S)-2-Amino-4-piperidin-1-yI-butyric acid methyl ester dihydrochloride: HCl (0.45 mL of 4M in dioxane) Was added to (S)-2-tert- Butoxycarbonylamino-4-piperidin-1-yl-butyric acid methyl ester and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dried under high vacuum for 16 hours to provide the product (46% yield). Step C: (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-Dif luorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazoIe-6- carbonyl]-amino}-4-piperidin-1-yl-butyric acid methyl ester: To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (0.050 g, 0.14 mmol), (S)-2-amino-4-piperidin-1-yl-butyric acid methyl ester dihydrochloride (0.043 g, 0.16 mmol), EDCI (0.033g, 0.17 mmol) and HOBt (0.023 g, 0.17 mmol) in dichloromethane was added dropwise DIEA (0.093 g, 0.72 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature until HPLC analysis showed consumption of the starting material and then was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over MgSO and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed to afford 0.051 g of product (67% yield). Step D: (S)-5-(2,4-Difluoroρhenoxy)-1-isobutyI-1H-indazole-6- carboxylic acid (1-hydroxymethyI-3-piperidϊn-1-yI-propyl)-amide (34d): Sodium borohydride (0.012 g, 0.31 mmol) was added portion-wise to a heated (50°C) solution of (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-difluoro-phenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6- carbonyl]-amino}-4-piperidin-1-yl-butyric acid methyl ester (0.022 g, 0.042 mmol) in MeOH. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C until HPLC analysis showed consumption of the starting material. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate and 1N HCl. The organics were extracted with 1N HCl until the organic layer contained no product by HPLC analysis. The aqueous solution was basified to pH 14 with NaOH and then extracted with dichloromethane several times. The combined organics were dried over MgSO and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 9.1 mg of oil (44% yield). MS (APCI +) m/z 501 (M+1) detected.
Example 125 Preparation of (S)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxyV1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (3-dimethylamino-1-dimethylcarbamoylpropyl)-amide f35d)
To a solution of (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole- 6-carbonyl]-amino}-4-dimethylaminobutyric acid (33d; Example 123) (0.100 g, 0.21 mmol), dimethylamine (0.095 g, 2.11 mmol), EDCI (0.053 g, 0.27 mmol), HOBt (0.037 g, 0.27 mmol) dissolved in dichloromethane was added drop- wise DIEA (0.082 g, 0.63 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature until complete consumption of the starting material was observed by HPLC analysis. The reaction mixture was then diluted with dichloromethane and washed with saturated NaHCO3, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed on Isolute SPE column flash Si (5g) eluting with a gradient TEA dichloromethane (100 mL, 0.3: 99.7), TEA/MeOH/ dichloromethane (100 mL, 0.3: 0.5: 99.2), TEA/ MeOH/ dichloromethane (100 mL, 0.3: 2.5: 97.2), TEA/MeOH/dichloromethane (100 L, 0.3: 5: 94.7). The final product was obtained in 86% yield. MS (ESI +) m/z 502 (M+1) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, DMSO-D6) δ 8.63 (d, 1 H), 8.01 (s, 1 H), 7.96 (s, 1 H), 7.48 (m, 1 H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 4.98 (m, 1H), 4.26 (d, 2H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.23 (m, 2H), 2.13 (m, 1H), 2.03 (s,.6H), 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.65 (rn, 1H), 0.86 (d, 6H).
Example 126 Preparation of (S)-5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (3-dimethylamino-1-methylcarbamoylpropylVamide (36d) Prepared according to the procedure in Example 125, substituting methylamine for dimethylamine. The product was obtained in 78% yield. MS (ESI +) m/z 488 (M+1) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCI3) δ 9.05 (d, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.44 (m, 1-H), 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.02 (m, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 4.21 (d, 2H), 2.81 (d, 3H), 2.50 (m, 1H), 2.42 (m, 1H), 2.36 (m, 1H), 2.23 (s, 6H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.88 (m, 1H), 0.92 (d, 6H). Example 127
Preparation of (S)-5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)- -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (1-carbamoyl-3-dimethylamino-propyπ-amide (37d)
Prepared according to the procedure in Example 125, substituting ammonia for dimethylamine. The product was obtained in 70% yield. MS (APCI +) m/z 474 (M+1) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, DMSO-D6) δ 8.59 (d, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.11 (m, 2H), 4.44 (m, 1H), 4.27 (d, 2H), 2.24 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 2.00 (s, 6H), 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.71 (m, 1H), 0.86 (d, 6H). Example 128
Preparation of (S)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid π -(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-2-hvdroxy-2-methylpropyπ-amide (38d) , To a cooled (0°C) solution of (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl- 1 H-indazo!e-6-carbonyl]-amino}-4-dimethylaminobutyric acid methyl ester (see Exa pe 123, Steps A-B) (0.112 g, 0.229 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added dropwise methyl magnesium bromide (2.00. mL of 1.4M solution). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir for 16 hours under a N2 atmosphere. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated NH CI. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed on Isolute.SPE column flash Si (5g) eluting with a gradient TEA/CH2CI2 (100 mL, 0.3: 99.7), TEA/MeOH/CH2CI2 (100 mL, 0.3: 0.5: 99.2), TEA/MeOH/CH2CI2 (100 mL, 0.3: 2.5: 97.2), TEA/MeOH/ CH2CI2 (100 mL, 0.3: 5: 94.7). The final product was obtained in 41% yield. MS (APCI +) m/z 489 (M+1) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, DMSO- Dβ) δ 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.89- (s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.18. (s, 1H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.27 (d, 2H), 3.88 (m, 1H), 2.23 (m, 2H), 2.07 (s, 6H), 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.43 (m, 1H), 1.13 (s, 3H), 1.04 (s, 3H), 0.86 (dd, 6H).
Example 129 Preparation of fS)-5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (1 -h vdroxymethyl-3-f(2-methoxyethvπ-methylamino1-propyl)-amide (39d) Step A: (S)-2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-4-iodobutyric acid methyl ester: A mixture of (S)-4-bromo-2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminobutyric acid methyl-ester (1.19 g, 4.0 mmol) (Example 120, Steps A-D) and Nal (6.0 g, 40.0 mmol) in acetone (25 mL) was heated to 70°C for 2 hours. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between water (10 L) and ether (40 mL). The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with water (10 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 1.26 g of the product (92% yield).
Step B: (S)-2-tert-ButoxycarbonyIamino-4-[(2-methoxyethyl)- methyIamino]-butyric acid methyl ester: A mixture of (S)-2-tert- butoxycarbonyIamino-4-iodobutyric acid methyl ester (0.200 g, 0.58 mmol), (2-methoxyethyl)-methyiamine (0.062 g, 0.70 mmol), and triethylamine (0.41 mL, 2.9 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL) was stirred at 70°C for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated under reduced pressure, and • dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL). The solution was washed with water {3 X 10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over MgSO , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The tan oil was chromatographed eluting with ether to provide 0.87 g of pale yellow oil (49% yield).
Step C: (S)-2-Amino-4-[(2-methoxyethyl)-methylamino3 utyriq acid methyl ester dihydrochloride: (S)-2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-4-[(2- methoxyethyl)-methylamino]-butyric acid methyl ester (0.086 g, 0.28 mmol) was treated with HCl (1 mL of 4M in dioxane) and sonicated. The mixture was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to provide the product.
Step D: (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazoIe-6- carbonyl]-amino}-4-[(2-methoxyethyl)-methylamino3-butyric acid methyl ester: To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6- carboxylic acid (prepared as in Example 110, Steps A-G) (0.094 g, 0.27 mmol), (S)-2-amino-4-[(2-methoxy-ethyl)-methyl-amino]-butyric acid methyl ester dihydrochloride (0.079 g, 0.28 mmol), EDCI (0.057 g, 0.30 mmol) and HOBt. (0.045 g, 0.30 mmol) in dichloroethane (2 mL) was added dropwise triethylamine (0.23 mL, 1.62 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and chromatographed, eluting with ethyl acetate, to afford 0.100 g of product (69% yield).
Step E: (S)-5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6- carboxylic acid {1-hydroxymethyl-3-[(2-methoxyethyl)-methylamino]- propyl}-amide (39d): (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole- • 6-carbonyl]-amino}-4-[(2-methoxyethyl)-methylamiho]-butyric acid methyl ester (0.023 g, 0.043 mmol) and NaBH4 (0.016 g, 0.43 mmol) were dissolved in THF/MeOH (7 mL, 5:2) and heated to 70°C in a sealed vial for 5 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated under reduced pressure and chromatographed eluting with TEA/ethyl acetate (1 :4) to provide 0.007 g of the product as viscous oil (31 % yield)'. MS (APCI +) m/z 505 (M+1 ) detected.
Example 130 Preparation of (SV5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid [3-dimeth ylamino-1 -(2-hvdroxyethylcarbamoyl)-propyl|-amide (40d) Prepared according to the procedure in Example 125, substituting 2- aminoethanol for dimethylamine. The product was obtained in 51 % yield: MS (APCI +) m/z 518 (M+1) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCI3) δ 9.00 (d, 1 H), 8.29 (s, 1 H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.81 (t, 1 H), 7.18 (m, 1 H), 7.02 (m, 1 H), 7.00 (s, 1 H), 6.92 (m, 1H), 4.82 (m, 1 H), 4.21 (d, 2H), 3.42 (m, 2H), 2.86 (m, 1H), 2.49 (m, 2H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 2.23.(s, 6H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 1.94 (m, 1 H), 0.92 (d, 6H). Example 131
Preparation of N'-r5-(2,4-difluorophenoxyV1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-vn-N.N- dimethylpropane-1 ,3-diamine (41 d)
Figure imgf000193_0001
A mixture of 6-bromo-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)- -isobutyl-1 H-indazo.le (15d; Example 110, Steps A-E) (0.030 g, 0.079 mmol), 3- (dimethylamino)propylamine (0.012 g, 0.11.8 mmol), BINAP (0.009 g, 0.016 mmol), Pd2dba3 (0.007 g, 0.008 mmol), and NaOfBu (0.008 g, 0.087 mmol), in dioxane were mixed in a flask and purged with N2 three times. The reaction mixture, was then heated to 100°C for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between ethyl acetate (20 mL) and brine (20- mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organics were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was .chromatographed on silica luting with acetone/ ether (1 :1.5) with 0.2% triethylamine. The product was chromatographed again eluting with 5% MeOH in dichloromethane to afford 0.022 g of the product as colorless oil (69% yield). MS (ESI +) m/z 403 (M+1) , detected; 1H r NMR (40,0 mHZ CDCI3) δ 7.70 (s, 1 H), 6.95 (m, 3H), 6.80 (m, 1 H), 6.40 (s, 1 H), 5.48 (br. s, 1 H), 4.06 (d, 2H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 2.43 (m, 2H), 2.35 (m, 1 H), 2.20 (s, 6H), 1.86 (m, 2H), 0.94 (d, 6H).
Example 132 Preparation of f5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-vπ-piperidin-4- yl-amine
Step A: 4-[5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6- ylamino]-piperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: Prepared as in Example 131 , substituting 4-aminopiperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester for 3-(dimethylamino)propylamine. The crude product was chromatographed on silica eluting with ether/hexanes (1 :2) to afford 0.035 g of the product as yellow oil (78% yield).
Step B: [5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-yl]- piperidin-4-yl-amine (42d): To a solution of 4-[5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1- isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-ylamino]-piperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.035 g, 0.070 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) was added HCl (2 mL of 4M in dioxane). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 minutes and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was azeotroped with MeOH (2X) to afford 0.032 g of yellow solid as the dihydrochloride salt (97% yield). 1H NMR (400 mHz, CD3OD) δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.26 (m, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H),. 7.04 (m, 1H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 4.27 (d, 2H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 2.34 (m, 3H), 1.83 (m, 2H), 0.95 (d, 6H).
Example 133 Preparation of f5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-yl]-piperidin-3- ' ylmethylamine (43d)
Step A: 3-{[5-(2,4-DifIuorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6- ylamino]-methyl}-piperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: Prepared according to the procedure in Example 131 , substituting 3- aminomethylpiperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester for 3- (dimethylamino)propylamine. The crude product was chromatographed on silica eluting with ether/ hexanes (1 :2) to afford 0.051 g of the product as yellow foam (94% yield).
Step B: [5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-yl]- piperidin-3-ylmethylamine (43d): To a cooled (0°C) solution of -{[5-(2,4- ' difluoro-phenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-ylamino]-methyl}-piperidine-1 - carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.051 g, 0.099 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (3 mL) was added concentrated HCl (0.18 mL). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 16 hours. Additional concentrated HCl (0.4 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours more. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and azeotroped with MeOH (3X) to afford 0.037 g of off white solid (77% yield). MS (ESI +) m/z 415 (M+1) detected. Example 134
Preparation of 2-(5-f2-r3-(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-ureidomethyl 4-fluorophenoχyVindazol-l -yl)-N,N-dimethylacetamide (47d The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 47d according to this invention is shown in Figure 54.
Step A: 2-[5-(2-Cyano-4-fluorophenoxy)-indazol-1-yl]-N,N- dimethylacetamide (45d): To a solution of 5-fluoro-2-(1H-indazol-5-yloxy)- benzonitrile (44d) (0.200 g, 0.790 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was added 2-chloro- N,N-dimethylacetamide (0.115 g, 0.948 mmol) and tetrabutyl ammonium iodide (0.088 g, 0.237 mmol), followed by K2CO3 (0.164 g, 1.19 mmol). The mixture was heated to 110°C for 48 hours under N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dissolved in dichloromethane. The solution was washed with 1N HCl, filtered, and chromatographed on Biotage eluting with 5% MeOH in dichloromethane to ' afford 0.032 g of the product (12% yield).
Step B: 2-[5-(2-AminomethyI-4-fluorophenoxy)-indazol-1-yl3-N,N- dimethylacetamide (46d): To a solution of 2-[5-(2-cyano-4-fluorophenoxy)- indazol-1-yl]-N,N-dimethylacetamide (0.090 g, 0.266 mmol) in EtOH (0.5 mL) was added CoBr2 (27 μL, 0.005 mmol) followed by [2,2'jbipyridinyl (81μL, 0.015 mmol). NaBH4 (0.030 g, 0.798 mmol) was added to the mixture and it was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was treated with another portion each of CoBr2, [2,2'jbipyridinyl, and NaBH4 and stirred for another 18 hours. The mixture was quenched with MeOH, followed by acetic acid and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The white residue was partitioned between saturated NaHCO3 and ethyl acetate. The organic layer was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 10 mg of white solid (11'% yield). • *
Step C: 5-tert-ButyI-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine: A solution of p- tolyl-hydrazine hydrochloride (15.86 g, 100 mmol) and pivaloylacetonitrile (17.9 g, 143 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (65 mL) was heated to reflux for 18 hours under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with ether and collected by filtration. The solid was dried under high vacuum to provide 26.6. g of white solid (99% yield).
Step D: (5-tert-ButyI-2-p-tolyl-2H-ρyrazol-3-yl)-carbamic acid 2,2,2- trichloroethyl ester: A cooled (0°C) biphasic solution of 5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (26.6 g, 100 mmol) in water (80 mL) and ethyl acetate (180 mL) was treated with NaOH (10 g, 250 mmol) followed by trichloroethylchloroformate (29.7 g, 140 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and Concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 40.3 g of pale yellow solid (99% yield).
Step E: 2-(5-{2-[3-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazoI-3-yI)- ureidomethyI]-4-fIuorophenoxy}-indazol-1-yl)-N,N-dimethyIacetamide (47d): To a solution of 2-[5-(2-aminomethyl-4-fluorq-phenoxy)-indazol-1-yl]- N,N-dimethylacetamide (46d) (0.010 g, 0.029 mmol) and (5-tert-butyl-2-p- tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trichloroethyl ester (0.013 g, 0.032 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added DIEA (0.01 mL, 0.058 mmol). The mixture was heated to 80°C for 18 hours under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dissolved in dichloromethane. The solution was washed with 1 HCl, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The oil was chromatographed eluting with dichloromethane/ether (10:1.) and then 5% MeOH in dichloromethane to afford 6.3 rηg of pale yellow oil (36% yield). MS (APCI +) m/z 59.8 (M+1 ) detected; H NMR (400 riHz, DMSO-De) δ 8.29 (s, 1 H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, 1 H), 7.36 (d, 2H), 7.28 (d, 2H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 7.07 (m, 2H), 6.99.(m, 1 H), 6.84 (m, 1H), 6.24 (s, 1H), 5.40 (s, 2H), 4.28 (d, 2H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 9H). ' '
Example 135 Preparation of 1-(5-tert-butyl-isoxazol-3-yl)-3-r5-fluoro-2-(1-isobυtyl-1 H- indazol-5-yloxy)-benzylj-urea (48d).
Step A: 1 -lsobutyl-5-methoxy-1 H-indazole: A solution of 5-methoxy- 1 H-indazole (5.00 g, 33.7 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was treated with K2CO3 (5.83 g, 42.2 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. To this solution was added 1-bromo-2-methylpropane (5.09 g, 37.1 mmol) and the resulting mixture was heated to 110°C for 18 hours. Another equivalent of 1- bromo-2-methyl-propane was added and the mixture continued to heat for 48 hours more. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dissolved in dichloromethane. The solution was washed with 1 N HCl, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed on Biotage eluting with hexanes/ether (5:1) to afford 2.51 g of orange oil (36% yield). * Step B: 1-IsobutyI-1H-indazol-5-oI: To a cooled (-78°C) solution of 1- isobutyl-5-methoxy-1 H-indazole (2.57 g, 12.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was added BBr3 (25 mL of 1 M solution in dichloromethane). The mixture was stirred at -78°C for 2'hours and then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extract was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 2.3 g of solid (96% yield).
Step C: 5-FIuoro-2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazoI-5-yloxy)-benzonitrile: To a solution of 1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-ol (2.33 g, 12.2 mmol) and K2CO3 (2.03 g, 14.7 mmol) in DMF (75 mL) was added 2,5-difluorobenzonitriIe (1.87 g. 13.5 mmol). The mixture was heated to 110°C for 18 hours under N atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane. The solution was washed with N HCl, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed on Biotage eluting with hexanes/ether (5:2) to afford , 3.05 g of pale yellow oil (81 % yield).
Step D: 5-Fluoro-2-(1-isobutyI-1 H-indazol-5-yIoxy)-benzylamine: To a solution of 5-fluoro-2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzonitrile (3.05 g, 9.86 mmol) purged with N2 in MeOH (50 mL) was added concentrated HCl (1.6 mL) and Pd(OH)2/C (15% wt; 0.457 g). The mixture was stirred at room , temperature for 18 hours under H2 atmosphere. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3.32 g of pale yellow foam (96% yield). Step E: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-isoxazol-3-yl)-3-[5-fluoro-2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H- indazol-5-yIoxy)-benzyl]-urea: To a cooled (0°C) solution of 5-fluoro-2-(1- isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyIamine (0.364 g, 1.04 mmol) and DIEA (0.5 mL, 2.08 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added triphosgene (0.131 g, 0.374 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 hour and then stirred at room temperature for 18 hours under N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and suspended in dichloromethane (10 mL) making a 0.123 M solution. 0.4 mL of this solution (0.015 g, 0,048 mmol) was treated with 5-tert-butyl-isoxazol-3-ylamine (0.008 g, 0.053 mmol). The product was obtained in 44% yield. MS (APCI +) m/z 480 (M+1 ) detected.
Example 136 Preparation of 1 -(3-tert-butyl-isoxazol-5-yl)-3-(5-fluoro-2-f1 -(2-piperazin-1 -yl- ethyl)-1 H-indazol-5-yloxyl-benzylV-urea (49d) Step A: 2-[1 -(2,2-Dimethoxyethyl)-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy]-5- fluorobenzonitrile: To a cooled (0°C) solution.of 5-fluoro-2-(1H-indazol-5r yIoxy)-benzoriitrile (0.100 g, 0.395 mmol) and 2-bromo-1,1-dimethoxyethane (0.114 g, 0.671 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added NaH (0.024 g of 60%, 0.59 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Tetrabutyl ammonium iodide (0.029 g, 0.079 mmol) was added to the mixture and it was heated to 60°C for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (4 mL), and extracted with ether (3 X 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 X 5 ml.) and brine, dried ove? MgSO , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with ethyl acetate/hexanes (1 :2) to afford 0.066 g of product (49% yield).
Step B: 5-Fluoro-2-[1-(2-oxoethyl)-1H-indazol-5-yloxy]- benzonitrile: To a solution of 2-[1-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-1H-indazol-5-yloxy]-5- fluorobenzonitrile (1.42 g, 4.16 mmol) in dichloromethane (62 mL) was added iodotrimethylsilane (3.33 g, 16.64 mmol) portion-wise over 3 hours. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Aqueous NaHCO3 (60 mL) was added to the mixture and it was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 X 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with Na2S2O4, brine, dried over MgSO , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was . used in the next reaction without further purification.
Step C: 4-{2-[5.-(2-Cyano-4-fIuorophenoxy)-indazol-1 -yl]-ethyl}- piperazine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: To a solution of 5-fluoro-2-[1- (2-oxo-ethyl)-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy]-benzonitrile (0.307 g, 1.04 mmol) and triacetoxyborohydride (0.66 g, 3.1 mmol) in dichloroethane (10 mL) was added piperazine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.65 g, 3.49 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with MeOH (2 mL) and diluted with ethyl acetate (100 L). The solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with ethyl acetate/hexanes (2:3, with 1% triethylamine) to afford 0.29 g of product (60% yield).
Step D: 4-{2-[5-(2-AminomethyI-4-fluόrophenoxy)-indazol-1-yl]- ethyl}-piperazine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: To a solution of 4-{2- [5-(2-cyano-4-fluorophenoxy)-indazol-1-yl]-ethyl}-piperazine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.160 g, 0.344 mmol), CoBr2 (0.008 g, 0.034 mmol), ' [2,2'jbipyridinyl (0.016 g, 0.010 mmol) in EtOH (6 L) was added NaBH4 (0.039 g, 1.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with MeOH (3 mL) and acetic acid (10 drops). 'The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and diluted with ethyl acetate. The mixture was washed with aqueous' NaHCO3, brine, dried over- MgSO , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude oil was chromatographed eluting with 1% triethylamine in ethyl acetate, MeOH/ CH2CI2/hexanes (1:15:15, 1% triethylamine), then MeOH/CH2CI2/hexanes (1:10:10, 1% triethylamine). The pure product was obtained in 86% yield. Step E: (3-tert-ButyI-isoxazol-5-yl)-carbamic acid 4-nitrophenyl ester: A solution of 3-tert-butyl-isoxazol-5-yIamine (2.50 g, 17.83 mmol) in dichloromethane was treated with pyridine (2 mL, 26.7 mmol) followed by p- nitrophenyl chloroformate (3.77 g, 18:73 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was washed with 1 N HCl, filtered, .and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with ether and collected by filtration to afford 2.2 g of product (41% yield).
Step F: 4-[2-(5-{2-[3-(3-tert-ButyI-isoxazol-5-yl)-ureidomethyl]-4- fluoroρhenoxy}-indazol-1-yl)-ethyl]-piperazine-1 -carboxylic acid tert- 5 butyl ester: A solution of 4-{2-[5-(2-aminomethyl-4-fluorophenoxy)-indazol-1- yl]-ethyl}-piperazine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.050 g, 0.107 mmol)
• dissolved in dichloromethane (2 L) was treated with (3-tert-butyl-isoxazol-5- yl)-'carbatnic aςid 4-nitropheny! ester (0.081 g, 0.266 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (60 io mL), washed with 1 N NaOH (5 mL), water (2 X 10 L), brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with acetone/hexanes (2:3, then 1:1) to afford 0.056 g of product (83% yield).
Ste G: 1-(3-tert-Butyl-isoxazol-5-yl)-3-{5-fluoro-2-[1-(2-piperazin-
Ϊ5 1 -yl-ethyi)-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy3-benzyl}-urea: 4-[2-(5-{2-[3-(3-tert-Butyl- isoxazol-5-yl)-ureidomethylj-4-fluorophenoxy}-indazol-1-yl)-ethyl]-piperazine-
• 1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.056 g, 0.088 mmol) was. treated with TFA/ CH2Cl2 (1-: , 2 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture •was concentrated under reduced pressure and azeotroped with toluene. The
20 residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (40 mL) and washed with 1 NaOH and brine. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 0.038 . g of .the product (80% yield): MS (ES! +•) m/z 536 (M+1 ) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCI3) δ 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 6.88 (m, 1H), 6.76 (m, 1H), 6.28 (m, 1H), 5,99 (s, 1H), 4.46 (m, 25 4H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.79 (m, 4H), 2.43 (m, 4H), 1.26 (s, 9H),
Example 137 Preparation of 1-(3-tert-butyl-isoxazol-5-yl)-3-(2-f1-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-1 H- indazol-5-yloxyl-5-fluoro-benzylVurea (50d) Step A: 2-[1-(2-Dimethylammoethyl)-1H-indazol=-5-yloxy3-5- 30 fluorobenzonitrile: A solution of 5-fluoro-2-[1-(2-oxoethyl)-1H-indazol-5- yloxyj-benzonitrile (0.110 g, 0.372 mmol) (prepared according to the procedure in Example 136, Steps A-B) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride • • (0.39 g, 1.9 mmol) in dichloroethane (3 mL) was treated with dimethylamine (0.17 g, 3.7 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction was quenched with MeOH (1 mL) and diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with ethyl acetate and then acetone/ hexanes (2:3 with 1% triethylamine) to afford 0.115 g of product (95%*yield).
Step B: {2-[5-(2-Aminomethyl-4-fluorophenoxy)-indazol-1-yl3- ethyl}-dimethylamine: To a cooled (0°C) solution of 2-[1-(2- . dimethylaminoethy()-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy]-5-fluorobenzonitriIe (0.115 g, 0.303 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added LAH (0.61 mL of 1M in THF). The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 hours. The mixture was quenched with water (23 μL), 3N NaOH (23 μL) and water (69 μL). The salts were removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced ' pressure to afford 0.113 g of product (97% yield).
Step C: 1-(3-tert-ButyI-isoxazol-5-yl)-3-{2-[1-(2-dimethyIamino- ethyl)-1H-indazol-5-yloxyJ-5-fluoro-benzyl}-urea: A solution of {2-f5-(2- Aminomethyl-4-fluorophenoxy)-indazol-1 -yl3-ethyl}-dimethylamine (0.020 g, 0.061 mmol) in DMF (1 mL)-was treated with (3-tert-buylisoxazol-5-yl)- carbamic acid 4-nitrophenyl ester (0.020 g, 0.067 mmol) (prepared according to Example 136, Step E). The mixture stirred at room temperature for 18 hours under a N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was chromatographed eluting with dichforomethane/ether.(10:1) and then 5% MeOH in dichloromethane to afford 5.3 rrig of pale yellow oil (18% yield). MS (APCI +) m/z 495 (M+1) detected; H NMR (400 mHz, DMSO - D6) δ 10.14 (s, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.16 (m, 2H), 7.08 (m, 1H), 6.88 (m, 2H), 5.93 (s, 1H), 4.48 (t, 2H), 4.35 (d, 2H), 2.70 (t, 2H), 2.17 (s, 6H), 1.23 (s, 9H). . .
Example 138 Preparation of 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-(5-fluoro-2-M -(2r hvdroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1 H-indazol-5-yloxyl-benzylVurea (51 d) Step A: 5-FIuoro-2-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-indazol-5- yloxyl-benzonitrile: A solution of 5-fluoro-2-(1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzonitrile (0.100 g, 0.395 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was treated with NaH (0.022 g, 60%, 056 mmol) and stirred for 5 minutes. 2,2-Dimethyloxirane (0.035 g, 0.48 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The- reaction mixture was then heated to 80°C for 1.5'hours. The solution was ' cooled to room temperature, diluted with ether (50 mL), washed with water (3 X 5 mL), brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with ethyl acetate/ hexanes (1 :1) to afford 0.070 g of product (47% yield).
Step B: 2-{1 -[2-(tert-Butyl-dimethylsilanyIoxy)-2-methyl-propyl]- 1H-indazoI-5-yloxy}-5-fluorobenzonitrile: To a cooled (0°C) solution of 5- Fluoro-2-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-indazol-5-yloxy]-benzonitrile (0.070 g, 0.215 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (0.030 g, 0.284 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added TBSOTf (0.063 g, 0.240 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was diluted with ether (50 mL) and washed with 0.2N HCl, NaHCO3, and brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with ether/hexanes (1 :3) to afford 0.071 g of pale yellow oil (94% yield).
Step C: 2- 1-[2-(tert-ButyldimethyIsilanyIoxy)-2-methylpropyl3-1H- indazol-5-yloxy}-5-fluoroben∑yIamine: To a cooled (0°C) solution of 2-{1- [2-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-methyl-propyl]-1 H-indaz'ol-5-yloxy}-5- fluorobenzonitrϋe (0.071 g, 0.162 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added LAB (0.32 mL of 1 M in THF). The solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and quenched with water (12 μL), 3N NaOH (12 μL) and water (36 μL). The salts were removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and used in the next reaction without further purification. Step D: (5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazoU3-yl)-carbamic acid 2,2,2- trichlorpethyl ester: To a cooled (10°C) solution of 5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yIamine (3.75 g, 24.5 mmol) and NaOH (1.5 g in 20 mL water) in ethyl acetate (45 mL) was added 2,2,2-trichloroethyl chloroformate (7,52 g, 35.5 mmol) over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and the layers separated. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate/dichloromethane and treated with aminomethyl silica (10 g) for 1 hour. The mixture was filtered and the filtrated concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the product.
Step E: 1 -(2-{1 -[2-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-methyl-propyl]- 1H-indazol-5-yloxy}-5-fluorobenzyl)-3-(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-urea: A mixture of 2-{1-[2-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-methyl-propyl]- 1H-indazol-5-yloxy}-5-fluorobenzylamine (0.072 g, 0.162 mmol), (5-tert-butyl- 2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trichloroethyl ester (0.080 g, 0.24 mmol) and DIEA (0.06 mL, 0.324 mmol) in DMA (3 mL) was heated to 80°C for 16 hours. The mixture was diluted with ether (60 L) and washed with water (3 X 5 mL), brine, dried over MgSO , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed on silica eluting with ethyl acetate/ hexanes (3:1 ) to afford 0.084 g of product (83% yield).
Step F: 1 -(5-tert-ButyI-2-methyI-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-{5-fluoro-2-[1 -(2- hydroxy-2-methyIpropyl)-1 H-indazol-5-yIoxy3-benzyl}-urea: To a solution of -(2^(1 -[2-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-methyl-propylj-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy}- 5-fluorobenzyl)-3-(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-urea (0.084 g, 0.135 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added TBAF (0.70 mL of 1M in THF). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 days. The reaction mixture was poured into NH4CI and extracted- with ethyl acetate (3 X 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine,. dried over MgSO , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed on silica eluting with acetone/ hexanes (2:1) to afford 0.060 g of product (87% yield). MS (ESI +) m/z 509 (M+1) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, DMSO - D6) δ 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.17 (m, 3H), 7.08 ( , 1H); 6.85 (m, 2H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 4.66 (s, 1H), 4.33 (d, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1..18 (s, 9H), 1.12 (s, 6H). The foregoing description is considered as illustrative only of the principles of the invention. Further, since numerous modifications and changes will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art, it is not desired to limit the invention to the exact construction and process shown as described above. Accordingly, all suitable modifications and equivalents may be. resorted to falling within the scope of the invention as defined by the claims that follow. .
The words "comprise," "comprising," "include," "including," and "includes" when used in this specification and in the following claims are intended to specify the presence of stated features, integers, components, or steps, but they do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, components, steps, or groups thereof.

Claims

What is claimed is:
' 1. A compound including resolved enantiomers, diastereomers, solvates and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, said compound having the Formula:
Figure imgf000205_0001
wherein
Y is C, N;
W is C, N, S, or O, provided that W is N, S, or O when Y is C, and W is C or N when Y is N;
U is CH or N;
V is C-E or N;
X is O, S, SO, SO2, NR7, C=O, CHR7, -C=NOR1, -C=CHR1, or CHOR1;
R1 is H, PO3H2, SO3H2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, .heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zπ-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted; Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene pr alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R7 is H or substituted or unsubstituted methyl;
Ar1 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted; A is H, OH, an amine protecting group, Zn-NR2R3, Zn-NR2(C=O)R2, Zn-SO2R2, Zn-SOR2, Zn-SR2, Zn-OR2, Zn-(C=O)R2, Zn-(C=O)OR2, Zn-O-(C.=O)R2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl; or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn- Ar1 may. be substituted or unsubstituted;
R2 and R3 are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn- heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-eycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted, or R2 together with R3 and N forms a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle ring having 1 or more heteroatoms in said ring, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein said • heterocycle may be fused to an aromatic ring; B is H, NH2, or substituted or unsubstituted methyl;
E is H, Zn-NR2R3, Zn-(C=O)R4', Zn-(C=O)R5, Zn-NR5(C=O)R5, Zn-O(C=O)R5, Zn-OR5, Zn-SO2R5, Zn-SO2R ,Zn-SOR5, Zn-SR5, Zn-NH(C=O)NHR5, or R5;
R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted natural or unnatural amino acid, a protected natural or unnatural amino acid, NH(CHR6) (CH2)mOR5 where m is an integer from 1 to 4, or NR2R3;
R5 is H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycIoalkyl, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R6 is a natural amino acid side chain, Zn-NR2R3, Zn-OR5, Zn-SO2R5, Zn- SOR5, or Zn-SR5; and n is O or l, provided that when B is H and A is CH=CH-R8 where R8 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, then X-Ar1 is a substituent where Ar1 is other than substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, NH-alkyl, NH-cycloalkyl, NH-heterocycloalkyl, NH-aryl, NH- heteroaryl, NH-alkoxy, or NH-dialkylamide when X is O, S, C=O, S=O, C=CH2, C02, NH, or N(C C8-alkyl) .
2. The compound of claim 1 , wherein Ar1 is phenyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, naphthyl, isoxazolyl, indolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, .2-piperidone, 3-piperidone, or 4-piperidone.
3. The compound of claim 2, wherein Ar1 is 4-chlorophenyl, 4- fluorophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 3-(MeS)-phenyl sϋlfide, 3-(MeSO2)-phenyl, or 3-methyl-4-flurophenyl.
4. The compound of claim 1 , wherein NR2R3 is NH2, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl,
Figure imgf000207_0001
,NMePh
Figure imgf000208_0002
Figure imgf000208_0001
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein A is H, 4-MeO-Ph-(CH2), NH2, 'CH2CH=CH2, CH2CH(OH)CH2OH, CH2C(=O)H, CH2-isoxazole, (CH2)NH2, (CH2)NHBoc, CH=CHPh, (C=O)H, CH2OH, CH2OCH3, (C=0)Me, (C=O)Et, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, CH2CF3, HN(C=O)Me, SO2Me, SO2Ph, PhO, PhNH, or4-MeO-PhNH.
6. The compound of claim 1 , wherein Y is N, W is C, U is C, and V is N.
7. The compound of claim 1, wherein Y is N, W is C, U is N and V is C.
8. The compound of claim 1, wherein Y is C, W is N, U is C and V is C.
9. The compound Of claim 1 , wherein Y is C, W is O, U is C and V is C.
10. A compound including resolved enantiomers, diastereomers, solvates and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, said compound having the Formula
Figure imgf000208_0003
wherein
X is O, S, SO, SO2, NR7, C=O, CHR7, -C=CHR1, -C=NOR1, or CHOR1;
R1 is H, PO3H , SO3H2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloaIkyl, orZn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyI, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R7 is H or substituted or unsubstituted methyl;
Ar1 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted;
A is H, OH, an amine protecting group, Zn-NR2R3, Zn-NR2(C=O)R2, Zn-SO2R2, Zn-SOR2, Zn-SR2, Zn-OR2, Zrr(C=O)R2, Zn-(C=O)OR2, Zn-O-(C=O)R2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycIoalkyl, or Zn- Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R2 and R3 are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, - heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn- heterocycloalkyl, or Zπ-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyt, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zπ-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted, or R2 together with R3 and N forms a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle ring having 1 or more heteroatoms in said ring, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein said heterocycle may be fused to an aromatic ring;
B is H, NH2, or substituted or unsubstituted methyl;
E is H, Zn-NR2R3, Zn-(C=O)R5, Zn-O(C=O)R5, Zn-OR5, Zn-SO2R5, Zn-SO2R4, Zn-SOR5, Zn-SR5, or R5; R5 is H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, orZn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted; and n is 0 or 1.
11. The compound of claim 10, where X s O.
12. The compound of claim 10, where X s S.
13. The compound of claim 10, where X s NR7.
14. The compound of claim 10, where X s C=O.
15. The compound of claim 10, where X s CHR7.
16. The compound of claim 10, where X s C=NOR1.
17. The compound of claim 10, where X s C=CHR1.
18. The compound of claim 10, where X s CHOR1.
19. A compound including resolved enantiomers, diastereomers, solvates and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, said compound having the Formula
Figure imgf000210_0001
wherein
X is O, S, SO, SO2, NR7, C=O, CHR7, -C=NOR1, -C=CHR1, or CHOR1; R1 is H, P03H2, SO3H2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
Z'is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted; R7 is H or substituted or unsubstituted methyl;
Ar1 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted;
A is H, OH, an amine protecting group, Zn-NR2R3, Zn-NR2(C=O)R2, Zn-SO2R2, Zn-SOR2, Zn-SR2, Zn-OR2, Zn-(C=0)R2, Zn-(C=O)OR2, Zn-0-(C=O)R2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zπ-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar\ wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloa!kyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn- Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R2 and R3 re independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn- heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted, or R2 together with R3 and N forms a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle ring having 1 or more heteroatoms in said ring, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein said ' heterocycle may be fused to an aromatic ring; B is H, NH2, or substituted or unsubstituted methyl;
E is Zn-(C=0)R4 , Zn-NR5(C=:O)R5, Z-NH(C=O).NHR5 or Zn-SO2R4;
R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted natural or unnatural amino acid, a protected natural or unnatural amino acid, NH(CHR6) (CH2)mOR5 where m is an integer from 1 to 4, or NR2R3;
R5 is H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R6 is a natural amino acid side chain, Zn-NR2R3, Zn-OR5, Zn-SO2R5, Zn- SOR5, or Zn-SR5; and n is 0 or 1.
20. A method of treating or preventing a p38-mediated condition, comprising administering an amount of a compound effective to treat or prevent said p38-mediated condition or a pharmaceutical composition comprising said compound, to a human or animal in need thereof, wherein the compound has the Formula
Figure imgf000212_0001
wherein
Y is C or N; .
W is C, N, S,"or O, provided that W is N, S, or O when Y is C, and W is C or N when Y is N; U is CH or N;
V is C-E or N;
X is O, S, SO, SO2, NR7, C=O, CHR7, -C=NOR1, -C=CHR1, or CHOR1;
R1 is H, PO3H2, SO3H2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zπ-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted; Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R7 is H or substituted or unsubstituted methyl;
Ar1 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted; A is H, OH,' an amine protecting group, Zn-NR2R3, Zn-NR2(C=O)R2, Zn-S02R2, Zn-SOR2, Zn-SR2, Zn-OR2, Zn-(C=O)R2, Zn-(C=O)OR2, Zn-O-(.C=O)R2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn- Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted; .
R2 and R3 are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn- heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted, or R2 together with R3 and N forms a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle ring having 1 or more heteroatoms in said ring, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein said heterocycle may be fused to an aromatic ring; B is H, NH , or substituted or unsubstituted methyl;
E is H, Zn-NR2R3, Zn-(C=O)R4, Zn-(C=O)R5, Zn-NR5(C=O)R5, Zn-O(C=O)R5, Zn-OR5, Zn-SO2R5, Zn-SOR5, Zn-SR5, Zn-NH(C=O)NHR5, or R5;
R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted natural or unnatural amino acid, a protected natural or unnatural amino acid, NH(CHR6) (CH2) OR5 where m is an integer from 1 to 4, or NR2R3;
R5 is H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar\ wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
R6 is a natural amino acid side chain, Zn-NR2R3, Zn-OR5, Zn-SO2R5, Zn- SOR5, or Zn-SR5; and n is 0 or 1 , , . provided that when B is H and A is CH=CH-R8 where R8 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, then X-Ar1 is a substituent where Ar1.is other than substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, NH-alkyl, NH-cycloalkyl, NH-heterocycloalkyl, NH-aryl, NH- heteroaryl, NH-alkoxy, or NH-dialkylamide when X is O, S, C=O, S=O, C=CH2, CO2, NH, or NfC-i-Cβ-alkyl) •
22. The method of claim 20, wherein Y is N, W is C, U is C, and V is N.
23. The method of claim 20, wherein Y is N, W is C, U is N and V is C.
24. The method of claim 20, wherein Y is C, W is N, U is C and V is C.
25. The method of claim 20, wherein Y is C, W is O, U is C and V is C.
26. The method of claim 20, wherein said p38-mediated condition is inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, destructive bone disorder, prolixfer- ative disorder, infectious disease, viral disease or neurodegenerative disease.
27. A compound including resolved enantiomers, diastereomers, solvates and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, said compound having the Formula:
Figure imgf000215_0001
where
Y is CR1, O, S, or NR2;
W is CR3, N, NR4, S or O, provided that W is NR4, S, or O when Y is . CR1 and W is CR3 or N when Y is NR2;
R3 is H, NH2, F, Cl, methyl or substituted methyl;
R4 is H, methyl or substituted methyl;
R1 and R2 are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, Zn-NRaRb, Zn-NRa(C=O)Rb, Zn-SO2Ra, Zn-SORa, Zn-SRa, Zn-ORa, Zn-(C=O)Ra, Zn-(C=0)ORa, Zn-O-(C=O)Ra, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloa!kyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn- Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
Ar1 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted;
Ra and Rb are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar\ wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn- cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted, . or Ra and R together with the atoms to which they are both attached form a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle ring having 1 or more heteroatoms in said ring, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or. unsubstituted and wherein said heterocycle may be fused to an aromatic ring;
Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted; n is 0 or 1 ; U is CRC or N;
V is CRC or N;
Rc is H, F, Cl, methyl or substituted methyl;
X is O, S, SO, SO2, NR5, C=O, CH2, CH2Zn-OH, or C=NORd; R5 is H, methyl, or substituted methyl;
Rd is H, PO3H2, SO3H2, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is . saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl; alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn- heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;
G, H, J, and T independently are N or CRZ, provided that when any of said G, H, J, and T are N the total number of G, H, J, or T that is N does not exceed 2;
Rz is H, F, Cl, Br, CF3, OR6, SR6, lower alkyl (C C4), CN, or NR6R7;
R6 and R7 are independently H, CF3, lower alkyl (C -C ) or lower heteroalkyl (CrC );
Q is -NR8CONH~, -NHCO- , -NR8SO2NH- , -NHSO2-, -CONR11- ;
R8 is H or lower (C C4) alkyl;
R11 is H or lower (C C ) alkyl;
Rx is -(CR9R1V , -O(CR9R1V , NH(CR9R 0)m- , or -S(CR9R10)m- provided that Q is -CONR11- when Rx is ~O(CR9R10)m-. -NH(CR9R 0)m, or -S(CR9R10)m-; R9 and R10 are independently H, or lower alkyl, or R9 and R10 together with the atoms to which they are both attached form a cycloalkyl ring which may be saturated or partially unsaturated; m is 1-3; Ry is H, PO3H, an amine protecting group, an oxygen protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloaIkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar2, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-Ar2 and Zn-heterocycloalkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted;
Ar2 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted, wherein said substitution can be 1-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, CF3, CN, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, -OR12, -SR12, -SO2R12, -S02NR13R12, NR13S02R12, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted; R12 and R 3 are independently H, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, Zn- cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn* heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted; wherein when Ar2 is substituted with -SO2NR13R12, R12 and R13 can form a cycloalkyl ring or heterocycloalkyl ring that may be substituted or unsubstituted wherein said substitution can be substituents selected from alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, -COR12, -SO2R12, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar\ wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cyc!oalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted; wherein when Q is -CONR11., Ry in combination with R11 is additionally cycloalkyl ring or heterocycloalkyl ring that may be substituted or unsubstituted with groups selected from alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn- heterocycloalkyl wherein said, heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-Ar1, -COR14, or -SO2R14, wherein said alkyl, ally!, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zπ-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, Zn-Af1, -COR14, and -SO2R14 may be substituted or unsubstituted; and
R14 is alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn- heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar1, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zπ-heterocyc!oalkyl, and Zn-Ar1 may be substituted or unsubstituted.
28. The compound of claim 27, wherein W is CH2 and Y is NR2.
29. The compound of claim 27, wherein G, J, K and T are CR2.
30. The compound of claim 27, wherein X is NH, S, or O.
31. The compound of claim 27, wherein Rx is CH2 and Q is -NHCO-
32. The compound of claim 31 , wherein Ry isopropyl or
Figure imgf000220_0001
33. The compound of claim 27, wherein Rx is CH2 and Q is -NR8CONH-
34. The compound of claim 33, wherein Ry is
Figure imgf000220_0002
35. A composition. comprising a compound of claim 27 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
36. A method of treating or preventing a p38-mediated condition in a human or animal, comprising administering to said human or animal a compound of claim 27 in an amount effective to treat or prevent said p38- mediated condition or a pharmaceutical composition comprising said compound.
37. The method of claim 36, wherein said p38-mediated condition is inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, destructive bone disorder, proliferative disorder, infectious disease, viral disease, or neurodegenerative disease.
PCT/US2004/005693 2003-03-03 2004-02-25 P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof WO2004078116A2 (en)

Priority Applications (21)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006508838A JP4617299B2 (en) 2003-03-03 2004-02-25 p38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
KR1020097003110A KR101236608B1 (en) 2003-03-03 2004-02-25 p38 INHIBITORS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
DK04714621T DK1606283T3 (en) 2003-03-03 2004-02-25 P38 inhibitors and methods for their use
MXPA05009459A MXPA05009459A (en) 2003-03-03 2004-02-25 P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof.
DE602004016970T DE602004016970D1 (en) 2003-03-03 2004-02-25 P38 INHIBITOR AND METHOD OF USE THEREOF
BRPI0407993A BRPI0407993B8 (en) 2003-03-03 2004-02-25 p38 inhibitor compounds and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
EP04714621A EP1606283B1 (en) 2003-03-03 2004-02-25 P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
SI200430987T SI1606283T1 (en) 2003-03-03 2004-02-25 P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
BRPI0419305A BRPI0419305B8 (en) 2003-03-03 2004-02-25 p38 inhibitor compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same and uses of said compounds in the preparation of medicines
CA2517517A CA2517517C (en) 2003-03-03 2004-02-25 P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
AU2004218463A AU2004218463B2 (en) 2003-03-03 2004-02-25 p38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
NZ542616A NZ542616A (en) 2003-03-03 2004-02-25 P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
IL170527A IL170527A (en) 2003-03-03 2005-08-28 Indazoles substituted at 5-position and pharmaceutical compositions comprising same
EGNA2005000507 EG27049A (en) 2003-03-03 2005-09-01 P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
KR1020057016417A KR101099281B1 (en) 2003-03-03 2005-09-02 38 p38 INHIBITORS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
IS8037A IS2675B (en) 2003-03-03 2005-09-21 P38 inhibitors and methods for their use
NO20054453A NO328913B1 (en) 2003-03-03 2005-09-26 P38 inhibitors, their use, and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds
HK06107025A HK1084673A1 (en) 2003-03-03 2006-06-21 P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
NO20085373A NO20085373L (en) 2003-03-03 2008-12-23 P38 inhibitors, their preparation and use
IL196847A IL196847A0 (en) 2003-03-03 2009-02-02 P38 inhibitors and method of use thereof
IL215917A IL215917A0 (en) 2003-03-03 2011-10-25 P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/378,164 US7135575B2 (en) 2003-03-03 2003-03-03 P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
US10/378,164 2003-03-03
US10/688,849 US20040180896A1 (en) 2003-03-03 2003-10-15 P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
US10/688,849 2003-10-15

Publications (3)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2004078116A2 true WO2004078116A2 (en) 2004-09-16
WO2004078116A3 WO2004078116A3 (en) 2004-10-14
WO2004078116A9 WO2004078116A9 (en) 2008-09-12

Family

ID=32965317

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2004/005693 WO2004078116A2 (en) 2003-03-03 2004-02-25 P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (1) US7521447B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1606283B1 (en)
JP (1) JP4617299B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101099281B1 (en)
AU (1) AU2004218463B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2517517C (en)
IS (1) IS2675B (en)
MX (1) MXPA05009459A (en)
NO (1) NO328913B1 (en)
PL (1) PL214032B1 (en)
RU (1) RU2357957C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2004078116A2 (en)

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007023105A1 (en) * 2005-08-25 2007-03-01 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag FUSED PYRAZOLE AS p38 MAP KINASE INHIBITORS
WO2007023110A3 (en) * 2005-08-25 2007-05-03 Hoffmann La Roche P38 map kinase inhibitors and methods for using the same
WO2007063868A1 (en) * 2005-11-29 2007-06-07 Toray Industries, Inc. Arylmethylene urea derivative and use thereof
WO2007089646A1 (en) 2006-01-31 2007-08-09 Array Biopharma Inc. Kinase inhibitors and methods of use thereof
WO2007126871A1 (en) * 2006-03-29 2007-11-08 Array Biopharma Inc. P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
EP1883404A1 (en) * 2005-05-11 2008-02-06 Array Biopharma, Inc. P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
JP2008516929A (en) * 2004-10-14 2008-05-22 ラボラトワール テラメックス Indazole, benzisoxazole and benzisothiazole, their production method, pharmaceutical composition and use as estrogenic substance
US7452880B2 (en) 2004-02-27 2008-11-18 Nidhi Arora Substituted pyrazolo [3,4-d] pyrimidines and methods of using the same
WO2008142031A1 (en) 2007-05-18 2008-11-27 Institut Curie P38alpha as a therapeutic target in bladder carcinoma
WO2009015000A1 (en) * 2007-07-25 2009-01-29 Array Biopharma Inc. Pyrazole urea derivatives used as kinase inhibitors
US7563799B2 (en) 2005-08-25 2009-07-21 Roche Palo Alto Llc Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-D]pyrimidines as p38 map kinase inhibitors
JP2010254714A (en) * 2002-10-24 2010-11-11 Merck Patent Gmbh Methylene urea derivative
US8076356B2 (en) 2004-08-12 2011-12-13 Pfizer Inc. Triazolopyridinylsulfanyl derivatives as P38 map kinase inhibitors
US8518983B2 (en) 2003-03-03 2013-08-27 Array Biopharma Inc. P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
US8680114B2 (en) 2003-11-21 2014-03-25 Array Biopharma, Inc. AKT protein kinase inhibitors
WO2014134313A1 (en) 2013-02-27 2014-09-04 Array Biopharma Inc. Intermediates for use in the preparation of indazole derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
US8916584B2 (en) 2010-02-11 2014-12-23 Vanderbilt University Benzisoxazoles and azabenzisoxazoles as MGLUR4 allosteric potentiators, compositions, and methods of treating neurological dysfunction
CN104245677A (en) * 2012-03-01 2014-12-24 阵列生物制药公司 Crystalline forms of 1-(3-tert-butyl-1-p-tolyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(5-fluoro-2-(1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-indazol-5-yloxy)benzyl)urea hydrochloride
WO2021086882A1 (en) 2019-10-28 2021-05-06 Teva Pharmaceuticals International Gmbh Solid state forms of arry-797 and process for preparation thereof
CN113354558A (en) * 2021-07-12 2021-09-07 无锡双启科技有限公司 Preparation method of 2-amino-5-fluorobenzonitrile

Families Citing this family (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102060806A (en) * 2003-09-11 2011-05-18 iTherX药品公司 Cytokine inhibitors
CN101052633A (en) * 2004-11-02 2007-10-10 辉瑞大药厂 Methods of preparing indazole compounds
EP1809621A1 (en) * 2004-11-02 2007-07-25 Pfizer, Inc. Methods of preparing indazole compounds
EP1809625A1 (en) * 2004-11-02 2007-07-25 Pfizer, Inc. Methods for preparing indazole compounds
UA95907C2 (en) 2005-05-02 2011-09-26 Эррей Биофарма Инк. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors and methods of use thereof
WO2007031977A2 (en) * 2005-09-16 2007-03-22 Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited Substituted pyrazolo [3,4-b]pyridines as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US7915286B2 (en) 2005-09-16 2011-03-29 Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited Substituted pyrazolo [3,4-b] pyridines as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
WO2007044515A1 (en) * 2005-10-07 2007-04-19 Exelixis, Inc. Azetidines as mek inhibitors for the treatment of proliferative diseases
EP1943226A2 (en) * 2005-10-13 2008-07-16 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Phenol ethers as modulators of the opioid receptors
AU2006315436A1 (en) * 2005-11-15 2007-05-24 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Azaindazoles useful as inhibitors of kinases
CA2848238C (en) * 2006-10-03 2016-07-19 Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation Lipid containing formulations
TW200831085A (en) * 2006-12-13 2008-08-01 Merck & Co Inc Non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors
CA2671982C (en) * 2006-12-14 2016-01-26 Exelixis, Inc. Methods of using mek inhibitors
WO2008076446A1 (en) * 2006-12-18 2008-06-26 Coleman Peter R Accelerated opiate dependence detoxification process
JP2010513370A (en) * 2006-12-19 2010-04-30 エフ．ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲー Pyrazolo [3,4-d] pyrimidine p38 MAP kinase inhibitor
AU2007336335B8 (en) * 2006-12-20 2014-07-24 Nerviano Medical Sciences S.R.L. Indazole derivatives as kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
WO2008104473A2 (en) * 2007-02-28 2008-09-04 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Pyrazolopyriidine derivatives and their use as kinase inhibitors
EP2070929A1 (en) 2007-12-11 2009-06-17 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Alkynylaryl compounds and salts thereof, pharmaceutical compositions comprising same, methods of preparing same and uses of same
CA2730397A1 (en) * 2008-07-15 2010-01-21 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Substituted indolyl and indazolyl derivatives and uses thereof
GB0818033D0 (en) 2008-10-02 2008-11-05 Respivert Ltd Novel compound
MY159230A (en) 2008-10-02 2016-12-30 Respivert Ltd P38 map kinase inhibitors
CA2746354A1 (en) 2008-12-11 2010-06-17 Respivert Limited P38 map kinase inhibitors
GB0905955D0 (en) 2009-04-06 2009-05-20 Respivert Ltd Novel compounds
TWI428336B (en) * 2009-10-12 2014-03-01 Hoffmann La Roche Combinations of a pi3k inhibitor and a mek inhibitor
EP2686314A1 (en) 2011-03-16 2014-01-22 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag 6,5-heterocyclic propargylic alcohol compounds and uses therefor
SG10201604656YA (en) 2011-12-09 2016-07-28 Chiesi Farma Spa Kinase inhibitors
CN104602690A (en) * 2012-08-29 2015-05-06 默克专利股份有限公司 DDR2 inhibitors for the treatment of osteoarthritis
PL2909188T3 (en) 2012-10-12 2018-08-31 Exelixis, Inc. Novel process for making compounds for use in the treatment of cancer
EP2968322B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-12-26 The Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York Map kinase modulators and uses thereof
CA2927675A1 (en) * 2013-10-18 2015-04-23 Blanchette Rockefeller Neurosciences Institute Halogenated esters of cyclopropanated unsaturated fatty acids for use in the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
CN104974160B (en) * 2014-04-08 2017-12-05 辰欣药业股份有限公司 The simultaneously carboxylic acid derivates of [1,5 a] pyrimidine 6 and its application of 2 methylpyrazoles
WO2016114816A1 (en) * 2015-01-18 2016-07-21 Sri International MAP4K4 (HGK) Inhibitors
RU2675496C1 (en) * 2017-03-31 2018-12-20 Федеральное государственное бюджетное учреждение науки Институт нефтехимии и катализа Российской академии наук Method for obtaining alkyl esters of hydroxybenzoic acids
CN108947879B (en) * 2017-05-17 2022-06-28 中国科学院上海药物研究所 PRMT I type inhibitor and preparation method and application thereof
WO2019071144A1 (en) 2017-10-05 2019-04-11 Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc. Use of p38 inhibitors to reduce expression of dux4
US10342786B2 (en) 2017-10-05 2019-07-09 Fulcrum Therapeutics, Inc. P38 kinase inhibitors reduce DUX4 and downstream gene expression for the treatment of FSHD
JP2021519334A (en) 2018-03-26 2021-08-10 クリア クリーク バイオ， インコーポレイテッド Compositions and Methods for Inhibiting Dihydroorotoic Acid Dehydrogenase
TW202112368A (en) 2019-06-13 2021-04-01 荷蘭商法西歐知識產權股份有限公司 Inhibitor combinations for treatment of diseases related to dux4 expression
WO2021189018A1 (en) 2020-03-20 2021-09-23 Clear Creek Bio, Inc. Methods of treating viral infections using inhibitors of nucleotide synthesis pathways
CN115850179A (en) * 2022-12-13 2023-03-28 北京科翔中升医药科技有限公司 Deuterated indazole MAPK inhibitor medicine and application thereof

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002068406A2 (en) 2001-01-12 2002-09-06 Amgen Inc. Substituted amine derivatives and their use for the treatment of angiogenesis

Family Cites Families (39)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5998060A (en) * 1982-11-27 1984-06-06 Fujisawa Pharmaceut Co Ltd Indazole derivative, its preparation and agricultural chemical
US4571255A (en) * 1983-12-29 1986-02-18 Ppg Industries, Inc. Subsituted phenoxybenzisoxazole herbicides
JPS6368568A (en) * 1986-09-10 1988-03-28 Otsuka Pharmaceut Factory Inc P-aminophenol derivative
NZ224714A (en) * 1987-06-01 1990-03-27 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Substituted benzotriazole derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions
IE910278A1 (en) * 1990-02-16 1991-08-28 Ici Plc Heterocyclic compounds
CA2116863A1 (en) * 1992-07-03 1994-01-20 Sumio Yokota Condensed heterocyclic derivatives and herbicides
CA2150326A1 (en) * 1994-05-27 1995-11-28 Kimihiro Murakami Azolyl methyl phenyl derivatives having aromatase inhibitory activity
WO1997012876A1 (en) 1995-10-06 1997-04-10 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted imidazoles having anti-cancer and cytokine inhibitory activity
US5945418A (en) * 1996-12-18 1999-08-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of p38
CN1211381C (en) * 1997-04-24 2005-07-20 奥索·麦克尼尔药品公司 Substituted imidazoles useful in treatment of inflammatory diseases
AU7726898A (en) * 1997-05-22 1998-12-11 G.D. Searle & Co. Pyrazole derivatives as p38 kinase inhibitors
US6093742A (en) * 1997-06-27 2000-07-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of p38
US6297239B1 (en) * 1997-10-08 2001-10-02 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase
ID27124A (en) * 1997-10-20 2001-03-01 Hoffmann La Roche DISCLAIMER OF BUSINESS KINASE
CA2308428A1 (en) * 1997-11-03 1999-05-14 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Aromatic heterocyclic compounds as anti-inflammatory agents
GB9820767D0 (en) * 1998-09-23 1998-11-18 Cerebrus Ltd Chemical compounds VIII
EP1157026A1 (en) * 1999-02-22 2001-11-28 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals Inc. Polycyclo heterocyclic derivatives as antiinflammatory agents
ID30176A (en) * 1999-03-12 2001-11-08 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma COMPOUNDS THAT ARE USEFUL AS ANTI-INFLAMATION
CA2361998C (en) * 1999-03-12 2009-04-07 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Aromatic heterocyclic compounds as anti-inflammatory agents
WO2000059930A1 (en) * 1999-04-05 2000-10-12 Merck & Co., Inc. A method of treating cancer
WO2000071535A1 (en) 1999-05-21 2000-11-30 Scios Inc. INDOLE-TYPE DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF p38 KINASE
PE20010306A1 (en) 1999-07-02 2001-03-29 Agouron Pharma INDAZOLE COMPOUNDS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM USEFUL FOR THE INHIBITION OF PROTEIN KINASE
EP1235804A1 (en) * 1999-11-27 2002-09-04 Dong Wha Pharmaceutical Industrial Co. Ltd. Novel 3-nitropyridine derivatives and the pharmaceutical compositions containing said derivatives
AU4890301A (en) * 2000-04-17 2001-10-30 Dong Wha Pharmaceutical Industrial Co., Ltd. 6-methylnicotinamide derivatives as antiviral agents
JP2004529859A (en) 2000-11-20 2004-09-30 サイオス インコーポレイテッド Indole derivatives and their use as inhibitors of p38 kinase
US7102009B2 (en) * 2001-01-12 2006-09-05 Amgen Inc. Substituted amine derivatives and methods of use
EE200300437A (en) 2001-03-09 2004-02-16 Pfizer Products Inc. Triazolopyridines as anti-inflammatory agents
EP1403255A4 (en) 2001-06-12 2005-04-06 Sumitomo Pharma Rho KINASE INHIBITORS
US6825184B2 (en) 2001-10-18 2004-11-30 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,4-Disubstituted benzo-fused urea compounds
WO2003051847A1 (en) 2001-12-19 2003-06-26 Smithkline Beecham P.L.C. (1-h-indazol-3-yl) -amide derivatives as gsk-3 inhibitors
WO2003087072A1 (en) * 2002-03-29 2003-10-23 Mochida Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Therapeutic agent for endothelial disorder
CA2503646C (en) * 2002-10-28 2011-09-27 Bayer Healthcare Ag Heteroaryloxy-substituted phenylaminopyrimidines as rho-kinase inhibitors
WO2004052280A2 (en) * 2002-12-10 2004-06-24 Imclone Systems Incorporated Anti-angiogenic compounds and their use in cancer treatment
US7135575B2 (en) * 2003-03-03 2006-11-14 Array Biopharma, Inc. P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
US7129252B2 (en) * 2003-06-16 2006-10-31 Guoqing P Chen Six membered amino-amide derivatives an angiogenisis inhibitors
SE0301906D0 (en) * 2003-06-26 2003-06-26 Astrazeneca Ab New compounds
US20090048301A1 (en) * 2003-07-09 2009-02-19 Imclone Systems Incorporated Heterocyclic compounds and their use as anticancer agents
ES2390459T3 (en) * 2003-12-22 2012-11-13 Eli Lilly And Company Opioid receptor antagonists
WO2006122230A1 (en) * 2005-05-11 2006-11-16 Array Biopharma Inc. P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002068406A2 (en) 2001-01-12 2002-09-06 Amgen Inc. Substituted amine derivatives and their use for the treatment of angiogenesis

Non-Patent Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry", vol. 5, 1990, PERGAMON PRESS
"Design of Prodrugs", 1985, ELSEVIER
"Methods in Enzymology", vol. 42, 1985, ACADEMIC PRESS, pages: 309 - 396
BIOORG. MED. CHEM. LETT., vol. 11, 2001, pages 1153 - 1156
BOEHM, J. D.; ADAMS, J. L., EXP. OPIN. THER. PATENTS, vol. 10, 2000, pages 25 - 37
FOSTER, M. L. ET AL., DRUG NEWS PERSPECT., vol. 13, 2000, pages 488 - 497
H. BUNDGAARD ET AL., JOUMAL OF PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, vol. 77, 1988, pages 285
H. BUNDGAARD, ADVANCED DRUG DELIVERY REVIEWS, vol. 8, 1992, pages 1 - 38
H. BUNDGAARD: "Design and Application of Prodrugs", 1991, article "A Textbook of Drug Design and Development", pages: 113 - 191
INDIAN J. CHEM. SECTB, vol. 19, 1980, pages 571 - 575
J. MARCH: "Advanced Organic Chemistry", 1992, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
N. KAKEYA ET AL., CHEM. PHARM. BULL., vol. 32, 1984, pages 692
SALITURO, E. G. ET AL., CURRENT MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 6, 1999, pages 807 - 823
See also references of EP1606283A4

Cited By (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010254714A (en) * 2002-10-24 2010-11-11 Merck Patent Gmbh Methylene urea derivative
US8518983B2 (en) 2003-03-03 2013-08-27 Array Biopharma Inc. P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
US8680114B2 (en) 2003-11-21 2014-03-25 Array Biopharma, Inc. AKT protein kinase inhibitors
US7452880B2 (en) 2004-02-27 2008-11-18 Nidhi Arora Substituted pyrazolo [3,4-d] pyrimidines and methods of using the same
US8076356B2 (en) 2004-08-12 2011-12-13 Pfizer Inc. Triazolopyridinylsulfanyl derivatives as P38 map kinase inhibitors
US8173679B2 (en) 2004-10-14 2012-05-08 Laboratoire Thermamex Indazoles, benzisoxazoles and benzisothiazoles and their use as estrogenic agents
JP2008516929A (en) * 2004-10-14 2008-05-22 ラボラトワール テラメックス Indazole, benzisoxazole and benzisothiazole, their production method, pharmaceutical composition and use as estrogenic substance
EP1883404A4 (en) * 2005-05-11 2010-03-31 Array Biopharma Inc P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
EP1883404A1 (en) * 2005-05-11 2008-02-06 Array Biopharma, Inc. P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
JP2009506004A (en) * 2005-08-25 2009-02-12 エフ．ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲー Condensed pyrazoles as p38 MAP kinase inhibitors
JP2009506006A (en) * 2005-08-25 2009-02-12 エフ．ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲー p38 MAP kinase inhibitor and method of using the same
US7563799B2 (en) 2005-08-25 2009-07-21 Roche Palo Alto Llc Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-D]pyrimidines as p38 map kinase inhibitors
US7566708B2 (en) 2005-08-25 2009-07-28 Roche Palo Alto Llc Substituted pyrazolo{3,4-D}pyrimidines as p38 map kinase inhibitors
US7601726B2 (en) 2005-08-25 2009-10-13 Roche Palo Alto Llc Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines as p38 MAP kinase inhibitors
WO2007023105A1 (en) * 2005-08-25 2007-03-01 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag FUSED PYRAZOLE AS p38 MAP KINASE INHIBITORS
WO2007023110A3 (en) * 2005-08-25 2007-05-03 Hoffmann La Roche P38 map kinase inhibitors and methods for using the same
KR101011958B1 (en) 2005-08-25 2011-01-31 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 Fused pyrazole as ?38 map kinase inhibitors
WO2007063868A1 (en) * 2005-11-29 2007-06-07 Toray Industries, Inc. Arylmethylene urea derivative and use thereof
JP2009525330A (en) * 2006-01-31 2009-07-09 アレイ バイオファーマ、インコーポレイテッド Kinase inhibitors and methods of use thereof
US8039639B2 (en) 2006-01-31 2011-10-18 Array Biopharma Inc. Kinase inhibitors and methods of use thereof
KR101357465B1 (en) * 2006-01-31 2014-02-03 어레이 바이오파마 인크. Kinase inhibitors and methods of use thereof
WO2007089646A1 (en) 2006-01-31 2007-08-09 Array Biopharma Inc. Kinase inhibitors and methods of use thereof
WO2007126871A1 (en) * 2006-03-29 2007-11-08 Array Biopharma Inc. P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
WO2008142031A1 (en) 2007-05-18 2008-11-27 Institut Curie P38alpha as a therapeutic target in bladder carcinoma
WO2009015000A1 (en) * 2007-07-25 2009-01-29 Array Biopharma Inc. Pyrazole urea derivatives used as kinase inhibitors
US8916584B2 (en) 2010-02-11 2014-12-23 Vanderbilt University Benzisoxazoles and azabenzisoxazoles as MGLUR4 allosteric potentiators, compositions, and methods of treating neurological dysfunction
CN104245677A (en) * 2012-03-01 2014-12-24 阵列生物制药公司 Crystalline forms of 1-(3-tert-butyl-1-p-tolyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(5-fluoro-2-(1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-indazol-5-yloxy)benzyl)urea hydrochloride
CN104245677B (en) * 2012-03-01 2017-05-10 阵列生物制药公司 Crystalline forms of 1-(3-tert-butyl-1-p-tolyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-3-(5-fluoro-2-(1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-indazol-5-yloxy)benzyl)urea hydrochloride
WO2014134313A1 (en) 2013-02-27 2014-09-04 Array Biopharma Inc. Intermediates for use in the preparation of indazole derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
US9790206B2 (en) 2013-02-27 2017-10-17 Array Biopharma Inc. Intermediates for use in the preparation of indazole derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
WO2021086882A1 (en) 2019-10-28 2021-05-06 Teva Pharmaceuticals International Gmbh Solid state forms of arry-797 and process for preparation thereof
CN113354558A (en) * 2021-07-12 2021-09-07 无锡双启科技有限公司 Preparation method of 2-amino-5-fluorobenzonitrile
CN113354558B (en) * 2021-07-12 2022-03-11 无锡双启科技有限公司 Preparation method of 2-amino-5-fluorobenzonitrile

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2004218463B2 (en) 2009-07-16
NO20054453D0 (en) 2005-09-26
KR20050106484A (en) 2005-11-09
NO20054453L (en) 2005-11-29
US7521447B2 (en) 2009-04-21
PL378432A1 (en) 2006-04-03
MXPA05009459A (en) 2006-05-17
KR101099281B1 (en) 2011-12-26
CA2517517A1 (en) 2004-09-16
JP4617299B2 (en) 2011-01-19
US20040192653A1 (en) 2004-09-30
RU2357957C2 (en) 2009-06-10
EP1606283A4 (en) 2007-05-23
WO2004078116A9 (en) 2008-09-12
WO2004078116A3 (en) 2004-10-14
EP1606283B1 (en) 2008-10-08
IS2675B (en) 2010-09-15
AU2004218463A1 (en) 2004-09-16
RU2005131197A (en) 2006-05-10
JP2006519259A (en) 2006-08-24
CA2517517C (en) 2012-12-18
PL214032B1 (en) 2013-06-28
EP1606283A2 (en) 2005-12-21
IS8037A (en) 2005-09-21
NO328913B1 (en) 2010-06-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1997810B1 (en) Indazoles, benzotriazoles and N-analogs thereof as p38 kinase inhibitors
US7521447B2 (en) P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
AU2012247083B2 (en) P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 170527

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2517517

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 378432

Country of ref document: PL

Ref document number: 1-2005-501574

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2005/009459

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 1020057016417

Country of ref document: KR

Ref document number: 2006508838

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 05088883A

Country of ref document: CO

Ref document number: 05088883

Country of ref document: CO

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 542616

Country of ref document: NZ

Ref document number: 4357/DELNP/2005

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004218463

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005/07874

Country of ref document: ZA

Ref document number: 200507874

Country of ref document: ZA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005131197

Country of ref document: RU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004714621

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2004218463

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20040225

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2004218463

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 20048119903

Country of ref document: CN

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020057016417

Country of ref document: KR

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2004714621

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0407993

Country of ref document: BR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 196847

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 215917

Country of ref document: IL